Mercurial > hg > octave-lyh
changeset 15651:845cebf281aa
Added files of QConsole.
line wrap: on
line diff
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/BlockArray.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,336 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. - -*/ - -// Own -#include "BlockArray.h" - -#include <QtCore> - -// System -#include <assert.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <sys/param.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <stdio.h> - - -static int blocksize = 0; - -BlockArray::BlockArray() - : size(0), - current(size_t(-1)), - index(size_t(-1)), - lastmap(0), - lastmap_index(size_t(-1)), - lastblock(0), ion(-1), - length(0) -{ - // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1); - if (blocksize == 0) - blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize(); - -} - -BlockArray::~BlockArray() -{ - setHistorySize(0); - assert(!lastblock); -} - -size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block) -{ - if (!size) - return size_t(-1); - - ++current; - if (current >= size) current = 0; - - int rc; - rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } - rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } - - length++; - if (length > size) length = size; - - ++index; - - delete block; - return current; -} - -size_t BlockArray::newBlock() -{ - if (!size) - return size_t(-1); - append(lastblock); - - lastblock = new Block(); - return index + 1; -} - -Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const -{ - return lastblock; -} - -bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const -{ - if (i == index + 1) - return true; - - if (i > index) - return false; - if (index - i >= length) - return false; - return true; -} - -const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i) -{ - if (i == index + 1) - return lastblock; - - if (i == lastmap_index) - return lastmap; - - if (i > index) { - qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n"; - return 0; - } - -// if (index - i >= length) { -// kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n"; -// return 0; -// } - - size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ; - - assert(j < size); - unmap(); - - Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize); - - if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; } - - lastmap = block; - lastmap_index = i; - - return block; -} - -void BlockArray::unmap() -{ - if (lastmap) { - int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize); - if (res < 0) perror("munmap"); - } - lastmap = 0; - lastmap_index = size_t(-1); -} - -bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize) -{ - return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize); -} - -bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize) -{ -// kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize; - - if (size == newsize) - return false; - - unmap(); - - if (!newsize) { - delete lastblock; - lastblock = 0; - if (ion >= 0) close(ion); - ion = -1; - current = size_t(-1); - return true; - } - - if (!size) { - FILE* tmp = tmpfile(); - if (!tmp) { - perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n"); - } else { - ion = dup(fileno(tmp)); - if (ion<0) { - perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n"); - fclose(tmp); - } - } - if (ion < 0) - return false; - - assert(!lastblock); - - lastblock = new Block(); - size = newsize; - return false; - } - - if (newsize > size) { - increaseBuffer(); - size = newsize; - return false; - } else { - decreaseBuffer(newsize); - if (ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize) == -1) - perror("ftruncate"); - size = newsize; - - return true; - } -} - -void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2) -{ - int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fread"); - - res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fwrite"); - // printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos); -} - -void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize) -{ - if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole - return; - - int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size; - - if (!offset) - return; - - // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... - char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; - - FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); - if (!fion) { - delete [] buffer1; - perror("fdopen/dup"); - return; - } - - int firstblock; - if (current <= newsize) { - firstblock = current + 1; - } else { - firstblock = 0; - } - - size_t oldpos; - for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) { - oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size; - moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1); - if (oldpos < newsize) { - cursor = oldpos; - } else - cursor++; - } - - current = newsize - 1; - length = newsize; - - delete [] buffer1; - - fclose(fion); - -} - -void BlockArray::increaseBuffer() -{ - if (index < size) // not even wrapped once - return; - - int offset = (current + size + 1) % size; - if (!offset) // no moving needed - return; - - // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... - char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; - char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize]; - - int runs = 1; - int bpr = size; // blocks per run - - if (size % offset == 0) { - bpr = size / offset; - runs = offset; - } - - FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); - if (!fion) { - perror("fdopen/dup"); - delete [] buffer1; - delete [] buffer2; - return; - } - - int res; - for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++) - { - // free one block in chain - int firstblock = (offset + i) % size; - res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fread"); - int newpos = 0; - for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++) - { - cursor = (cursor + offset) % size; - newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size; - moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2); - } - res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fwrite"); - } - current = size - 1; - length = size; - - delete [] buffer1; - delete [] buffer2; - - fclose(fion); - -} -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/BlockArray.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H -#define BLOCKARRAY_H - -#include <unistd.h> - -#define BlockSize (1 << 12) -#define ENTRIES ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char)) - -struct Block { - Block() { size = 0; } - unsigned char data[ENTRIES]; - size_t size; -}; - -// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class BlockArray { -public: - /** - * Creates a history file for holding - * maximal size blocks. If more blocks - * are requested, then it drops earlier - * added ones. - */ - BlockArray(); - - /// destructor - ~BlockArray(); - - /** - * adds the Block at the end of history. - * This may drop other blocks. - * - * The ownership on the block is transfered. - * An unique index number is returned for accessing - * it later (if not yet dropped then) - * - * Note, that the block may be dropped completely - * if history is turned off. - */ - size_t append(Block *block); - - /** - * gets the block at the index. Function may return - * 0 if the block isn't available any more. - * - * The returned block is strictly readonly as only - * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next - * operation on this class. - */ - const Block *at(size_t index); - - /** - * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null, - * the history is emptied completely. The indices - * returned on append won't change their semantic, - * but they may not be valid after this call. - */ - bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize); - - size_t newBlock(); - - Block *lastBlock() const; - - /** - * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes - * instead of blocks - */ - bool setSize(size_t newsize); - - size_t len() const { return length; } - - bool has(size_t index) const; - - size_t getCurrent() const { return current; } - -private: - void unmap(); - void increaseBuffer(); - void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize); - - size_t size; - // current always shows to the last inserted block - size_t current; - size_t index; - - Block *lastmap; - size_t lastmap_index; - Block *lastblock; - - int ion; - size_t length; - -}; - -#endif
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Character.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef CHARACTER_H -#define CHARACTER_H - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QHash> - -// Local -#include "CharacterColor.h" - -typedef unsigned char LineProperty; - -static const int LINE_DEFAULT = 0; -static const int LINE_WRAPPED = (1 << 0); -static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH = (1 << 1); -static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT = (1 << 2); - -#define DEFAULT_RENDITION 0 -#define RE_BOLD (1 << 0) -#define RE_BLINK (1 << 1) -#define RE_UNDERLINE (1 << 2) -#define RE_REVERSE (1 << 3) // Screen only -#define RE_INTENSIVE (1 << 3) // Widget only -#define RE_CURSOR (1 << 4) -#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR (1 << 5) - -/** - * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character - * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes - * which specify how it should be drawn. - */ -class Character -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new character. - * - * @param _c The unicode character value of this character. - * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character. - * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background. - * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn. - */ - inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ', - CharacterColor _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), - CharacterColor _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), - quint8 _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION) - : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {} - - union - { - /** The unicode character value for this character. */ - quint16 character; - /** - * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than - * one unicode character. - * - * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode - * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence. - */ - quint16 charSequence; - }; - - /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */ - quint8 rendition; - - /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */ - CharacterColor foregroundColor; - /** The color used to draw this character's background. */ - CharacterColor backgroundColor; - - /** - * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when - * it is drawn with the specified @p palette. - */ - bool isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const; - /** - * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when - * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether - * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. - */ - bool isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const; - - /** - * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value, - * rendition and colors. - */ - friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b); - /** - * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values, - * renditions or colors. - */ - friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b); -}; - -inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b) -{ - return a.character == b.character && - a.rendition == b.rendition && - a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && - a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor; -} - -inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b) -{ - return a.character != b.character || - a.rendition != b.rendition || - a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || - a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor; -} - -inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const -{ - return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && - base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent) - || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && - base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent); -} - -inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const -{ - return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && - base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold) - || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && - base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold); -} - -extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; - - -/** - * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced - * by hash keys. The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode - * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in - * a structure. - */ -class ExtendedCharTable -{ -public: - /** Constructs a new character table. */ - ExtendedCharTable(); - ~ExtendedCharTable(); - - /** - * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns - * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence - * using lookupExtendedChar() - * - * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash - * of the existing sequence will be returned. - * - * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points - * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints - */ - ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length); - /** - * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters - * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar(). - * - * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar() - * @param length This variable is set to the length of the - * character sequence. - * - * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length. - */ - ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const; - - /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */ - static ExtendedCharTable instance; -private: - // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length' - ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; - // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the - // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length' - bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; - // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers. The first ushort - // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer - // themselves. - QHash<ushort,ushort*> extendedCharTable; -}; - -#endif // CHARACTER_H -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/CharacterColor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,292 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H -#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QColor> - -/** - * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. - * - * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map - * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors. - * - * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text - * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold. - * - * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal - * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters - * using the entry as a background. - */ -class ColorEntry -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new color palette entry. - * - * @param c The color value for this entry. - * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color. - * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold. - */ - ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {} - - /** - * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and - * with the transparent and bold flags set to false. - */ - ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} - - /** - * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs. - */ - void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) - { - color = rhs.color; - transparent = rhs.transparent; - bold = rhs.bold; - } - - /** The color value of this entry for display. */ - QColor color; - - /** - * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. - * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text. - */ - bool transparent; - /** - * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold. - * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background. - */ - bool bold; -}; - - -// Attributed Character Representations /////////////////////////////// - -// Colors - -#define BASE_COLORS (2+8) -#define INTENSITIES 2 -#define TABLE_COLORS (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS) - -#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0 -#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1 - -//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background. -//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp - -static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = -{ - // normal - ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White - // intensiv - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ) -}; - -/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces. - - Assignment is as follows: - - Type - Space - Values - - 0 - Undefined - u: 0, v:0 w:0 - 1 - Default - u: 0..1 v:intense w:0 - 2 - System - u: 0..7 v:intense w:0 - 3 - Index(256) - u: 16..255 v:0 w:0 - 4 - RGB - u: 0..255 v:0..256 w:0..256 - - Default colour space has two separate colours, namely - default foreground and default background colour. -*/ - -#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED 0 -#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT 1 -#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM 2 -#define COLOR_SPACE_256 3 -#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB 4 - -/** - * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal. - */ -class CharacterColor -{ - friend class Character; - -public: - /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */ - CharacterColor() - : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), - _u(0), - _v(0), - _w(0) - {} - - /** - * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with - * color value @p co - * - * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used. - * - * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace - * - * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces. - */ - CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) - : _colorSpace(colorSpace), - _u(0), - _v(0), - _w(0) - { - switch (colorSpace) - { - case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: - _u = co & 1; - break; - case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: - _u = co & 7; - _v = (co >> 3) & 1; - break; - case COLOR_SPACE_256: - _u = co & 255; - break; - case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: - _u = co >> 16; - _v = co >> 8; - _w = co; - break; - default: - _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; - } - } - - /** - * Returns true if this character color entry is valid. - */ - bool isValid() - { - return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; - } - - /** - * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive - * system color. - * - * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM - * color spaces. - */ - void toggleIntensive(); - - /** - * Returns the color within the specified color @palette - * - * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise - * it is ignored. - */ - QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const; - - /** - * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and - * use the same color space. - */ - friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); - /** - * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values - * or use different color spaces. - */ - friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); - -private: - quint8 _colorSpace; - - // bytes storing the character color - quint8 _u; - quint8 _v; - quint8 _w; -}; - -inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) -{ - return a._colorSpace == b._colorSpace && - a._u == b._u && - a._v == b._v && - a._w == b._w; -} - -inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) -{ - return !operator==(a,b); -} - -inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base) -{ - // 0.. 16: system colors - if (u < 8) return base[u+2 ].color; u -= 8; - if (u < 8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8; - - // 16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube - if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5, - 255*((u/ 6)%6)/5, - 255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216; - - // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white - int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray); -} - -inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const -{ - switch (_colorSpace) - { - case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; - case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; - case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base); - case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w); - case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor(); - } - - Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space - - return QColor(); -} - -inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive() -{ - if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) - { - _v = !_v; - } -} - -#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Emulation.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,426 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Emulation.h" - -// System -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QApplication> -#include <QtGui/QClipboard> -#include <QtCore/QHash> -#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> -#include <QtCore/QRegExp> -#include <QtCore/QTextStream> -#include <QtCore/QThread> - -#include <QtCore/QTime> - -// Konsole -#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" -#include "Screen.h" -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" -#include "ScreenWindow.h" - -Emulation::Emulation() : - _currentScreen(0), - _codec(0), - _decoder(0), - _keyTranslator(0), - _usesMouse(false) -{ - - // create screens with a default size - _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80); - _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80); - _currentScreen = _screen[0]; - - QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); - QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); - - // listen for mouse status changes - connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , - SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) ); -} - -bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const -{ - return _usesMouse; -} - -void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse) -{ - _usesMouse = usesMouse; -} - -ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow() -{ - ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow(); - window->setScreen(_currentScreen); - _windows << window; - - connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), - this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate())); - - connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()), - window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) ); - return window; -} - -/*! -*/ - -Emulation::~Emulation() -{ - QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows); - - while (windowIter.hasNext()) - { - delete windowIter.next(); - } - - delete _screen[0]; - delete _screen[1]; - delete _decoder; -} - -/*! change between primary and alternate _screen -*/ - -void Emulation::setScreen(int n) -{ - Screen *old = _currentScreen; - _currentScreen = _screen[n&1]; - if (_currentScreen != old) - { - old->setBusySelecting(false); - - // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen - QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows); - while ( windowIter.hasNext() ) - { - windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen); - } - } -} - -void Emulation::clearHistory() -{ - _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false ); -} -void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t) -{ - _screen[0]->setScroll(t); - - showBulk(); -} - -const HistoryType& Emulation::history() -{ - return _screen[0]->getScroll(); -} - -void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc) -{ - Q_ASSERT( qtc ); - - _codec = qtc; - delete _decoder; - _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder(); - - emit useUtf8Request(utf8()); -} - -void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec) -{ - if ( codec == Utf8Codec ) - setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") ); - else if ( codec == LocaleCodec ) - setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() ); -} - -void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name) -{ - _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name); -} - -QString Emulation::keyBindings() -{ - return _keyTranslator->name(); -} - - -// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. - Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' - which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the - `Screen' class. -*/ - -/*! -*/ - -void Emulation::receiveChar(int c) -// process application unicode input to terminal -// this is a trivial scanner -{ - c &= 0xff; - switch (c) - { - case '\b' : _currentScreen->BackSpace(); break; - case '\t' : _currentScreen->Tabulate(); break; - case '\n' : _currentScreen->NewLine(); break; - case '\r' : _currentScreen->Return(); break; - case 0x07 : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); - break; - default : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c); break; - }; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Keyboard Handling */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*! -*/ - -void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev ) -{ - emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); - - if (!ev->text().isEmpty()) - { // A block of text - // Note that the text is proper unicode. - // We should do a conversion here, but since this - // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii. - //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length()); - emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length()); - } -} - -void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int) -{ - // default implementation does nothing -} - -void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/) -{ - // default implementation does nothing -} - -// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- -- - -/* - We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first. -TODO: Character composition from the old code. See #96536 -*/ - -void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length) -{ - emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY); - - bufferedUpdate(); - - QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length); - - //send characters to terminal emulator - for (int i=0;i<unicodeText.length();i++) - { - receiveChar(unicodeText[i].unicode()); - } -} - -// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , - int startLine , - int endLine) -{ - _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine); -} - -int Emulation::lineCount() -{ - // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history - return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines(); -} - -// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10 -#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40 - -/*! -*/ -void Emulation::showBulk() -{ - _bulkTimer1.stop(); - _bulkTimer2.stop(); - - emit outputChanged(); - - _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines(); - _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines(); -} - -void Emulation::bufferedUpdate() -{ - _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true); - _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1); - if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive()) - { - _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true); - _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2); - } -} - -char Emulation::getErase() const -{ - return '\b'; -} - -void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns) -{ - //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec(); - Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 ); - - _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns); - _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns); - - emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns); - - bufferedUpdate(); -} - -QSize Emulation::imageSize() -{ - return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines()); -} - -ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const -{ - ushort hash = 0; - for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) - { - hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i]; - } - return hash; -} -bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const -{ - ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash]; - - // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the - // stored buffer ) - if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) - return false; - // if the lengths match, each character must be checked. the stored buffer starts at - // entry[1] - for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) - { - if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] ) - return false; - } - return true; -} -ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) -{ - // look for this sequence of points in the table - ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length); - - // check existing entry for match - while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) ) - { - if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) ) - { - // this sequence already has an entry in the table, - // return its hash - return hash; - } - else - { - // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character - // points then try next hash - hash++; - } - } - - - // add the new sequence to the table and - // return that index - ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1]; - buffer[0] = length; - for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) - buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; - - extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer); - - return hash; -} - -ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const -{ - // lookup index in table and if found, set the length - // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence - - ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash]; - if ( buffer ) - { - length = buffer[0]; - return buffer+1; - } - else - { - length = 0; - return 0; - } -} - -ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable() -{ -} -ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable() -{ - // free all allocated character buffers - QHashIterator<ushort,ushort*> iter(extendedCharTable); - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - { - iter.next(); - delete[] iter.value(); - } -} - -// global instance -ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance;
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Emulation.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,456 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef EMULATION_H -#define EMULATION_H - -// System -#include <stdio.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> - -#include <QtCore/QTextCodec> -#include <QtCore/QTextStream> -#include <QtCore/QTimer> - -class KeyboardTranslator; -class HistoryType; -class Screen; -class ScreenWindow; -class TerminalCharacterDecoder; - -/** - * This enum describes the available states which - * the terminal emulation may be set to. - * - * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() - */ -enum -{ - /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */ - NOTIFYNORMAL=0, - /** - * The terminal program has triggered a bell event - * to get the user's attention. - */ - NOTIFYBELL=1, - /** - * The emulation is currently receiving data from its - * terminal input. - */ - NOTIFYACTIVITY=2, - - // unused here? - NOTIFYSILENCE=3 -}; - -/** - * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends. - * - * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and - * producing an output image of characters. - * - * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with - * the data which has arrived. The emulation will process the data and update the - * screen image accordingly. The codec used to decode the incoming character stream - * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() - * - * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the - * desired number of lines and columns. When new lines are added, old content - * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). - * - * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation - * by calling createWindow(). Screen windows provide access to a section of the - * output. Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the - * image size returned by imageSize(). The screen window can be moved up and down - * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the - * previous output. The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal - * when the section of the image they are looking at changes. - * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications - * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating - * accordingly. - * - * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such - * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent - * to the terminal program. Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot, - * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot. When the character - * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer - * to the character buffer. This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal - * process. The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed - * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output - * character sequences. The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using - * setKeyBindings() - * - * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the - * input received. The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling - * reset(). - * - * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether - * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal - * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying - * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ). The stateSet() signal - * is emitted whenever the activity state is set. This can be used to determine - * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to - * a 'bell' event in different ways. - */ -class Emulation : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ - Emulation(); - ~Emulation(); - - /** - * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation. The contents - * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the - * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method. - */ - ScreenWindow* createWindow(); - - /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */ - QSize imageSize(); - - /** - * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history. - */ - int lineCount(); - - - /** - * Sets the history store used by this emulation. When new lines - * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history - * store. - * - * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the - * type of store. - */ - void setHistory(const HistoryType&); - /** Returns the history store used by this emulation. See setHistory() */ - const HistoryType& history(); - /** Clears the history scroll. */ - void clearHistory(); - - /** - * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine - * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal - * characters into text. - * - * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with - * appearance attributes into output text. PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly - * used decoder. - * @param startLine The first - */ - virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine); - - - /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters. See setCodec() */ - const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; } - /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters. */ - void setCodec(const QTextCodec*); - - /** - * Convenience method. - * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming - * characters is UTF-8 - */ - bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; } - - - /** TODO Document me */ - virtual char getErase() const; - - /** - * Sets the key bindings used to key events - * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character - * streams to send to the terminal. - */ - void setKeyBindings(const QString& name); - /** - * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings. - * See setKeyBindings() - */ - QString keyBindings(); - - /** - * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen. - */ - virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0; - - /** Resets the state of the terminal. */ - virtual void reset() =0; - - /** - * Returns true if the active terminal program wants - * mouse input events. - * - * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this - * changes. - */ - bool programUsesMouse() const; - -public slots: - - /** Change the size of the emulation's image */ - virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns); - - /** - * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal. - * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession. - */ - virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0; - - /** - * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with - * the resulting character stream. - */ - virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); - - /** - * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape - * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData() - */ - virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType); - - /** - * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. - * - * @param string The characters to send. - * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will - * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically. - */ - virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0; - - /** - * Processes an incoming stream of characters. receiveData() decodes the incoming - * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for - * each unicode character in the resulting buffer. - * - * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal - * to be emitted when it expires. The timer allows multiple updates in quick - * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission. - * - * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program. - * @param len The length of @p buffer - */ - void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len); - -signals: - - /** - * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the - * standard input of the terminal. - * - * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent - * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes - */ - void sendData(const char* data,int len); - - /** - * Requests that sending of input to the emulation - * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed. - * - * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of - * input from the terminal process' stdout be - * suspended. Otherwise requests that sending of - * input be resumed. - */ - void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend); - - /** - * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process - * be set to UTF 8 mode. - * - * TODO: More documentation - */ - void useUtf8Request(bool); - - /** - * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set. - * - * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY - * or NOTIFYBELL - */ - void stateSet(int state); - - - /** - * Requests that the color of the text used - * to represent the tabs associated with this - * emulation be changed. This is a Konsole-specific - * extension from pre-KDE 4 times. - * - * TODO: Document how the parameter works. - */ - void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color); - - /** - * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or - * not it is interested in mouse events. - * - * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about - * mouse events or false otherwise. - */ - void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); - - /** - * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change. - * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes, - * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when - * there is a lot of terminal activity. - * - * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows - * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal. - * - * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their - * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. - */ - void outputChanged(); - - /** - * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the - * session's title. This also allows terminal programs to customize other - * aspects of the terminal emulation display. - * - * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007" - * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what - * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value. - * - * TODO: The name of this method is not very accurate since this method - * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting - * the user-title of the session. - * - * @param title Specifies what to change. - * <ul> - * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li> - * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li> - * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li> - * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle, - * where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named - * color (eg 'red', 'blue'). - * See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more - * details. - * </li> - * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li> - * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session. @p newTitle is the name - * of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon - * theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li> - * </ul> - * @param newTitle Specifies the new title - */ - - void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle); - - /** - * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the - * screen size. - */ - void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount); - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties - * of the terminal display. - * - * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed - * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received. - * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance. - * - * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in - * the form: name=value;name2=value2 ... - */ - void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); - -protected: - virtual void setMode (int mode) = 0; - virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0; - - /** - * Processes an incoming character. See receiveData() - * @p ch A unicode character code. - */ - virtual void receiveChar(int ch); - - /** - * Sets the active screen. The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate. - * The primary screen is used by default. When certain interactive programs such - * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen. - * - * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen - */ - void setScreen(int index); - - enum EmulationCodec - { - LocaleCodec = 0, - Utf8Codec = 1 - }; - void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8 - - - QList<ScreenWindow*> _windows; - - Screen* _currentScreen; // pointer to the screen which is currently active, - // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array - - Screen* _screen[2]; // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell - // scrollbars are enabled in this mode ) - // 1 = alternate ( used by vi , emacs etc. - // scrollbars are not enabled in this mode ) - - - //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using - //the current text codec. (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.) - const QTextCodec* _codec; - QTextDecoder* _decoder; - - const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout - -protected slots: - /** - * Schedules an update of attached views. - * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update, - * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. - */ - void bufferedUpdate(); - -private slots: - - // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each - // view - void showBulk(); - - void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); - -private: - - bool _usesMouse; - QTimer _bulkTimer1; - QTimer _bulkTimer2; - -}; - -#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\"" -"key Escape : \"\\E\"" -"key Tab -Shift : \"\\t\"\n" -"key Tab +Shift+Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" -"key Tab +Shift-Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" -"key Backtab +Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" -"key Backtab -Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" -"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" -"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" -"key Return+Shift : \"\\EOM\"\n" -"key Backspace : \"\\x7f\"\n" -"key Up -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n" -"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n" -"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n" -"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n" -"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOA\"\n" -"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOB\"\n" -"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOC\"\n" -"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOD\"\n" -"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[A\"\n" -"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[B\"\n" -"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[C\"\n" -"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[D\"\n" -"key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n" -"key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n" -"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n" -"key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n" -"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" -"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" -"key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[H\" \n" -"key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[F\" \n" -"key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOH\" \n" -"key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOF\" \n" -"key Home +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n" -"key End +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n" -"key Insert -AnyMod : \"\\E[2~\"\n" -"key Delete -AnyMod : \"\\E[3~\"\n" -"key Insert +AnyMod : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n" -"key Delete +AnyMod : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n" -"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[5~\"\n" -"key Next -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[6~\"\n" -"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n" -"key Next -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n" -"key F1 -AnyMod : \"\\EOP\"\n" -"key F2 -AnyMod : \"\\EOQ\"\n" -"key F3 -AnyMod : \"\\EOR\"\n" -"key F4 -AnyMod : \"\\EOS\"\n" -"key F5 -AnyMod : \"\\E[15~\"\n" -"key F6 -AnyMod : \"\\E[17~\"\n" -"key F7 -AnyMod : \"\\E[18~\"\n" -"key F8 -AnyMod : \"\\E[19~\"\n" -"key F9 -AnyMod : \"\\E[20~\"\n" -"key F10 -AnyMod : \"\\E[21~\"\n" -"key F11 -AnyMod : \"\\E[23~\"\n" -"key F12 -AnyMod : \"\\E[24~\"\n" -"key F1 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*P\"\n" -"key F2 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*Q\"\n" -"key F3 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*R\"\n" -"key F4 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*S\"\n" -"key F5 +AnyMod : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n" -"key F6 +AnyMod : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n" -"key F7 +AnyMod : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n" -"key F8 +AnyMod : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n" -"key F9 +AnyMod : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n" -"key F10 +AnyMod : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n" -"key F11 +AnyMod : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n" -"key F12 +AnyMod : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n" -"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n" -"key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp\n" -"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp\n" -"key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown\n" -"key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown\n" -"key ScrollLock : scrollLock\n" -"\0"
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Filter.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,556 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Filter.h" - -// System -#include <iostream> - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QAction> -#include <QtGui/QApplication> -#include <QtGui/QClipboard> -#include <QtCore/QString> - -#include <QtCore/QSharedData> -#include <QtCore> - -// Konsole -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -FilterChain::~FilterChain() -{ - QMutableListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); - - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - { - Filter* filter = iter.next(); - iter.remove(); - delete filter; - } -} - -void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter) -{ - append(filter); -} -void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter) -{ - removeAll(filter); -} -bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter) -{ - return contains(filter); -} -void FilterChain::reset() -{ - QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - iter.next()->reset(); -} -void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions) -{ - QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions); -} -void FilterChain::process() -{ - QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - iter.next()->process(); -} -void FilterChain::clear() -{ - QList<Filter*>::clear(); -} -Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const -{ - QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - Filter* filter = iter.next(); - Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column); - if ( spot != 0 ) - { - return spot; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpots() const -{ - QList<Filter::HotSpot*> list; - QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - Filter* filter = iter.next(); - list << filter->hotSpots(); - } - return list; -} -//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; - -TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain() -: _buffer(0) -, _linePositions(0) -{ -} - -TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain() -{ - delete _buffer; - delete _linePositions; -} - -void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - if (empty()) - return; -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - // reset all filters and hotspots - reset(); -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - PlainTextDecoder decoder; - decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false); - -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on - QString* newBuffer = new QString(); - QList<int>* newLinePositions = new QList<int>(); - setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions ); - - // free the old buffers - delete _buffer; - delete _linePositions; - - _buffer = newBuffer; - _linePositions = newLinePositions; - - QTextStream lineStream(_buffer); - decoder.begin(&lineStream); - - for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++) - { - _linePositions->append(_buffer->length()); - decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT); - - // pretend that each line ends with a newline character. - // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line - // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line - // - // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not - // highlighted. - // - // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a - // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped - // lines - if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - lineStream << QChar('\n'); - } - decoder.end(); -// qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); -} - -Filter::Filter() : -_linePositions(0), -_buffer(0) -{ -} - -Filter::~Filter() -{ - QListIterator<HotSpot*> iter(_hotspotList); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - delete iter.next(); - } -} -void Filter::reset() -{ - _hotspots.clear(); - _hotspotList.clear(); -} - -void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions) -{ - _buffer = buffer; - _linePositions = linePositions; -} - -void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _linePositions ); - Q_ASSERT( _buffer ); - - - for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++) - { - //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i]; - int nextLine = 0; - - if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 ) - { - nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1; - } - else - { - nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1); - } - - // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << - // " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length(); - - if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) - { - startLine = i; - startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i); - return; - } - } -} - - -/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text) -{ - _linePositions << _buffer.length(); - _buffer.append(text); -}*/ - -const QString* Filter::buffer() -{ - return _buffer; -} -Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() -{ -} -void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot) -{ - _hotspotList << spot; - - for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++) - { - _hotspots.insert(line,spot); - } -} -QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpots() const -{ - return _hotspotList; -} -QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const -{ - return _hotspots.values(line); -} - -Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const -{ - QListIterator<HotSpot*> spotIter(_hotspots.values(line)); - - while (spotIter.hasNext()) - { - HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next(); - - if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column ) - continue; - if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column ) - continue; - - return spot; - } - - return 0; -} - -Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn) - : _startLine(startLine) - , _startColumn(startColumn) - , _endLine(endLine) - , _endColumn(endColumn) - , _type(NotSpecified) -{ -} -QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const -{ - return QString(); -} -QList<QAction*> Filter::HotSpot::actions() -{ - return QList<QAction*>(); -} -int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const -{ - return _startLine; -} -int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const -{ - return _endLine; -} -int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const -{ - return _startColumn; -} -int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const -{ - return _endColumn; -} -Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const -{ - return _type; -} -void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type) -{ - _type = type; -} - -RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter() -{ -} - -RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) - : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) -{ - setType(Marker); -} - -void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*) -{ -} - -void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts) -{ - _capturedTexts = texts; -} -QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const -{ - return _capturedTexts; -} - -void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) -{ - _searchText = regExp; -} -QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const -{ - return _searchText; -} -/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int) -{ - _buffer = QString(); -}*/ -void RegExpFilter::process() -{ - int pos = 0; - const QString* text = buffer(); - - Q_ASSERT( text ); - - // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string. - // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely - static const QString emptyString(""); - if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) ) - return; - - while(pos >= 0) - { - pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos); - - if ( pos >= 0 ) - { - - int startLine = 0; - int endLine = 0; - int startColumn = 0; - int endColumn = 0; - - - //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength(); - - getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn); - getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn); - - //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn; - //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn; - - RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn, - endLine,endColumn); - spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts()); - - addHotSpot( spot ); - pos += _searchText.matchedLength(); - - // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop - Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 ); - } - } -} - -RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, - int endLine,int endColumn) -{ - return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, - endLine,endColumn); -} -RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine, - int endColumn) -{ - return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, - endLine,endColumn); -} -UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) -: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) -, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this)) -{ - setType(Link); -} -QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const -{ - QString url = capturedTexts().first(); - - const UrlType kind = urlType(); - - if ( kind == StandardUrl ) - return QString(); - else if ( kind == Email ) - return QString(); - else - return QString(); -} -UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const -{ - QString url = capturedTexts().first(); - - if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) - return StandardUrl; - else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) - return Email; - else - return Unknown; -} - -void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object) -{ - QString url = capturedTexts().first(); - - const UrlType kind = urlType(); - - const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString(); - - if ( actionName == "copy-action" ) - { - //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url; - - QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url); - return; - } - - if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" ) - { - if ( kind == StandardUrl ) - { - // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then - // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" ) - if (!url.contains("://")) - { - url.prepend("http://"); - } - } - else if ( kind == Email ) - { - url.prepend("mailto:"); - } - -// new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow()); - } -} - -// Note: Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters -// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long -// pieces of text. -// Please be careful when altering them. - -//regexp matches: -// full url: -// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot -const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]"); -// email address: -// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars] -const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b"); - -// matches full url or email address -const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+ - EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')'); - -UrlFilter::UrlFilter() -{ - setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp ); -} -UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() -{ - delete _urlObject; -} -void FilterObject::activated() -{ - _filter->activate(sender()); -} -QList<QAction*> UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions() -{ - QList<QAction*> list; - - const UrlType kind = urlType(); - - QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject); - QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);; - - Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email ); - - if ( kind == StandardUrl ) - { - openAction->setText(("Open Link")); - copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address")); - } - else if ( kind == Email ) - { - openAction->setText(("Send Email To...")); - copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address")); - } - - // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the - // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered - // action passed as a parameter. - openAction->setObjectName("open-action"); - copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action"); - - QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); - QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); - - list << openAction; - list << copyAction; - - return list; -} - -//#include "moc_Filter.cpp"
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Filter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef FILTER_H -#define FILTER_H - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QAction> -#include <QtCore/QList> -#include <QtCore/QObject> -#include <QtCore/QStringList> -#include <QtCore/QHash> -#include <QtCore/QRegExp> - -// Local -#include "Character.h" - -/** - * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list) - * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'. - * - * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), - * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact - * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's - * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. - * - * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. - * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the - * actions() method. - * - * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot. - * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest. - * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest - * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot() - */ -class Filter -{ -public: - /** - * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for. - * - * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), - * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact - * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's - * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. - * - * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. - * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the - * actions() method. These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. - */ - class HotSpot - { - public: - /** - * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn) - * in a block of text. - */ - HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn); - virtual ~HotSpot(); - - enum Type - { - // the type of the hotspot is not specified - NotSpecified, - // this hotspot represents a clickable link - Link, - // this hotspot represents a marker - Marker - }; - - /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */ - int startLine() const; - /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */ - int endLine() const; - /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */ - int startColumn() const; - /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */ - int endColumn() const; - /** - * Returns the type of the hotspot. This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent - * the hotspot graphically. eg. Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them - */ - Type type() const; - /** - * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. - * - * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered. This is - * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or - * one of the objects from the actions() list. In which case the associated - * action should be performed. - */ - virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; - /** - * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a - * menu or toolbar - */ - virtual QList<QAction*> actions(); - - /** - * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or - * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot. - * - * The default implementation returns an empty string. - */ - virtual QString tooltip() const; - - protected: - /** Sets the type of a hotspot. This should only be set once */ - void setType(Type type); - - private: - int _startLine; - int _startColumn; - int _endLine; - int _endColumn; - Type _type; - - }; - - /** Constructs a new filter. */ - Filter(); - virtual ~Filter(); - - /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */ - virtual void process() = 0; - - /** - * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0. - * All hotspots are deleted. - */ - void reset(); - - /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */ - //void addLine(const QString& string); - - /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */ - HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; - - /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */ - QList<HotSpot*> hotSpots() const; - - /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */ - QList<HotSpot*> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; - - /** - * TODO: Document me - */ - void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); - -protected: - /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */ - void addHotSpot(HotSpot*); - /** Returns the internal buffer */ - const QString* buffer(); - /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */ - void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn); - -private: - QMultiHash<int,HotSpot*> _hotspots; - QList<HotSpot*> _hotspotList; - - const QList<int>* _linePositions; - const QString* _buffer; -}; - -/** - * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot - * instance for them. - * - * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression - * are found. - */ -class RegExpFilter : public Filter -{ -public: - /** - * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter. The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text - * matched by the filter's regular expression. - */ - class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot - { - public: - HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn); - virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); - - /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */ - void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts); - /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */ - QStringList capturedTexts() const; - private: - QStringList _capturedTexts; - }; - - /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */ - RegExpFilter(); - - /** - * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. - * - * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching - * anything. - */ - void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text); - /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */ - QRegExp regExp() const; - - /** - * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() - * - * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately - * without finding results. - */ - virtual void process(); - -protected: - /** - * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered. Subclasses should reimplement this - * to return custom hotspot types - */ - virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, - int endLine,int endColumn); - -private: - QRegExp _searchText; -}; - -class FilterObject; - -/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */ -class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances. The activate() method opens a web browser - * at the given URL when called. - */ - class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot - { - public: - HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn); - virtual ~HotSpot(); - - virtual QList<QAction*> actions(); - - /** - * Open a web browser at the current URL. The url itself can be determined using - * the capturedTexts() method. - */ - virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); - - virtual QString tooltip() const; - private: - enum UrlType - { - StandardUrl, - Email, - Unknown - }; - UrlType urlType() const; - - FilterObject* _urlObject; - }; - - UrlFilter(); - -protected: - virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int); - -private: - - static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp; - static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp; - - // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp - static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; -}; - -class FilterObject : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT -public: - FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {} -private slots: - void activated(); -private: - Filter::HotSpot* _filter; -}; - -/** - * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. - * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed. - * - * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain. - * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional - * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use - * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text. - * - * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's - * internal cursor back to the first line. - * - * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position. - * - * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on - * a given line respectively. - */ -class FilterChain : protected QList<Filter*> -{ -public: - virtual ~FilterChain(); - - /** Adds a new filter to the chain. The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */ - void addFilter(Filter* filter); - /** Removes a filter from the chain. The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */ - void removeFilter(Filter* filter); - /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */ - bool containsFilter(Filter* filter); - /** Removes all filters from the chain */ - void clear(); - - /** Resets each filter in the chain */ - void reset(); - /** - * Processes each filter in the chain - */ - void process(); - - /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */ - void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); - - /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */ - Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; - /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */ - QList<Filter::HotSpot*> hotSpots() const; - /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */ - QList<Filter::HotSpot> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; - -}; - -/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */ -class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain -{ -public: - TerminalImageFilterChain(); - virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain(); - - /** - * Set the current terminal image to @p image. - * - * @param image The terminal image - * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image - * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image - */ - void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, - const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties); - -private: - QString* _buffer; - QList<int>* _linePositions; -}; - -#endif //FILTER_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/History.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,696 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "History.h" - -// System -#include <iostream> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <errno.h> - - -// Reasonable line size -#define LINE_SIZE 1024 - -/* - An arbitrary long scroll. - - One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells - or newlines, but access it randomly. - - The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll - in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is - a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted. - - The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers - of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll - at constant costs. - -KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile? - -FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the - memory of their machines. This problem is critical - since the history does not behave gracefully in cases - where the memory is used up completely. - - I put in a workaround that should handle it problem - now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution. - -FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated - in the menu. We should throw a signal. - -FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps, - there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore. - Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented - scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity. -*/ - -//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile -// this is here one for debugging purpose. - -//#define tmpfile xTmpFile - -// History File /////////////////////////////////////////// - -/* - A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end. -*/ - -HistoryFile::HistoryFile() - : ion(-1), - length(0), - fileMap(0) -{ - if (tmpFile.open()) - { - tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true); - ion = tmpFile.handle(); - } -} - -HistoryFile::~HistoryFile() -{ - if (fileMap) - unmap(); -} - -//TODO: Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large, -//(ie. larger than available memory). HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time, -//to avoid this. -void HistoryFile::map() -{ - assert( fileMap == 0 ); - - fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 ); - - //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination - if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED ) - { - readWriteBalance = 0; - fileMap = 0; - qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed. errno = " << errno; - } -} - -void HistoryFile::unmap() -{ - int result = munmap( fileMap , length ); - assert( result == 0 ); - - fileMap = 0; -} - -bool HistoryFile::isMapped() -{ - return (fileMap != 0); -} - -void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len) -{ - if ( fileMap ) - unmap(); - - readWriteBalance++; - - int rc = 0; - - rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; } - rc = write(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; } - length += rc; -} - -void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc) -{ - //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls. - //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() - //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log - //file to improve performance. - readWriteBalance--; - if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD ) - map(); - - if ( fileMap ) - { - for (int i=0;i<len;i++) - bytes[i]=fileMap[loc+i]; - } - else - { - int rc = 0; - - if (loc < 0 || len < 0 || loc + len > length) - fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc); - rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; } - rc = read(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; } - } -} - -int HistoryFile::len() -{ - return length; -} - - -// History Scroll abstract base class ////////////////////////////////////// - - -HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t) - : m_histType(t) -{ -} - -HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll() -{ - delete m_histType; -} - -bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll() -{ - return true; -} - -// History Scroll File ////////////////////////////////////// - -/* - The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from - two history buffers. The index buffer contains - start of line positions which refere to the cells - buffer. - - Note that index[0] addresses the second line - (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts - at 0 in cells. -*/ - -HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName) - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)), - m_logFileName(logFileName) -{ -} - -HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile() -{ -} - -int HistoryScrollFile::getLines() -{ - return index.len() / sizeof(int); -} - -int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno) -{ - return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character); -} - -bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno) -{ - if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) { - unsigned char flag; - lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char)); - return flag; - } - return false; -} - -int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno) -{ - if (lineno <= 0) return 0; - if (lineno <= getLines()) - { - - if (!index.isMapped()) - index.map(); - - int res; - index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int)); - return res; - } - return cells.len(); -} - -void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) -{ - cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count) -{ - cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped) -{ - if (index.isMapped()) - index.unmap(); - - int locn = cells.len(); - index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int)); - unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00; - lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char)); -} - - -// History Scroll Buffer ////////////////////////////////////// -HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount) - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount)) - ,_historyBuffer() - ,_maxLineCount(0) - ,_usedLines(0) - ,_head(0) -{ - setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount); -} - -HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer() -{ - delete[] _historyBuffer; -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells) -{ - _head++; - if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount ) - _usedLines++; - - if ( _head >= _maxLineCount ) - { - _head = 0; - } - - _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells; - _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false; -} -void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count) -{ - HistoryLine newLine(count); - qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin()); - - addCellsVector(newLine); -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped) -{ - _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped; -} - -int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines() -{ - return _usedLines; -} - -int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber) -{ - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - - if ( lineNumber < _usedLines ) - { - return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size(); - } - else - { - return 0; - } -} - -bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber) -{ - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - - if (lineNumber < _usedLines) - { - //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; - return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; - } - else - return false; -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer) -{ - if ( count == 0 ) return; - - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - - if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) - { - memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); - return; - } - - const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; - - //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn; - //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size(); - //kDebug() << "count " << count; - - Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count ); - - memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount) -{ - HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer; - HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount]; - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ ) - { - newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)]; - } - - _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount); - _maxLineCount = lineCount; - _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1; - - _historyBuffer = newBuffer; - delete[] oldBuffer; - - _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount); -} - -int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber) -{ - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head ); - - if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) - { - return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount; - } - else - { - return lineNumber; - } -} - - -// History Scroll None ////////////////////////////////////// - -HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone() - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone()) -{ -} - -HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone() -{ -} - -bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll() -{ - return false; -} - -int HistoryScrollNone::getLines() -{ - return 0; -} - -int HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int) -{ - return 0; -} - -bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) -{ - return false; -} - -void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character []) -{ -} - -void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int) -{ -} - -void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool) -{ -} - -// History Scroll BlockArray ////////////////////////////////////// - -HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size) - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size)) -{ - m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines. -} - -HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray() -{ -} - -int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines() -{ - return m_lineLengths.count(); -} - -int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno) -{ - if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) ) - return m_lineLengths[lineno]; - else - return 0; -} - -bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) -{ - return false; -} - -void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno, - int count, Character res[]) -{ - if (!count) return; - - const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno); - - if (!b) { - memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data - return; - } - - assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); - memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count) -{ - Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock(); - - if (!b) return; - - // put cells in block's data - assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); - - memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES); - - memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character)); - b->size = count * sizeof(Character); - - size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock(); - assert (res > 0); - Q_UNUSED( res ); - - m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count); -} - -void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool) -{ -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// History Types -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -HistoryType::HistoryType() -{ -} - -HistoryType::~HistoryType() -{ -} - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone() -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const -{ - return false; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - delete old; - return new HistoryScrollNone(); -} - -int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return 0; -} - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size) - : m_size(size) -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const -{ - return true; -} - -int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return m_size; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - delete old; - return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size); -} - - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines) - : m_nbLines(nbLines) -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const -{ - return true; -} - -int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return m_nbLines; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - if (old) - { - HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast<HistoryScrollBuffer*>(old); - if (oldBuffer) - { - oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines); - return oldBuffer; - } - - HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); - int lines = old->getLines(); - int startLine = 0; - if (lines > (int) m_nbLines) - startLine = lines - m_nbLines; - - Character line[LINE_SIZE]; - for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++) - { - int size = old->getLineLen(i); - if (size > LINE_SIZE) - { - Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; - old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); - newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - delete [] tmp_line; - } - else - { - old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); - newScroll->addCells(line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - } - } - delete old; - return newScroll; - } - return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); -} - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName) - : m_fileName(fileName) -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const -{ - return true; -} - -const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const -{ - return m_fileName; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - if (dynamic_cast<HistoryFile *>(old)) - return old; // Unchanged. - - HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName); - - Character line[LINE_SIZE]; - int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0; - for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++) - { - int size = old->getLineLen(i); - if (size > LINE_SIZE) - { - Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; - old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); - newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - delete [] tmp_line; - } - else - { - old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); - newScroll->addCells(line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - } - } - - delete old; - return newScroll; -} - -int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return 0; -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/History.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef HISTORY_H -#define HISTORY_H - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QBitRef> -#include <QtCore/QHash> -#include <QtCore> - -// Konsole -#include "BlockArray.h" -#include "Character.h" - - -class HistoryFile -{ -public: - HistoryFile(); - virtual ~HistoryFile(); - - virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len); - virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc); - virtual int len(); - - //mmaps the file in read-only mode - void map(); - //un-mmaps the file - void unmap(); - //returns true if the file is mmap'ed - bool isMapped(); - - -private: - int ion; - int length; - QTemporaryFile tmpFile; - - //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed - char* fileMap; - - //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever - //'get' is called. - //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history - //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls). - int readWriteBalance; - - //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically - static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryType; - -class HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScroll(HistoryType*); - virtual ~HistoryScroll(); - - virtual bool hasScroll(); - - // access to history - virtual int getLines() = 0; - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno) = 0; - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0; - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0; - - // backward compatibility (obsolete) - Character getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; } - - // adding lines. - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0; - // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage - // of QVector's implicit copying - virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells) - { - addCells(cells.data(),cells.size()); - } - - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0; - - // - // FIXME: Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances - // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer - // be valid if the history scroll is deleted. - // - const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; } - -protected: - HistoryType* m_histType; - -}; - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length) -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName); - virtual ~HistoryScrollFile(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - -private: - int startOfLine(int lineno); - - QString m_logFileName; - HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int) - HistoryFile cells; // text Row(Character) - HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char) -}; - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines) -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - typedef QVector<Character> HistoryLine; - - HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000); - virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - - void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines); - unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; } - - -private: - int bufferIndex(int lineNumber); - - HistoryLine* _historyBuffer; - QBitArray _wrappedLine; - int _maxLineCount; - int _usedLines; - int _head; - - //QVector<histline*> m_histBuffer; - //QBitArray m_wrappedLine; - //unsigned int m_maxNbLines; - //unsigned int m_nbLines; - //unsigned int m_arrayIndex; - //bool m_buffFilled; -}; - -/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addCells(const QVector<Character>& cells); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - -};*/ - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Nothing-based history (no history :-) -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScrollNone(); - virtual ~HistoryScrollNone(); - - virtual bool hasScroll(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// BlockArray-based history -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size); - virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - -protected: - BlockArray m_blockArray; - QHash<int,size_t> m_lineLengths; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// History type -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryType(); - virtual ~HistoryType(); - - /** - * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output ) - * or false otherwise. - */ - virtual bool isEnabled() const = 0; - /** - * Returns true if the history size is unlimited. - */ - bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; } - /** - * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type - * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines. - */ - virtual int maximumLineCount() const = 0; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0; -}; - -class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeNone(); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; -}; - -class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; - -protected: - size_t m_size; -}; - - -class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString()); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual const QString& getFileName() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; - -protected: - QString m_fileName; -}; - - -class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; - -protected: - unsigned int m_nbLines; -}; - -#endif // HISTORY_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/KeyboardTranslator.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,888 +0,0 @@ -/* - This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" - -// System -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdio.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QBuffer> -#include <QtCore/QFile> -#include <QtCore/QFileInfo> -#include <QtCore> -#include <QtGui> - -//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole -const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = -#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h" -; - -KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager() - : _haveLoadedAll(false) -{ -} -KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager() -{ - qDeleteAll(_translators.values()); -} -QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name) -{ - return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab"); -} -void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators() -{ - QDir dir("kb-layouts/"); - QStringList filters; - filters << "*.keytab"; - dir.setNameFilters(filters); - QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data", - // "konsole/*.keytab", - // KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates); - list = dir.entryList(filters); - // add the name of each translator to the list and associated - // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator - // has not yet been loaded from disk - QStringListIterator listIter(list); - while (listIter.hasNext()) - { - QString translatorPath = listIter.next(); - - QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName(); - - if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) { - _translators.insert(name,0); - } - } - _haveLoadedAll = true; -} - -const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name) -{ - if ( name.isEmpty() ) - return defaultTranslator(); - - //here was smth wrong in original Konsole source - findTranslators(); - - if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) { - return _translators[name]; - } - - KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name); - - if ( translator != 0 ) - _translators[name] = translator; - else if ( !name.isEmpty() ) - qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name; - - return translator; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator) -{ - const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name() - // +".keytab"; - - qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path; - - QFile destination(path); - - if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) - { - qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" - << destination.errorString(); - - return false; - } - - { - KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination); - writer.writeHeader(translator->description()); - - QListIterator<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> iter(translator->entries()); - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - writer.writeEntry(iter.next()); - } - - destination.close(); - - return true; -} - -KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name) -{ - const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name); - - QFile source(path); - - if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) - return 0; - - return loadTranslator(&source,name); -} - -const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator() -{ - QBuffer textBuffer; - textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText)); - - if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) - return 0; - - return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback"); -} - -KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name) -{ - KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name); - KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); - translator->setDescription( reader.description() ); - - while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) { - translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); - } - - source->close(); - - if ( !reader.parseError() ) - { - return translator; - } - else - { - delete translator; - return 0; - } -} - -KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination) - : _destination(destination) -{ - Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() ); - - _writer = new QTextStream(_destination); -} -KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter() -{ - delete _writer; -} -void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description ) -{ - *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n'; -} -void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ) -{ - QString result; - - if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) - result = entry.resultToString(); - else - result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"'; - - *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n'; -} - - -// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of: -// -// - keyboard "name" -// - key KeySequence : "characters" -// - key KeySequence : CommandName -// -// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum ) -// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front -// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ). All keyboard modifiers -// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is -// assumed not to be a part of the sequence. The key sequence may contain whitespace -// -// eg: "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp" -// "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~" -// -// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have -// already been removed) -// - -KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ) - : _source(source) - , _hasNext(false) -{ - // read input until we find the description - while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() ) - { - const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) ); - - if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword ) - { - _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8()); - } - } - - readNext(); -} -void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() -{ - // find next entry - while ( !_source->atEnd() ) - { - const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) ); - if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword ) - { - KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier; - - int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; - - decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(), - keyCode, - modifiers, - modifierMask, - flags, - flagMask); - - KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand; - QByteArray text; - - // get text or command - if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText ) - { - text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit(); - } - else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command ) - { - // identify command - if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command)) - qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood."; - } - - KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry; - newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode ); - newEntry.setState( flags ); - newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask ); - newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers ); - newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask ); - newEntry.setText( text ); - newEntry.setCommand( command ); - - _nextEntry = newEntry; - - _hasNext = true; - - return; - } - } - - _hasNext = false; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) -{ - if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand; - else - return false; - - return true; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text, - int& keyCode, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, - KeyboardTranslator::States& flags, - KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask) -{ - bool isWanted = true; - bool endOfItem = false; - QString buffer; - - Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask; - KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags; - KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask; - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ ) - { - const QChar& ch = text[i]; - bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 ); - - endOfItem = true; - if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() ) - { - endOfItem = false; - buffer.append(ch); - } - - if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() ) - { - Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier; - int itemKeyCode = 0; - KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - - if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) ) - { - tempModifierMask |= itemModifier; - - if ( isWanted ) - tempModifiers |= itemModifier; - } - else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) ) - { - tempFlagMask |= itemFlag; - - if ( isWanted ) - tempFlags |= itemFlag; - } - else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) ) - keyCode = itemKeyCode; - else - qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer; - - buffer.clear(); - } - - // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the - // state ready for the next item - if ( ch == '+' ) - isWanted = true; - else if ( ch == '-' ) - isWanted = false; - } - - modifiers = tempModifiers; - modifierMask = tempModifierMask; - flags = tempFlags; - flagMask = tempFlagMask; - - return true; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier) -{ - if ( item == "shift" ) - modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier; - else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" ) - modifier = Qt::ControlModifier; - else if ( item == "alt" ) - modifier = Qt::AltModifier; - else if ( item == "meta" ) - modifier = Qt::MetaModifier; - else if ( item == "keypad" ) - modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier; - else - return false; - - return true; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag) -{ - if ( item == "appcukeys" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; - else if ( item == "ansi" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; - else if ( item == "newline" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; - else if ( item == "appscreen" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; - else if ( item == "anymod" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; - else - return false; - - return true; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode) -{ - QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item); - if ( !sequence.isEmpty() ) - { - keyCode = sequence[0]; - - if ( sequence.count() > 1 ) - { - qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item; - } - } - // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3 - else if ( item == "prior" ) - keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp; - else if ( item == "next" ) - keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown; - else - return false; - - return true; -} - -QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const -{ - return _description; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry() -{ - return _hasNext; -} -KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , - const QString& result ) -{ - QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey "); - entryString.append(condition); - entryString.append(" : "); - - // if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command, - // otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence - // specified by 'condition' is pressed - KeyboardTranslator::Command command; - if (parseAsCommand(result,command)) - entryString.append(result); - else - entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"'); - - QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8(); - - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry; - - QBuffer buffer(&array); - buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); - KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer); - - if ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) - entry = reader.nextEntry(); - - return entry; -} - -KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() -{ - Q_ASSERT( _hasNext ); - - - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry; - - readNext(); - - return entry; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError() -{ - return false; -} -QList<KeyboardTranslatorReader::Token> KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line) -{ - QString text = line.simplified(); - - // comment line: # comment - static QRegExp comment("\\#.*"); - // title line: keyboard "title" - static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\""); - // key line: key KeySequence : "output" - // key line: key KeySequence : command - static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)"); - - QList<Token> list; - - if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) ) - { - return list; - } - - if ( title.exactMatch(text) ) - { - Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() }; - Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] }; - - list << titleToken << textToken; - } - else if ( key.exactMatch(text) ) - { - Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() }; - Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') }; - - list << keyToken << sequenceToken; - - if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() ) - { - // capturedTexts()[2] is a command - Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] }; - list << commandToken; - } - else - { - // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string - Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] }; - list << outputToken; - } - } - else - { - qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text; - } - - return list; -} - -QList<QString> KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() -{ - if ( !_haveLoadedAll ) - { - findTranslators(); - } - - return _translators.keys(); -} - -KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry() - : _keyCode(0) - , _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier) - , _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier) - , _state(NoState) - , _stateMask(NoState) - , _command(NoCommand) -{ -} - -bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const -{ - return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode && - _modifiers == rhs._modifiers && - _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask && - _state == rhs._state && - _stateMask == rhs._stateMask && - _command == rhs._command && - _text == rhs._text; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, - States state) const -{ - if ( _keyCode != keyCode ) - return false; - - if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) - return false; - - // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit - if ( modifiers != 0 ) - state |= AnyModifierState; - - if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) ) - return false; - - // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of - // any or no modifiers. In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count. - bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier; - if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) - { - // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set - if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet ) - return false; - - // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set - if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet ) - return false; - } - - return true; -} -QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const -{ - QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers)); - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ ) - { - char ch = result[i]; - char replacement = 0; - - switch ( ch ) - { - case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break; - case 8 : replacement = 'b'; break; - case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break; - case 9 : replacement = 't'; break; - case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break; - case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break; - default: - // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent - // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits) - if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() ) - replacement = 'x'; - } - - if ( replacement == 'x' ) - { - result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); - } else if ( replacement != 0 ) - { - result.remove(i,1); - result.insert(i,'\\'); - result.insert(i+1,replacement); - } - } - - return result; -} -QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const -{ - QByteArray result(input); - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ ) - { - - QByteRef ch = result[i]; - if ( ch == '\\' ) - { - char replacement[2] = {0,0}; - int charsToRemove = 2; - bool escapedChar = true; - - switch ( result[i+1] ) - { - case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break; - case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break; - case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break; - case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break; - case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break; - case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break; - case 'x' : - { - // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal - // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced - // with the corresponding character value - char hexDigits[3] = {0}; - - if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) ) - hexDigits[0] = result[i+2]; - if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) ) - hexDigits[1] = result[i+3]; - - int charValue = 0; - sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue); - - replacement[0] = (char)charValue; - - charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits); - } - break; - default: - escapedChar = false; - } - - if ( escapedChar ) - result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement); - } - } - - return result; -} - -void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const -{ - if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) ) - return; - - if ( modifier & _modifiers ) - item += '+'; - else - item += '-'; - - if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier ) - item += "Shift"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier ) - item += "Ctrl"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier ) - item += "Alt"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier ) - item += "Meta"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier ) - item += "KeyPad"; -} -void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const -{ - if ( !(state & _stateMask) ) - return; - - if ( state & _state ) - item += '+' ; - else - item += '-' ; - - if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ) - item += "AppScreen"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ) - item += "NewLine"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ) - item += "Ansi"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ) - item += "AppCuKeys"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) - item += "AnyMod"; -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const -{ - if ( !_text.isEmpty() ) - return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers); - else if ( _command == EraseCommand ) - return "Erase"; - else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand ) - return "ScrollPageUp"; - else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand ) - return "ScrollPageDown"; - else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand ) - return "ScrollLineUp"; - else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand ) - return "ScrollLineDown"; - else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand ) - return "ScrollLock"; - - return QString(); -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const -{ - QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString(); - - // add modifiers - insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier ); - insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier ); - insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier ); - insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); - - // add states - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ); - - return result; -} - -KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name) - : _name(name) -{ -} - -void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) -{ - _description = description; -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const -{ - return _description; -} -void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name) -{ - _name = name; -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const -{ - return _name; -} - -QList<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> KeyboardTranslator::entries() const -{ - return _entries.values(); -} - -void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry) -{ - const int keyCode = entry.keyCode(); - _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry); -} -void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement) -{ - if ( !existing.isNull() ) - _entries.remove(existing.keyCode()); - _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement); -} -void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry) -{ - _entries.remove(entry.keyCode()); -} -KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const -{ - if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) ) - { - QList<Entry> entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode); - - QListIterator<Entry> iter(entriesForKey); - - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - const Entry& next = iter.next(); - if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) ) - return next; - } - - return Entry(); // entry not found - } - else - { - return Entry(); - } - -} -void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator) -{ - _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator); - - if ( !saveTranslator(translator) ) - qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name() - << "to disk."; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) ); - - // locate and delete - QString path = findTranslatorPath(name); - if ( QFile::remove(path) ) - { - _translators.remove(name); - return true; - } - else - { - qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path; - return false; - } -} -K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager ) -KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance() -{ - return theKeyboardTranslatorManager; -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/KeyboardTranslator.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,650 +0,0 @@ -/* - This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H -#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QHash> -#include <QtCore/QList> -#include <QtGui/QKeySequence> -#include <QtCore/QMetaType> -#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> -#include <QtCore> - -typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)(); - -/** - * @internal - * - * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application - * shutdown. - */ -class CleanUpGlobalStatic -{ - public: - CleanUpFunction func; - - inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); } -}; - - -//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore - -# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) - -#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400 -# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER Q_ATOMIC_INIT -# define testAndSetOrdered testAndSet -#endif - -#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ()) - -#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS) \ -static QBasicAtomicPointer<TYPE > _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \ -static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ -static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) \ -{ \ - bool isDestroyed() \ - { \ - return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ - } \ - inline operator TYPE*() \ - { \ - return operator->(); \ - } \ - inline TYPE *operator->() \ - { \ - if (!_k_static_##NAME) { \ - if (isDestroyed()) { \ - qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \ - "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS; \ - if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x) \ - && _k_static_##NAME != x ) { \ - delete x; \ - } else { \ - static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy }; \ - } \ - } \ - return _k_static_##NAME; \ - } \ - inline TYPE &operator*() \ - { \ - return *operator->(); \ - } \ - static void destroy() \ - { \ - _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true; \ - TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME; \ - _k_static_##NAME = 0; \ - delete x; \ - } \ -} NAME; - - - - - -class QIODevice; -class QTextStream; - -/** - * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the - * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands - * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed. - * - * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to - * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal - * when particular key sequences are pressed. - * - * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers - * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state - * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply. - */ -class KeyboardTranslator -{ -public: - /** - * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which - * the terminal emulation is in. Therefore findEntry() may return a different - * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied. - * - * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular - * entry in the keyboard translation entry. - */ - enum State - { - /** Indicates that no special state is active */ - NoState = 0, - /** - * TODO More documentation - */ - NewLineState = 1, - /** - * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode. - * TODO: More documentation - */ - AnsiState = 2, - /** - * TODO More documentation - */ - CursorKeysState = 4, - /** - * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs - * such as screen or vim ) is active - */ - AlternateScreenState = 8, - /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ - AnyModifierState = 16 - }; - Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State) - - /** - * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences. - */ - enum Command - { - /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */ - NoCommand = 0, - /** TODO Document me */ - SendCommand = 1, - /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */ - ScrollPageUpCommand = 2, - /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */ - ScrollPageDownCommand = 4, - /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */ - ScrollLineUpCommand = 8, - /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */ - ScrollLineDownCommand = 16, - /** Toggles scroll lock mode */ - ScrollLockCommand = 32, - /** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */ - EraseCommand = 64 - }; - Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command) - - /** - * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user - * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular - * KeyboardTranslator. - */ - class Entry - { - public: - /** - * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator. - */ - Entry(); - - /** - * Returns true if this entry is null. - * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. - */ - bool isNull() const; - - /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */ - Command command() const; - /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */ - void setCommand(Command command); - - /** - * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing - * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed. - * - * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code. - * Document them. - * - * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in - * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. - * - * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed. - */ - QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; - - /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */ - void setText(const QByteArray& text); - - /** - * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, - * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences. - * - * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line. - * - * @param expandWildCards See text() - * @param modifiers See text() - */ - QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; - - /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */ - int keyCode() const; - /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */ - void setKeyCode(int keyCode); - - /** - * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. - * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry - * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed. - * - * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier - * is pressed or not. - */ - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const; - - /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry. See modifiers() */ - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const; - - /** See modifiers() */ - void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); - /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */ - void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); - - /** - * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. - * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only - * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state. - * - * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal - * is in that state or not. - */ - States state() const; - - /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry. See state() */ - States stateMask() const; - - /** See state() */ - void setState( States state ); - /** See stateMask() */ - void setStateMask( States mask ); - - /** - * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry - * as a QKeySequence - */ - //QKeySequence keySequence() const; - - /** - * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria ) - * as a string. - */ - QString conditionToString() const; - - /** - * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence ) - * as a string. - * - * @param expandWildCards See text() - * @param modifiers See text() - */ - QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; - - /** - * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified - * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state. - */ - bool matches( int keyCode , - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , - States flags ) const; - - bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const; - - private: - void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const; - void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const; - QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const; - - int _keyCode; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask; - States _state; - States _stateMask; - - Command _command; - QByteArray _text; - }; - - /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */ - KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name); - - //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other); - - /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */ - QString name() const; - - /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */ - void setName(const QString& name); - - /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ - QString description() const; - - /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ - void setDescription(const QString& description); - - /** - * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given - * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags. - * - * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie. - * entry.isNull() will return true ) - * - * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum - * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers - * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal - */ - Entry findEntry(int keyCode , - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , - States state = NoState) const; - - /** - * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table. Entries can be looked up according - * to their key sequence using findEntry() - */ - void addEntry(const Entry& entry); - - /** - * Replaces an entry in the translator. If the @p existing entry is null, - * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement) - */ - void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement); - - /** - * Removes an entry from the table. - */ - void removeEntry(const Entry& entry); - - /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */ - QList<Entry> entries() const; - -private: - - QHash<int,Entry> _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation, - // entries are indexed according to - // their keycode - QString _name; - QString _description; -}; -Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States) -Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands) - -/** - * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and - * returns the entries found in it. - * - * Usage example: - * - * @code - * QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" ); - * source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ); - * - * KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" ); - * - * KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); - * while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) - * translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); - * - * source.close(); - * - * if ( !reader.parseError() ) - * { - * // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator - * } - * else - * { - * // parsing failed - * } - * @endcode - */ -class KeyboardTranslatorReader -{ -public: - /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */ - KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ); - - /** - * Returns the description text. - * TODO: More documentation - */ - QString description() const; - - /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */ - bool hasNextEntry(); - /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */ - KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); - - /** - * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or - * false if no error occurred. - */ - bool parseError(); - - /** - * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry - * and produces a keyboard translator entry. - * - * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in - */ - static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition , - const QString& result ); -private: - struct Token - { - enum Type - { - TitleKeyword, - TitleText, - KeyKeyword, - KeySequence, - Command, - OutputText - }; - Type type; - QString text; - }; - QList<Token> tokenize(const QString&); - void readNext(); - bool decodeSequence(const QString& , - int& keyCode, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, - KeyboardTranslator::States& state, - KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags); - - static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier); - static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state); - static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode); - static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command); - - QIODevice* _source; - QString _description; - KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry; - bool _hasNext; -}; - -/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */ -class KeyboardTranslatorWriter -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination. - * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete. - */ - KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination); - ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter(); - - /** - * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. - * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. - */ - void writeHeader( const QString& description ); - /** Writes a translator entry. */ - void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); - -private: - QIODevice* _destination; - QTextStream* _writer; -}; - -/** - * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions, - * see KeyboardTranslator. - */ -class KeyboardTranslatorManager -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of - * available keyboard translations. - * - * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are - * first requested via a call to findTranslator() - */ - KeyboardTranslatorManager(); - ~KeyboardTranslatorManager(); - - /** - * Adds a new translator. If a translator with the same name - * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator. - * - * TODO: More documentation. - */ - void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator); - - /** - * Deletes a translator. Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise. - * - * TODO: More documentation - */ - bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name); - - /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */ - const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator(); - - /** - * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator - * with that name exists. - * - * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested, - * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed. - */ - const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name); - /** - * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators. - * - * The first time this is called, a search for available - * translators is started. - */ - QList<QString> allTranslators(); - - /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */ - static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance(); - -private: - static const char* defaultTranslatorText; - - void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators - KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator - // with the given name - KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name); - - bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator); - QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name); - - QHash<QString,KeyboardTranslator*> _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator - // instance - bool _haveLoadedAll; -}; - -inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; } -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) -{ - _modifiers = modifier; -} -inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) -{ - _modifierMask = mask; -} -inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; } - -inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const -{ - return ( *this == Entry() ); -} - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command ) -{ - _command = command; -} -inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text ) -{ - _text = unescape(text); -} -inline int oneOrZero(int value) -{ - return value ? 1 : 0; -} -inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const -{ - QByteArray expandedText = _text; - - if (expandWildCards) - { - int modifierValue = 1; - modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier); - modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) << 1; - modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2; - - for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) - { - if (expandedText[i] == '*') - expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue; - } - } - - return expandedText; -} - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state ) -{ - _state = state; -} -inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask ) -{ - _stateMask = stateMask; -} -inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; } - - -#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/LineFont.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src". -// You probably do not want to hand-edit this! - -static const quint32 LineChars[] = { - 0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, - 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, - 0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, - 0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, - 0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, - 0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, - 0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, - 0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, - 0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, - 0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, - 0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, - 0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, - 0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, - 0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, - 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, - 0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce -};
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/QTerminal @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +#include <QTerminal.h>
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/QTerminal.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) - Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#include <QDebug> - -#include "QTerminal.h" -#include "kpty.h" - -#include <termios.h> - -QTerminal::QTerminal(QWidget *parent) - : QWidget(parent) { - setMinimumSize(600, 400); - initialize(); -} - -void QTerminal::initialize() -{ - m_kpty = new KPty(); - m_kpty->open(); - - m_sessionModel = new TerminalModel(m_kpty); - - m_sessionModel->setAutoClose(true); - m_sessionModel->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); - m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000)); - m_sessionModel->setDarkBackground(true); - m_sessionModel->setKeyBindings(""); - - m_sessionView = new TerminalView(this); - m_sessionView->setBellMode(TerminalView::NotifyBell); - m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeHint(true); - m_sessionView->setTripleClickMode(TerminalView::SelectWholeLine); - m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeStartup(true); - m_sessionView->setSize(80, 40); - - QFont font = QApplication::font(); - font.setFamily("Monospace"); - font.setPointSize(10); - font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter); - setTerminalFont(font); - - m_sessionModel->run(); - m_sessionModel->addView(m_sessionView); - m_sessionView->setScrollBarPosition(TerminalView::ScrollBarRight); - - connect(m_sessionModel, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished())); - setFocusProxy(m_sessionView); - - setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason); - m_sessionView->resize(this->size()); - - connectToPty(); -} - -void QTerminal::connectToPty() -{ - int fds = m_kpty->slaveFd(); - - dup2 (fds, STDIN_FILENO); - dup2 (fds, STDOUT_FILENO); - dup2 (fds, STDERR_FILENO); - - if(!isatty(STDIN_FILENO)) { - qDebug("Error: stdin is not a tty."); - } - - if(!isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) { - qDebug("Error: stdout is not a tty."); - } - - if(!isatty(STDERR_FILENO)) { - qDebug("Error: stderr is not a tty."); - } -} - -QTerminal::~QTerminal() -{ - emit destroyed(); -} - -void QTerminal::setTerminalFont(QFont &font) -{ - if(!m_sessionView) - return; - m_sessionView->setVTFont(font); -} - -void QTerminal::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec) -{ - if(!m_sessionModel) - return; - m_sessionModel->setCodec(codec); -} - -void QTerminal::setSize(int h, int v) -{ - if(!m_sessionView) - return; - m_sessionView->setSize(h, v); -} - -void QTerminal::setHistorySize(int lines) -{ - if(lines < 0) - m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile()); - else - m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines)); -} - -void QTerminal::setReadOnly(bool readonly) -{ - m_sessionView->setReadOnly(readonly); -} - -void QTerminal::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent) -{ - Q_UNUSED(focusEvent); - m_sessionView->updateImage(); - m_sessionView->repaint(); - m_sessionView->update(); -} - -void QTerminal::showEvent(QShowEvent *) -{ - m_sessionView->updateImage(); - m_sessionView->repaint(); - m_sessionView->update(); -} - -void QTerminal::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) -{ - m_sessionView->resize(this->size()); - m_sessionView->updateImage(); - m_sessionView->repaint(); - m_sessionView->update(); -} - -void QTerminal::sessionFinished() -{ - emit finished(); -} - -void QTerminal::copyClipboard() -{ - m_sessionView->copyClipboard(); -} - -void QTerminal::pasteClipboard() -{ - m_sessionView->pasteClipboard(); -} -
--- a/libqterminal/QTerminal.h +++ b/libqterminal/QTerminal.h @@ -1,67 +1,32 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) - Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> +/* + +Copyright (C) 2012 Michael Goffioul. +Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid. - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - +This file is part of QTerminal. -#ifndef Q_TERMINAL -#define Q_TERMINAL - -#include <QtGui> -#include "kpty.h" -#include "TerminalModel.h" -#include "TerminalView.h" +Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. -class QTerminal : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - QTerminal(QWidget *parent = 0); - ~QTerminal(); - - void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); - void setArgs(QStringList &args); - void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec); - void setSize(int h, int v); - void setHistorySize(int lines); - void setReadOnly(bool); - -signals: - void finished(); +QTerminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Foobar. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +*/ -public slots: - void copyClipboard(); - void pasteClipboard(); - -protected: - void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent); - void showEvent(QShowEvent *); - virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *); - -protected slots: - void sessionFinished(); - -private: - void initialize(); - void connectToPty(); +#ifndef QTERMINAL_H +#define QTERMINAL_H - TerminalView *m_sessionView; - TerminalModel *m_sessionModel; - KPty *m_kpty; -}; +#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX + #include "unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h" +#else + #include "win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h" +#endif -#endif // Q_TERMINAL +#endif // QTERMINAL_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Screen.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1566 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Screen.h" - -// Standard -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <ctype.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QTextStream> -#include <QtCore/QDate> - -// Konsole -#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI. -//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo. -#define BS_CLEARS false - -//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image. -// -//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of -//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an -//offset from the beginning of the block. For efficiency reasons this -//is no longer the case. -//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on, -//notably moveImage() and clearImage(). -//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset. -#ifndef loc -#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X)) -#endif - - -Character Screen::defaultChar = Character(' ', - CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), - CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), - DEFAULT_RENDITION); - -//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES // for wrapped line debug - -Screen::Screen(int l, int c) - : lines(l), - columns(c), - screenLines(new ImageLine[lines+1] ), - _scrolledLines(0), - _droppedLines(0), - hist(new HistoryScrollNone()), - cuX(0), cuY(0), - cu_re(0), - tmargin(0), bmargin(0), - tabstops(0), - sel_begin(0), sel_TL(0), sel_BR(0), - sel_busy(false), - columnmode(false), - ef_fg(CharacterColor()), ef_bg(CharacterColor()), ef_re(0), - sa_cuX(0), sa_cuY(0), - sa_cu_re(0), - lastPos(-1) -{ - lineProperties.resize(lines+1); - for (int i=0;i<lines+1;i++) - lineProperties[i]=LINE_DEFAULT; - - initTabStops(); - clearSelection(); - reset(); -} - -/*! Destructor -*/ - -Screen::~Screen() -{ - delete[] screenLines; - delete[] tabstops; - delete hist; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Normalized Screen Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -// Cursor Setting -------------------------------------------------------------- - -/*! \section Cursor - - The `cursor' is a location within the screen that is implicitely used in - many operations. The operations within this section allow to manipulate - the cursor explicitly and to obtain it's value. - - The position of the cursor is guarantied to be between (including) 0 and - `columns-1' and `lines-1'. -*/ - -/*! - Move the cursor up. - - The cursor will not be moved beyond the top margin. -*/ - -void Screen::cursorUp(int n) -//=CUU -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - int stop = cuY < tmargin ? 0 : tmargin; - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuY = qMax(stop,cuY-n); -} - -/*! - Move the cursor down. - - The cursor will not be moved beyond the bottom margin. -*/ - -void Screen::cursorDown(int n) -//=CUD -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - int stop = cuY > bmargin ? lines-1 : bmargin; - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuY = qMin(stop,cuY+n); -} - -/*! - Move the cursor left. - - The cursor will not move beyond the first column. -*/ - -void Screen::cursorLeft(int n) -//=CUB -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuX = qMax(0,cuX-n); -} - -/*! - Move the cursor left. - - The cursor will not move beyond the rightmost column. -*/ - -void Screen::cursorRight(int n) -//=CUF -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX+n); -} - -void Screen::setMargins(int top, int bot) -//=STBM -{ - if (top == 0) top = 1; // Default - if (bot == 0) bot = lines; // Default - top = top - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno - bot = bot - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno - if ( !( 0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines ) ) - { qDebug()<<" setRegion("<<top<<","<<bot<<") : bad range."; - return; // Default error action: ignore - } - tmargin = top; - bmargin = bot; - cuX = 0; - cuY = getMode(MODE_Origin) ? top : 0; - -} - -int Screen::topMargin() const -{ - return tmargin; -} -int Screen::bottomMargin() const -{ - return bmargin; -} - -void Screen::index() -//=IND -{ - if (cuY == bmargin) - { - scrollUp(1); - } - else if (cuY < lines-1) - cuY += 1; -} - -void Screen::reverseIndex() -//=RI -{ - if (cuY == tmargin) - scrollDown(tmargin,1); - else if (cuY > 0) - cuY -= 1; -} - -/*! - Move the cursor to the begin of the next line. - - If cursor is on bottom margin, the region between the - actual top and bottom margin is scrolled up. -*/ - -void Screen::NextLine() -//=NEL -{ - Return(); index(); -} - -void Screen::eraseChars(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - int p = qMax(0,qMin(cuX+n-1,columns-1)); - clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(p,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::deleteChars(int n) -{ - Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); - - // always delete at least one char - if (n == 0) - n = 1; - - // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do - if ( cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) - return; - - if ( cuX+n >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) - n = screenLines[cuY].count() - 1 - cuX; - - Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( cuX+n < screenLines[cuY].count() ); - - screenLines[cuY].remove(cuX,n); -} - -void Screen::insertChars(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - - if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX ) - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX); - - screenLines[cuY].insert(cuX,n,' '); - - if ( screenLines[cuY].count() > columns ) - screenLines[cuY].resize(columns); -} - -void Screen::deleteLines(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - scrollUp(cuY,n); -} - -/*! insert `n' lines at the cursor position. - - The cursor is not moved by the operation. -*/ - -void Screen::insertLines(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - scrollDown(cuY,n); -} - -// Mode Operations ----------------------------------------------------------- - -/*! Set a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::setMode(int m) -{ - currParm.mode[m] = true; - switch(m) - { - case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = tmargin; break; //FIXME: home - } -} - -/*! Reset a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::resetMode(int m) -{ - currParm.mode[m] = false; - switch(m) - { - case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = 0; break; //FIXME: home - } -} - -/*! Save a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::saveMode(int m) -{ - saveParm.mode[m] = currParm.mode[m]; -} - -/*! Restore a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::restoreMode(int m) -{ - currParm.mode[m] = saveParm.mode[m]; -} - -bool Screen::getMode(int m) const -{ - return currParm.mode[m]; -} - -void Screen::saveCursor() -{ - sa_cuX = cuX; - sa_cuY = cuY; - sa_cu_re = cu_re; - sa_cu_fg = cu_fg; - sa_cu_bg = cu_bg; -} - -void Screen::restoreCursor() -{ - cuX = qMin(sa_cuX,columns-1); - cuY = qMin(sa_cuY,lines-1); - cu_re = sa_cu_re; - cu_fg = sa_cu_fg; - cu_bg = sa_cu_bg; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Screen Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*! Resize the screen image - - The topmost left position is maintained, while lower lines - or right hand side columns might be removed or filled with - spaces to fit the new size. - - The region setting is reset to the whole screen and the - tab positions reinitialized. - - If the new image is narrower than the old image then text on lines - which extends past the end of the new image is preserved so that it becomes - visible again if the screen is later resized to make it larger. -*/ - -void Screen::resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns) -{ - if ((new_lines==lines) && (new_columns==columns)) return; - - if (cuY > new_lines-1) - { // attempt to preserve focus and lines - bmargin = lines-1; //FIXME: margin lost - for (int i = 0; i < cuY-(new_lines-1); i++) - { - addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); - } - } - - // create new screen lines and copy from old to new - - ImageLine* newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines+1]; - for (int i=0; i < qMin(lines-1,new_lines+1) ;i++) - newScreenLines[i]=screenLines[i]; - for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++) - newScreenLines[i].resize( new_columns ); - - lineProperties.resize(new_lines+1); - for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++) - lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT; - - clearSelection(); - - delete[] screenLines; - screenLines = newScreenLines; - - lines = new_lines; - columns = new_columns; - cuX = qMin(cuX,columns-1); - cuY = qMin(cuY,lines-1); - - // FIXME: try to keep values, evtl. - tmargin=0; - bmargin=lines-1; - initTabStops(); - clearSelection(); -} - -void Screen::setDefaultMargins() -{ - tmargin = 0; - bmargin = lines-1; -} - - -/* - Clarifying rendition here and in the display. - - currently, the display's color table is - 0 1 2 .. 9 10 .. 17 - dft_fg, dft_bg, dim 0..7, intensive 0..7 - - cu_fg, cu_bg contain values 0..8; - - 0 = default color - - 1..8 = ansi specified color - - re_fg, re_bg contain values 0..17 - due to the TerminalDisplay's color table - - rendition attributes are - - attr widget screen - -------------- ------ ------ - RE_UNDERLINE XX XX affects foreground only - RE_BLINK XX XX affects foreground only - RE_BOLD XX XX affects foreground only - RE_REVERSE -- XX - RE_TRANSPARENT XX -- affects background only - RE_INTENSIVE XX -- affects foreground only - - Note that RE_BOLD is used in both widget - and screen rendition. Since xterm/vt102 - is to poor to distinguish between bold - (which is a font attribute) and intensive - (which is a color attribute), we translate - this and RE_BOLD in falls eventually appart - into RE_BOLD and RE_INTENSIVE. -*/ - -void Screen::reverseRendition(Character& p) const -{ - CharacterColor f = p.foregroundColor; - CharacterColor b = p.backgroundColor; - - p.foregroundColor = b; - p.backgroundColor = f; //p->r &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT; -} - -void Screen::effectiveRendition() -// calculate rendition -{ - //copy "current rendition" straight into "effective rendition", which is then later copied directly - //into the image[] array which holds the characters and their appearance properties. - //- The old version below filtered out all attributes other than underline and blink at this stage, - //so that they would not be copied into the image[] array and hence would not be visible by TerminalDisplay - //which actually paints the screen using the information from the image[] array. - //I don't know why it did this, but I'm fairly sure it was the wrong thing to do. The net result - //was that bold text wasn't printed in bold by Konsole. - ef_re = cu_re; - - //OLD VERSION: - //ef_re = cu_re & (RE_UNDERLINE | RE_BLINK); - - if (cu_re & RE_REVERSE) - { - ef_fg = cu_bg; - ef_bg = cu_fg; - } - else - { - ef_fg = cu_fg; - ef_bg = cu_bg; - } - - if (cu_re & RE_BOLD) - ef_fg.toggleIntensive(); -} - -/*! - returns the image. - - Get the size of the image by \sa getLines and \sa getColumns. - - NOTE that the image returned by this function must later be - freed. - -*/ - -void Screen::copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= hist->getLines() ); - - for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++) - { - const int length = qMin(columns,hist->getLineLen(line)); - const int destLineOffset = (line-startLine)*columns; - - hist->getCells(line,0,length,dest + destLineOffset); - - for (int column = length; column < columns; column++) - dest[destLineOffset+column] = defaultChar; - - // invert selected text - if (sel_begin !=-1) - { - for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) - { - if (isSelected(column,line)) - { - reverseRendition(dest[destLineOffset + column]); - } - } - } - } -} - -void Screen::copyFromScreen(Character* dest , int startLine , int count) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines ); - - for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine+count) ; line++) - { - int srcLineStartIndex = line*columns; - int destLineStartIndex = (line-startLine)*columns; - - for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) - { - int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column; - int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column; - - dest[destIndex] = screenLines[srcIndex/columns].value(srcIndex%columns,defaultChar); - - // invert selected text - if (sel_begin != -1 && isSelected(column,line + hist->getLines())) - reverseRendition(dest[destIndex]); - } - - } -} - -void Screen::getImage( Character* dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine ) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); - - const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1; - - Q_ASSERT( size >= mergedLines * columns ); - Q_UNUSED( size ); - - const int linesInHistoryBuffer = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); - const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer; - - // copy lines from history buffer - if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0) { - copyFromHistory(dest,startLine,linesInHistoryBuffer); - } - - // copy lines from screen buffer - if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0) { - copyFromScreen(dest + linesInHistoryBuffer*columns, - startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - hist->getLines(), - linesInScreenBuffer); - } - - // invert display when in screen mode - if (getMode(MODE_Screen)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines*columns; i++) - reverseRendition(dest[i]); // for reverse display - } - - // mark the character at the current cursor position - int cursorIndex = loc(cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer); - if(getMode(MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns*mergedLines) - dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR; -} - -QVector<LineProperty> Screen::getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); - - const int mergedLines = endLine-startLine+1; - const int linesInHistory = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); - const int linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory; - - QVector<LineProperty> result(mergedLines); - int index = 0; - - // copy properties for lines in history - for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++) - { - //TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines - if (hist->isWrappedLine(line)) - { - result[index] = (LineProperty)(result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED); - } - index++; - } - - // copy properties for lines in screen buffer - const int firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - hist->getLines(); - for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine+linesInScreen; line++) - { - result[index]=lineProperties[line]; - index++; - } - - return result; -} - -/*! -*/ - -void Screen::reset(bool clearScreen) -{ - setMode(MODE_Wrap ); saveMode(MODE_Wrap ); // wrap at end of margin - resetMode(MODE_Origin); saveMode(MODE_Origin); // position refere to [1,1] - resetMode(MODE_Insert); saveMode(MODE_Insert); // overstroke - setMode(MODE_Cursor); // cursor visible - resetMode(MODE_Screen); // screen not inverse - resetMode(MODE_NewLine); - - tmargin=0; - bmargin=lines-1; - - setDefaultRendition(); - saveCursor(); - - if ( clearScreen ) - clear(); -} - -/*! Clear the entire screen and home the cursor. -*/ - -void Screen::clear() -{ - clearEntireScreen(); - home(); -} - -void Screen::BackSpace() -{ - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuX = qMax(0,cuX-1); - // if (BS_CLEARS) image[loc(cuX,cuY)].character = ' '; - - if (screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX+1) - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+1); - - if (BS_CLEARS) screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' '; -} - -void Screen::Tabulate(int n) -{ - // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); - if (n == 0) n = 1; - while((n > 0) && (cuX < columns-1)) - { - cursorRight(1); while((cuX < columns-1) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorRight(1); - n--; - } -} - -void Screen::backTabulate(int n) -{ - // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); - if (n == 0) n = 1; - while((n > 0) && (cuX > 0)) - { - cursorLeft(1); while((cuX > 0) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorLeft(1); - n--; - } -} - -void Screen::clearTabStops() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = false; -} - -void Screen::changeTabStop(bool set) -{ - if (cuX >= columns) return; - tabstops[cuX] = set; -} - -void Screen::initTabStops() -{ - delete[] tabstops; - tabstops = new bool[columns]; - - // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other. - // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1. - // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware. - for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = (i%8 == 0 && i != 0); -} - -/*! - This behaves either as IND (Screen::Index) or as NEL (Screen::NextLine) - depending on the NewLine Mode (LNM). This mode also - affects the key sequence returned for newline ([CR]LF). -*/ - -void Screen::NewLine() -{ - if (getMode(MODE_NewLine)) Return(); - index(); -} - -/*! put `c' literally onto the screen at the current cursor position. - - VT100 uses the convention to produce an automatic newline (am) - with the *first* character that would fall onto the next line (xenl). -*/ - -void Screen::checkSelection(int from, int to) -{ - if (sel_begin == -1) return; - int scr_TL = loc(0, hist->getLines()); - //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to] - if ( (sel_BR > (from+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (to+scr_TL)) ) - { - clearSelection(); - } -} - -void Screen::ShowCharacter(unsigned short c) -{ - // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character. - // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions. - // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by - // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen. - - int w = konsole_wcwidth(c); - - if (w <= 0) - return; - - if (cuX+w > columns) { - if (getMode(MODE_Wrap)) { - lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED); - NextLine(); - } - else - cuX = columns-w; - } - - // ensure current line vector has enough elements - int size = screenLines[cuY].size(); - if (size == 0 && cuY > 0) - { - screenLines[cuY].resize( qMax(screenLines[cuY-1].size() , cuX+w) ); - } - else - { - if (size < cuX+w) - { - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+w); - } - } - - if (getMode(MODE_Insert)) insertChars(w); - - lastPos = loc(cuX,cuY); - - // check if selection is still valid. - checkSelection(cuX,cuY); - - Character& currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX]; - - currentChar.character = c; - currentChar.foregroundColor = ef_fg; - currentChar.backgroundColor = ef_bg; - currentChar.rendition = ef_re; - - int i = 0; - int newCursorX = cuX + w--; - while(w) - { - i++; - - if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX + i + 1 ) - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+i+1); - - Character& ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i]; - ch.character = 0; - ch.foregroundColor = ef_fg; - ch.backgroundColor = ef_bg; - ch.rendition = ef_re; - - w--; - } - cuX = newCursorX; -} - -void Screen::compose(const QString& /*compose*/) -{ - Q_ASSERT( 0 /*Not implemented yet*/ ); - -/* if (lastPos == -1) - return; - - QChar c(image[lastPos].character); - compose.prepend(c); - //compose.compose(); ### FIXME! - image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode();*/ -} - -int Screen::scrolledLines() const -{ - return _scrolledLines; -} -int Screen::droppedLines() const -{ - return _droppedLines; -} -void Screen::resetDroppedLines() -{ - _droppedLines = 0; -} -void Screen::resetScrolledLines() -{ - //kDebug() << "scrolled lines reset"; - - _scrolledLines = 0; -} - -// Region commands ------------------------------------------------------------- - -void Screen::scrollUp(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - if (tmargin == 0) addHistLine(); // hist.history - scrollUp(tmargin, n); -} - -/*! scroll up `n' lines within current region. - The `n' new lines are cleared. - \sa setRegion \sa scrollDown -*/ - -QRect Screen::lastScrolledRegion() const -{ - return _lastScrolledRegion; -} - -void Screen::scrollUp(int from, int n) -{ - if (n <= 0 || from + n > bmargin) return; - - _scrolledLines -= n; - _lastScrolledRegion = QRect(0,tmargin,columns-1,(bmargin-tmargin)); - - //FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. - moveImage(loc(0,from),loc(0,from+n),loc(columns-1,bmargin)); - clearImage(loc(0,bmargin-n+1),loc(columns-1,bmargin),' '); -} - -void Screen::scrollDown(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - scrollDown(tmargin, n); -} - -/*! scroll down `n' lines within current region. - The `n' new lines are cleared. - \sa setRegion \sa scrollUp -*/ - -void Screen::scrollDown(int from, int n) -{ - - //kDebug() << "Screen::scrollDown( from: " << from << " , n: " << n << ")"; - - _scrolledLines += n; - -//FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. - if (n <= 0) return; - if (from > bmargin) return; - if (from + n > bmargin) n = bmargin - from; - moveImage(loc(0,from+n),loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,bmargin-n)); - clearImage(loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,from+n-1),' '); -} - -void Screen::setCursorYX(int y, int x) -{ - setCursorY(y); setCursorX(x); -} - -void Screen::setCursorX(int x) -{ - if (x == 0) x = 1; // Default - x -= 1; // Adjust - cuX = qMax(0,qMin(columns-1, x)); -} - -void Screen::setCursorY(int y) -{ - if (y == 0) y = 1; // Default - y -= 1; // Adjust - cuY = qMax(0,qMin(lines -1, y + (getMode(MODE_Origin) ? tmargin : 0) )); -} - -void Screen::home() -{ - cuX = 0; - cuY = 0; -} - -void Screen::Return() -{ - cuX = 0; -} - -int Screen::getCursorX() const -{ - return cuX; -} - -int Screen::getCursorY() const -{ - return cuY; -} - -// Erasing --------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/*! \section Erasing - - This group of operations erase parts of the screen contents by filling - it with spaces colored due to the current rendition settings. - - Althought the cursor position is involved in most of these operations, - it is never modified by them. -*/ - -/*! fill screen between (including) `loca' (start) and `loce' (end) with spaces. - - This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal - addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the - screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. -*/ - -void Screen::clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c) -{ - int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); - //FIXME: check positions - - //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved... - if ( (sel_BR > (loca+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (loce+scr_TL)) ) - { - clearSelection(); - } - - int topLine = loca/columns; - int bottomLine = loce/columns; - - Character clearCh(c,cu_fg,cu_bg,DEFAULT_RENDITION); - - //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the - //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk. - bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character()); - - for (int y=topLine;y<=bottomLine;y++) - { - lineProperties[y] = 0; - - int endCol = ( y == bottomLine) ? loce%columns : columns-1; - int startCol = ( y == topLine ) ? loca%columns : 0; - - QVector<Character>& line = screenLines[y]; - - if ( isDefaultCh && endCol == columns-1 ) - { - line.resize(startCol); - } - else - { - if (line.size() < endCol + 1) - line.resize(endCol+1); - - Character* data = line.data(); - for (int i=startCol;i<=endCol;i++) - data[i]=clearCh; - } - } -} - -/*! move image between (including) `sourceBegin' and `sourceEnd' to 'dest'. - - The 'dest', 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' parameters can be generated using - the loc(column,line) macro. - -NOTE: moveImage() can only move whole lines. - - This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal - addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the - screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. -*/ - -void Screen::moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd) -{ - //kDebug() << "moving image from (" << (sourceBegin/columns) - // << "," << (sourceEnd/columns) << ") to " << - // (dest/columns); - - Q_ASSERT( sourceBegin <= sourceEnd ); - - int lines=(sourceEnd-sourceBegin)/columns; - - //move screen image and line properties: - //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, - //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - - //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise. - //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details) - if (dest < sourceBegin) - { - for (int i=0;i<=lines;i++) - { - screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; - lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; - } - } - else - { - for (int i=lines;i>=0;i--) - { - screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; - lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; - } - } - - if (lastPos != -1) - { - int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount - lastPos += diff; - if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines*columns))) - lastPos = -1; - } - - // Adjust selection to follow scroll. - if (sel_begin != -1) - { - bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); - int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount - int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); - int srca = sourceBegin+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global - int srce = sourceEnd+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global - int desta = srca+diff; - int deste = srce+diff; - - if ((sel_TL >= srca) && (sel_TL <= srce)) - sel_TL += diff; - else if ((sel_TL >= desta) && (sel_TL <= deste)) - sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) - - if ((sel_BR >= srca) && (sel_BR <= srce)) - sel_BR += diff; - else if ((sel_BR >= desta) && (sel_BR <= deste)) - sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) - - if (sel_BR < 0) - { - clearSelection(); - } - else - { - if (sel_TL < 0) - sel_TL = 0; - } - - if (beginIsTL) - sel_begin = sel_TL; - else - sel_begin = sel_BR; - } -} - -void Screen::clearToEndOfScreen() -{ - clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearEntireScreen() -{ - // Add entire screen to history - for (int i = 0; i < (lines-1); i++) - { - addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); - } - - clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); -} - -/*! fill screen with 'E' - This is to aid screen alignment -*/ - -void Screen::helpAlign() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),'E'); -} - -void Screen::clearToEndOfLine() -{ - clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearToBeginOfLine() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearEntireLine() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::setRendition(int re) -{ - cu_re |= re; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -void Screen::resetRendition(int re) -{ - cu_re &= ~re; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -void Screen::setDefaultRendition() -{ - setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); - setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); - cu_re = DEFAULT_RENDITION; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -void Screen::setForeColor(int space, int color) -{ - cu_fg = CharacterColor(space, color); - - if ( cu_fg.isValid() ) - effectiveRendition(); - else - setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); -} - -void Screen::setBackColor(int space, int color) -{ - cu_bg = CharacterColor(space, color); - - if ( cu_bg.isValid() ) - effectiveRendition(); - else - setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Marking & Selection */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void Screen::clearSelection() -{ - sel_BR = -1; - sel_TL = -1; - sel_begin = -1; -} - -void Screen::getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line) -{ - if ( sel_TL != -1 ) - { - column = sel_TL % columns; - line = sel_TL / columns; - } - else - { - column = cuX + getHistLines(); - line = cuY + getHistLines(); - } -} -void Screen::getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line) -{ - if ( sel_BR != -1 ) - { - column = sel_BR % columns; - line = sel_BR / columns; - } - else - { - column = cuX + getHistLines(); - line = cuY + getHistLines(); - } -} -void Screen::setSelectionStart(/*const ScreenCursor& viewCursor ,*/ const int x, const int y, const bool mode) -{ -// kDebug(1211) << "setSelBeginXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; - sel_begin = loc(x,y); //+histCursor) ; - - /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ - if (x == columns) sel_begin--; - - sel_BR = sel_begin; - sel_TL = sel_begin; - columnmode = mode; -} - -void Screen::setSelectionEnd( const int x, const int y) -{ -// kDebug(1211) << "setSelExtentXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; - if (sel_begin == -1) return; - int l = loc(x,y); // + histCursor); - - if (l < sel_begin) - { - sel_TL = l; - sel_BR = sel_begin; - } - else - { - /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ - if (x == columns) l--; - - sel_TL = sel_begin; - sel_BR = l; - } -} - -bool Screen::isSelected( const int x,const int y) const -{ - if (columnmode) { - int sel_Left,sel_Right; - if ( sel_TL % columns < sel_BR % columns ) { - sel_Left = sel_TL; sel_Right = sel_BR; - } else { - sel_Left = sel_BR; sel_Right = sel_TL; - } - return ( x >= sel_Left % columns ) && ( x <= sel_Right % columns ) && - ( y >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y <= sel_BR / columns ); - //( y+histCursor >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y+histCursor <= sel_BR / columns ); - } - else { - //int pos = loc(x,y+histCursor); - int pos = loc(x,y); - return ( pos >= sel_TL && pos <= sel_BR ); - } -} - -QString Screen::selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks) -{ - QString result; - QTextStream stream(&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite); - - PlainTextDecoder decoder; - decoder.begin(&stream); - writeSelectionToStream(&decoder , preserveLineBreaks); - decoder.end(); - - return result; -} - -bool Screen::isSelectionValid() const -{ - return ( sel_TL >= 0 && sel_BR >= 0 ); -} - -void Screen::writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , - bool preserveLineBreaks) -{ - // do nothing if selection is invalid - if ( !isSelectionValid() ) - return; - - int top = sel_TL / columns; - int left = sel_TL % columns; - - int bottom = sel_BR / columns; - int right = sel_BR % columns; - - Q_ASSERT( top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0 ); - - //kDebug() << "sel_TL = " << sel_TL; - //kDebug() << "columns = " << columns; - - for (int y=top;y<=bottom;y++) - { - int start = 0; - if ( y == top || columnmode ) start = left; - - int count = -1; - if ( y == bottom || columnmode ) count = right - start + 1; - - const bool appendNewLine = ( y != bottom ); - copyLineToStream( y, - start, - count, - decoder, - appendNewLine, - preserveLineBreaks ); - } -} - - -void Screen::copyLineToStream(int line , - int start, - int count, - TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, - bool appendNewLine, - bool preserveLineBreaks) -{ - //buffer to hold characters for decoding - //the buffer is static to avoid initialising every - //element on each call to copyLineToStream - //(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway) - static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024; - static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS]; - - assert( count < MAX_CHARS ); - - LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0; - - //determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image - if (line < hist->getLines()) - { - const int lineLength = hist->getLineLen(line); - - // ensure that start position is before end of line - start = qMin(start,qMax(0,lineLength-1)); - - //retrieve line from history buffer - if (count == -1) - { - count = lineLength-start; - } - else - { - count = qMin(start+count,lineLength)-start; - } - - // safety checks - assert( start >= 0 ); - assert( count >= 0 ); - assert( (start+count) <= hist->getLineLen(line) ); - - hist->getCells(line,start,count,characterBuffer); - - if ( hist->isWrappedLine(line) ) - currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED; - } - else - { - if ( count == -1 ) - count = columns - start; - - assert( count >= 0 ); - - const int screenLine = line-hist->getLines(); - - Character* data = screenLines[screenLine].data(); - int length = screenLines[screenLine].count(); - - //retrieve line from screen image - for (int i=start;i < qMin(start+count,length);i++) - { - characterBuffer[i-start] = data[i]; - } - - // count cannot be any greater than length - count = qBound(0,count,length-start); - - Q_ASSERT( screenLine < lineProperties.count() ); - currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine]; - } - - //do not decode trailing whitespace characters - for (int i=count-1 ; i >= 0; i--) - if (QChar(characterBuffer[i].character).isSpace()) - count--; - else - break; - - // add new line character at end - const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) || - !preserveLineBreaks; - - if ( !omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count+1 < MAX_CHARS) ) - { - characterBuffer[count] = '\n'; - count++; - } - - //decode line and write to text stream - decoder->decodeLine( (Character*) characterBuffer , - count, currentLineProperties ); -} - -// Method below has been removed because of its reliance on 'histCursor' -// and I want to restrict the methods which have knowledge of the scroll position -// to just those which deal with selection and supplying final screen images. -// -/*void Screen::writeToStream(QTextStream* stream , TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder) { - sel_begin = 0; - sel_BR = sel_begin; - sel_TL = sel_begin; - setSelectionEnd(columns-1,lines-1+hist->getLines()-histCursor); - - writeSelectionToStream(stream,decoder); - - clearSelection(); -}*/ - -void Screen::writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to) -{ - sel_begin = loc(0,from); - sel_TL = sel_begin; - sel_BR = loc(columns-1,to); - writeSelectionToStream(decoder); - clearSelection(); -} - -QString Screen::getHistoryLine(int no) -{ - sel_begin = loc(0,no); - sel_TL = sel_begin; - sel_BR = loc(columns-1,no); - return selectedText(false); -} - -void Screen::addHistLine() -{ - // add line to history buffer - // we have to take care about scrolling, too... - - if (hasScroll()) - { - int oldHistLines = hist->getLines(); - - hist->addCellsVector(screenLines[0]); - hist->addLine( lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED ); - - int newHistLines = hist->getLines(); - - bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); - - // If the history is full, increment the count - // of dropped lines - if ( newHistLines == oldHistLines ) - _droppedLines++; - - // Adjust selection for the new point of reference - if (newHistLines > oldHistLines) - { - if (sel_begin != -1) - { - sel_TL += columns; - sel_BR += columns; - } - } - - if (sel_begin != -1) - { - // Scroll selection in history up - int top_BR = loc(0, 1+newHistLines); - - if (sel_TL < top_BR) - sel_TL -= columns; - - if (sel_BR < top_BR) - sel_BR -= columns; - - if (sel_BR < 0) - { - clearSelection(); - } - else - { - if (sel_TL < 0) - sel_TL = 0; - } - - if (beginIsTL) - sel_begin = sel_TL; - else - sel_begin = sel_BR; - } - } - -} - -int Screen::getHistLines() -{ - return hist->getLines(); -} - -void Screen::setScroll(const HistoryType& t , bool copyPreviousScroll) -{ - clearSelection(); - - if ( copyPreviousScroll ) - hist = t.scroll(hist); - else - { - HistoryScroll* oldScroll = hist; - hist = t.scroll(0); - delete oldScroll; - } -} - -bool Screen::hasScroll() -{ - return hist->hasScroll(); -} - -const HistoryType& Screen::getScroll() -{ - return hist->getType(); -} - -void Screen::setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable) -{ - if ( enable ) - { - lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | property); - } - else - { - lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] & ~property); - } -} -void Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count) -{ - for (int i=0;i<count;i++) - dest[i] = defaultChar; -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Screen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,655 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef SCREEN_H -#define SCREEN_H - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QRect> -#include <QtCore/QTextStream> -#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> - -// Konsole -#include "Character.h" -#include "History.h" - -#define MODE_Origin 0 -#define MODE_Wrap 1 -#define MODE_Insert 2 -#define MODE_Screen 3 -#define MODE_Cursor 4 -#define MODE_NewLine 5 -#define MODES_SCREEN 6 - -struct ScreenParm -{ - int mode[MODES_SCREEN]; -}; - -class TerminalCharacterDecoder; - -/** - \brief An image of characters with associated attributes. - - The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of - characters from the program currently running in the terminal. - From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately - rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). Some types of emulation - may have more than one screen image. - - getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image - which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the - terminal. - - The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current - screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output. - The scroll is specified using setScroll() - The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream() - - The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using - setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd(). The selected text can be retrieved - using selectedText(). When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image, - characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted. -*/ -class Screen -{ -public: - /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */ - Screen(int lines, int columns); - ~Screen(); - - // VT100/2 Operations - // Cursor Movement - - /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */ - void cursorUp (int n); - /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */ - void cursorDown (int n); - /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */ - void cursorLeft (int n); - /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */ - void cursorRight (int n); - /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */ - void setCursorY (int y); - /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */ - void setCursorX (int x); - /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */ - void setCursorYX (int y, int x); - /** - * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen. - * - * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. - * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. - */ - void setMargins (int topLine , int bottomLine); - /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ - int topMargin() const; - /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */ - int bottomMargin() const; - - /** - * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines - * of the screen. - */ - void setDefaultMargins(); - - /** - * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode - * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost - * column first. - * - * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set - * or index() otherwise. - */ - void NewLine (); - /** - * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning - * of the line. - */ - void NextLine (); - - /** - * Move the cursor down one line. If the cursor is on the bottom - * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the - * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead. - */ - void index (); - /** - * Move the cursor up one line. If the cursor is on the top line - * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling - * region is scrolled down by one line instead. - */ - void reverseIndex(); - - /** - * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. - * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed - * using setMargins() - */ - void scrollUp(int n); - /** - * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines. - * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed - * using setMargins() - */ - void scrollDown(int n); - - /** - * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. - * Equivalent to setCursorX(0) - */ - void Return (); - /** - * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character - * at the new cursor position. - */ - void BackSpace (); - /** - * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right. - */ - void Tabulate (int n = 1); - /** - * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. - */ - void backTabulate(int n); - - // Editing - - /** - * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. - * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current - * cursor position with spaces. - * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. - */ - void eraseChars (int n); - /** - * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. - * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. - */ - void deleteChars (int n); - /** - * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position. - * The position of the cursor is not altered. - * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted. - */ - void insertChars (int n); - /** - * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position. - * The position of the cursor is not altered. - * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed. - */ - void deleteLines (int n); - /** - * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position. - * The position of the cursor is not altered. - * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted. - */ - void insertLines (int n); - /** Clears all the tab stops. */ - void clearTabStops(); - /** Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ - void changeTabStop(bool set); - - /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */ - void resetMode (int mode); - /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */ - void setMode (int mode); - /** - * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode. It can be restored - * using restoreMode() - */ - void saveMode (int mode); - /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */ - void restoreMode (int mode); - /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/ - bool getMode (int mode) const; - - /** - * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. - * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() - */ - void saveCursor (); - /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor. See saveCursor() */ - void restoreCursor(); - - /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ - void clearEntireScreen(); - /** - * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of - * the screen. - */ - void clearToEndOfScreen(); - /** - * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start - * of the screen. - */ - void clearToBeginOfScreen(); - /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */ - void clearEntireLine(); - /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ - void clearToEndOfLine(); - /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */ - void clearToBeginOfLine(); - - /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */ - void helpAlign (); - - /** - * Enables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence - * of characters on the screen. - * - * @see Character::rendition - */ - void setRendition (int rendition); - /** - * Disables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence - * of characters on the screen. - * - * @see Character::rendition - */ - void resetRendition(int rendition); - - /** - * Sets the cursor's foreground color. - * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument - * @param color The new foreground color. The meaning of this depends on - * the color @p space used. - * - * @see CharacterColor - */ - void setForeColor (int space, int color); - /** - * Sets the cursor's background color. - * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet. - * @param color The new background color. The meaning of this depends on - * the color @p space used. - * - * @see CharacterColor - */ - void setBackColor (int space, int color); - /** - * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the - * character's rendition flags back to the default settings. - */ - void setDefaultRendition(); - - /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */ - int getCursorX() const; - /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */ - int getCursorY() const; - - /** TODO Document me */ - void clear(); - /** - * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left - * corner of the screen (0,0) - */ - void home(); - /** - * Resets the state of the screen. This resets the various screen modes - * back to their default states. The cursor style and colors are reset - * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called) - * - * <ul> - * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li> - * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li> - * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li> - * <li>Cursor mode is enabled. TODO Document me</li> - * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li> - * <li>New line mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li> - * </ul> - * - * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, - * otherwise they are unaltered. - */ - void reset(bool clearScreen = true); - - /** - * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. - * - * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and - * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new - * line below the current one. - * - * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character - * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the - * character already at the current cursor position. - */ - void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c); - - // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4 - void compose(const QString& compose); - - /** - * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns. - * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns, - * existing lines are not truncated. This prevents characters from being lost - * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again. - * - * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were - * truncated when making the screen image smaller) - */ - void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns); - - /** - * Returns the current screen image. - * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which - * must be freed by the caller after use. - * - * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into - * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters - * @param startLine Index of first line to copy - * @param endLine Index of last line to copy - */ - void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const; - - /** - * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image. - * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the - * line is wrapped, - * other attributes control the size of characters in the line. - */ - QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const; - - - /** Return the number of lines. */ - int getLines() { return lines; } - /** Return the number of columns. */ - int getColumns() { return columns; } - /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */ - int getHistLines (); - /** - * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. - * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous - * history buffer are copied into the new scroll. - */ - void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true); - /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */ - const HistoryType& getScroll(); - /** - * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen - * in a history buffer. - */ - bool hasScroll(); - - /** - * Sets the start of the selection. - * - * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection. - * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection. - * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode. - */ - void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode); - - /** - * Sets the end of the current selection. - * - * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection. - * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. - */ - void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line); - - /** - * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there - * is no selection. - */ - void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line); - - /** - * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there - * is no selection. - */ - void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line); - - /** Clears the current selection */ - void clearSelection(); - - void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; } - - /** - * Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the - * current selection. - */ - bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const; - - /** - * Convenience method. Returns the currently selected text. - * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should - * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. - */ - QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks); - - /** - * Copies part of the output to a stream. - * - * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text - * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve - * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve - */ - void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to); - - /** - * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns - * the text of that line from the history buffer. - */ - QString getHistoryLine(int no); - - /** - * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY - * into a stream. - * - * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text. - * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters - * into plain text with no formatting. - * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should - * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. - */ - void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool - preserveLineBreaks = true); - - /** TODO Document me */ - void checkSelection(int from, int to); - - /** - * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line. - * - * @param property The attribute to set or clear - * Possible properties are: - * LINE_WRAPPED: Specifies that the line is wrapped. - * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width. - * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height. - * Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters, - * with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. This allows other parts of the - * code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height. - * - * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it - */ - void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable); - - - /** - * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, - * since the last call to resetScrolledLines(). - * - * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up, - * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. - */ - int scrolledLines() const; - - /** - * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled. - * - * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the - * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred. - */ - QRect lastScrolledRegion() const; - - /** - * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, - * see scrolledLines() - */ - void resetScrolledLines(); - - /** - * Returns the number of lines of output which have been - * dropped from the history since the last call - * to resetDroppedLines() - * - * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop - * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when - * it is full. - */ - int droppedLines() const; - - /** - * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from - * the history. - */ - void resetDroppedLines(); - - /** - * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank) - * Character style. - */ - static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count); - -private: - - //copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a - //specified character decoder - //line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to - // hist->getLines() + lines - 1 - //start - the first column on the line to copy - //count - the number of characters on the line to copy - //decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text - //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line - void copyLineToStream(int line, - int start, - int count, - TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, - bool appendNewLine, - bool preserveLineBreaks); - - //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c' - //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. - //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. - void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c); - - //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'. - //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. - //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. - void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd); - - void scrollUp(int from, int i); - void scrollDown(int from, int i); - - void addHistLine(); - - void initTabStops(); - - void effectiveRendition(); - void reverseRendition(Character& p) const; - - bool isSelectionValid() const; - - // copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest', - // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer - void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; - // copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest', - // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history - void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; - - - // screen image ---------------- - int lines; - int columns; - - typedef QVector<Character> ImageLine; // [0..columns] - ImageLine* screenLines; // [lines] - - int _scrolledLines; - QRect _lastScrolledRegion; - - int _droppedLines; - - QVarLengthArray<LineProperty,64> lineProperties; - - // history buffer --------------- - HistoryScroll *hist; - - // cursor location - int cuX; - int cuY; - - // cursor color and rendition info - CharacterColor cu_fg; // foreground - CharacterColor cu_bg; // background - quint8 cu_re; // rendition - - // margins ---------------- - int tmargin; // top margin - int bmargin; // bottom margin - - // states ---------------- - ScreenParm currParm; - - // ---------------------------- - - bool* tabstops; - - // selection ------------------- - int sel_begin; // The first location selected. - int sel_TL; // TopLeft Location. - int sel_BR; // Bottom Right Location. - bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection. - bool columnmode; // Column selection mode - - // effective colors and rendition ------------ - CharacterColor ef_fg; // These are derived from - CharacterColor ef_bg; // the cu_* variables above - quint8 ef_re; // to speed up operation - - // - // save cursor, rendition & states ------------ - // - - // cursor location - int sa_cuX; - int sa_cuY; - - // rendition info - quint8 sa_cu_re; - CharacterColor sa_cu_fg; - CharacterColor sa_cu_bg; - - // last position where we added a character - int lastPos; - - // modes - ScreenParm saveParm; - - static Character defaultChar; -}; - -#endif // SCREEN_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/ScreenWindow.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "ScreenWindow.h" - -// Qt -#include <QtCore> - -// Konsole -#include "Screen.h" - -ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent) - : QObject(parent) - , _windowBuffer(0) - , _windowBufferSize(0) - , _bufferNeedsUpdate(true) - , _windowLines(1) - , _currentLine(0) - , _trackOutput(true) - , _scrollCount(0) -{ -} - -ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow() -{ - delete[] _windowBuffer; -} -void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen) -{ - Q_ASSERT( screen ); - - _screen = screen; -} - -Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const -{ - return _screen; -} - -Character* ScreenWindow::getImage() -{ - // reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed - int size = windowLines() * windowColumns(); - if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) - { - delete[] _windowBuffer; - _windowBufferSize = size; - _windowBuffer = new Character[size]; - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - } - - if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate) - return _windowBuffer; - - _screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size, - currentLine(),endWindowLine()); - - // this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which - // case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled - // with blank characters - fillUnusedArea(); - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = false; - return _windowBuffer; -} - -void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea() -{ - int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1; - int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1; - - int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine; - int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns(); - - Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); -} - -// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window -// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end -// of the screen. -// -// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should -// never be more than endWindowLine() -// -int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const -{ - return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1, - lineCount() - 1); -} -QVector<LineProperty> ScreenWindow::getLineProperties() -{ - QVector<LineProperty> result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine()); - - if (result.count() != windowLines()) - result.resize(windowLines()); - - return result; -} - -QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const -{ - return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks ); -} - -void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ) -{ - _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line); - line -= currentLine(); -} -void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ) -{ - _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line); - line -= currentLine(); -} -void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ) -{ - _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) , columnMode); - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - emit selectionChanged(); -} - -void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ) -{ - _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - emit selectionChanged(); -} - -bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line ) -{ - return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); -} - -void ScreenWindow::clearSelection() -{ - _screen->clearSelection(); - - emit selectionChanged(); -} - -void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines) -{ - Q_ASSERT(lines > 0); - _windowLines = lines; -} -int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const -{ - return _windowLines; -} - -int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const -{ - return _screen->getColumns(); -} - -int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const -{ - return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines(); -} - -int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const -{ - return _screen->getColumns(); -} - -QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const -{ - QPoint position; - - position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() ); - position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() ); - - return position; -} - -int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const -{ - return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines()); -} - -void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ) -{ - if ( mode == ScrollLines ) - { - scrollTo( currentLine() + amount ); - } - else if ( mode == ScrollPages ) - { - scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); - } -} - -bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const -{ - return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines()); -} - -void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line ) -{ - int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines(); - line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber); - - const int delta = line - _currentLine; - _currentLine = line; - - // keep track of number of lines scrolled by, - // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount() - _scrollCount += delta; - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - - emit scrolled(_currentLine); -} - -void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput) -{ - _trackOutput = trackOutput; -} - -bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const -{ - return _trackOutput; -} - -int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const -{ - return _scrollCount; -} - -void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() -{ - _scrollCount = 0; -} - -QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const -{ - bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines(); - - if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize ) - return _screen->lastScrolledRegion(); - else - return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines()); -} - -void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged() -{ - // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count - // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen - if ( _trackOutput ) - { - _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines(); - _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines())); - } - else - { - // if the history is not unlimited then it may - // have run out of space and dropped the oldest - // lines of output - in this case the screen - // window's current line number will need to - // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll - _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - - _screen->droppedLines()); - - // ensure that the screen window's current position does - // not go beyond the bottom of the screen - _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() ); - } - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - - emit outputChanged(); -} -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/ScreenWindow.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H -#define SCREENWINDOW_H - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QObject> -#include <QtCore/QPoint> -#include <QtCore/QRect> - -// Konsole -#include "Character.h" - -class Screen; - -/** - * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen. - * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). - * - * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with - * a terminal screen using setScreen(). - * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen. - * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window. - * - * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new - * lines are added to it. - * - * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should - * be called. This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal - * if necessary. - */ -class ScreenWindow : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent. - * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties(). - * - * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method - * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view. This allows the emulation - * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates - * between all views on a session. - */ - ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0); - virtual ~ScreenWindow(); - - /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */ - void setScreen(Screen* screen); - /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */ - Screen* screen() const; - - /** - * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window - * onto the screen. - * - * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be - * deleted by the caller. - */ - Character* getImage(); - - /** - * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which - * are currently visible through this window - */ - QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties(); - - /** - * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window - * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call - * to resetScrollCount(). scrollRegion() is in most cases the - * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications - * which provide split-screen facilities. - * - * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise - * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that - * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. - */ - int scrollCount() const; - - /** - * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount() - */ - void resetScrollCount(); - - /** - * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is - * usually the whole window area. - * - * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate, - * but allows views to optimise rendering. - */ - QRect scrollRegion() const; - - /** - * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within - * the window. - */ - void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ); - /** - * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within - * the window. - */ - void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); - /** - * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window. - */ - void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ); - /** - * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window. - */ - void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ); - /** - * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection. - */ - bool isSelected( int column , int line ); - /** - * Clears the current selection - */ - void clearSelection(); - - /** Sets the number of lines in the window */ - void setWindowLines(int lines); - /** Returns the number of lines in the window */ - int windowLines() const; - /** Returns the number of columns in the window */ - int windowColumns() const; - - /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */ - int lineCount() const; - /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */ - int columnCount() const; - - /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */ - int currentLine() const; - - /** - * Returns the position of the cursor - * within the window. - */ - QPoint cursorPosition() const; - - /** - * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom - * of the screen. - */ - bool atEndOfOutput() const; - - /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */ - void scrollTo( int line ); - - enum RelativeScrollMode - { - ScrollLines, - ScrollPages - }; - - /** - * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen. - * - * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number - * of pages to scroll. - * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by. If - * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down. If this number is negative, the view - * is scrolled up. - */ - void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ); - - /** - * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom - * of the screen when new output is added. - * - * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see - * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called. - */ - void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput); - /** - * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as - * new output is added. See setTrackOutput() - */ - bool trackOutput() const; - - /** - * Returns the text which is currently selected. - * - * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText() - */ - QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const; - -public slots: - /** - * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed. - * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes - * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted. - */ - void notifyOutputChanged(); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. - */ - void outputChanged(); - - /** - * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position. - * - * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window. - */ - void scrolled(int line); - - /** - * Emitted when the selection is changed. - */ - void selectionChanged(); - -private: - int endWindowLine() const; - void fillUnusedArea(); - - Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen() - Character* _windowBuffer; - int _windowBufferSize; - bool _bufferNeedsUpdate; - - int _windowLines; - int _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine() - bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() - int _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since - // the last call to resetScrollCount() -}; - -#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/SelfListener.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -#include "SelfListener.h" - -SelfListener::SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent) : - QThread(parent) { - _a = a; -} - -void SelfListener::run() { - char buf[1025]; - int len; - - while(1) { - len = ::read(_a, buf, 1024); - if (len > 0) { - buf[len] = 0; // Just in case. - emit recvData(buf, len); - } - } -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/SelfListener.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SELFLISTENER_H -#define SELFLISTENER_H - -#include <QThread> - -class SelfListener : public QThread -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - explicit SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent = 0); - -signals: - void recvData(const char* stdOutBuffer, int stdOutlen); - -public slots: - -protected: - void run(); - int _a; -}; - -#endif // SELFLISTENER_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QTextStream> - -PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder() - : _output(0) - , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true) -{ - -} -void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable) -{ - _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable; -} -bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const -{ - return _includeTrailingWhitespace; -} -void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) -{ - _output = output; -} -void PlainTextDecoder::end() -{ - _output = 0; -} -void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ - ) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _output ); - - //TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property? - - //note: we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text - //stream a character at a time because it is more efficient. - //(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway) - QString plainText; - plainText.reserve(count); - - int outputCount = count; - - // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the - // line - if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace ) - { - for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--) - { - if ( characters[i].character != ' ' ) - break; - else - outputCount--; - } - } - - for (int i=0;i<outputCount;i++) - { - plainText.append( QChar(characters[i].character) ); - } - - *_output << plainText; -} - -HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder() : - _output(0) - ,_colorTable(base_color_table) - ,_innerSpanOpen(false) - ,_lastRendition(DEFAULT_RENDITION) -{ - -} - -void HTMLDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) -{ - _output = output; - - QString text; - - //open monospace span - openSpan(text,"font-family:monospace"); - - *output << text; -} - -void HTMLDecoder::end() -{ - Q_ASSERT( _output ); - - QString text; - - closeSpan(text); - - *_output << text; - - _output = 0; - -} - -//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height) -void HTMLDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ - ) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _output ); - - QString text; - - int spaceCount = 0; - - for (int i=0;i<count;i++) - { - QChar ch(characters[i].character); - - //check if appearance of character is different from previous char - if ( characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition || - characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor || - characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor ) - { - if ( _innerSpanOpen ) - closeSpan(text); - - _lastRendition = characters[i].rendition; - _lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor; - _lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor; - - //build up style string - QString style; - - if ( _lastRendition & RE_BOLD || - (_colorTable && characters[i].isBold(_colorTable)) ) - style.append("font-weight:bold;"); - - - if ( _lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE ) - style.append("font-decoration:underline;"); - - //colours - a colour table must have been defined first - if ( _colorTable ) - { - style.append( QString("color:%1;").arg(_lastForeColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) ); - - if (!characters[i].isTransparent(_colorTable)) - { - style.append( QString("background-color:%1;").arg(_lastBackColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) ); - } - } - - //open the span with the current style - openSpan(text,style); - _innerSpanOpen = true; - } - - //handle whitespace - if (ch.isSpace()) - spaceCount++; - else - spaceCount = 0; - - - //output current character - if (spaceCount < 2) - { - //escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are - if ( ch == '<' ) - text.append("<"); - else if (ch == '>') - text.append(">"); - else - text.append(ch); - } - else - { - text.append(" "); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead - } - - } - - //close any remaining open inner spans - if ( _innerSpanOpen ) - closeSpan(text); - - //start new line - text.append("<br>"); - - *_output << text; -} - -void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style) -{ - text.append( QString("<span style=\"%1\">").arg(style) ); -} - -void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text) -{ - text.append("</span>"); -} - -void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table) -{ - _colorTable = table; -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H -#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H - -#include "Character.h" - -class QTextStream; - -/** - * Base class for terminal character decoders - * - * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground - * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings. - * - * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or - * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. - */ -class TerminalCharacterDecoder -{ -public: - virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {} - - /** Begin decoding characters. The resulting text is appended to @p output. */ - virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0; - /** End decoding. */ - virtual void end() = 0; - - /** - * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string - * and writes the string into an output QTextStream. - * - * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count. - * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line - * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text - */ - virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, - int count, - LineProperty properties) = 0; -}; - -/** - * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related - * properties of the original characters. - */ -class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder -{ -public: - PlainTextDecoder(); - - /** - * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included - * in the output. - * Defaults to true. - */ - void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable); - /** - * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included - * in the output. - */ - bool trailingWhitespace() const; - - virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); - virtual void end(); - - virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, - int count, - LineProperty properties); - - -private: - QTextStream* _output; - bool _includeTrailingWhitespace; -}; - -/** - * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup - */ -class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme. - */ - HTMLDecoder(); - - /** - * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its - * output - */ - void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table ); - - virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, - int count, - LineProperty properties); - - virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); - virtual void end(); - -private: - void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style); - void closeSpan(QString& text); - - QTextStream* _output; - const ColorEntry* _colorTable; - bool _innerSpanOpen; - quint8 _lastRendition; - CharacterColor _lastForeColor; - CharacterColor _lastBackColor; - -}; - -#endif
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/TerminalModel.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole - - Copyright (C) 2006-2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "TerminalModel.h" - -// Standard -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QApplication> -#include <QtCore/QByteRef> -#include <QtCore/QDir> -#include <QtCore/QFile> -#include <QtCore/QRegExp> -#include <QtCore/QStringList> -#include <QtCore> - -#include "TerminalView.h" -#include "Vt102Emulation.h" - -TerminalModel::TerminalModel(KPty *kpty) : - _shellProcess(0) - , _emulation(0) - , _monitorActivity(false) - , _monitorSilence(false) - , _notifiedActivity(false) - , _autoClose(true) - , _wantedClose(false) - , _silenceSeconds(10) - , _addToUtmp(false) - , _fullScripting(false) - , _hasDarkBackground(false) -{ - _kpty = kpty; - - //create emulation backend - _emulation = new Vt102Emulation(); - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( stateSet(int) ), - this, SLOT( activityStateSet(int) ) ); - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ), - this, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ) ); - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)), - this, SIGNAL( profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)) ); - // TODO - // connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(imageSizeChanged(int,int)) , this , - // SLOT(onEmulationSizeChange(int,int)) ); - - _selfListener = new SelfListener(kpty->masterFd()); - _selfListener->start(); - connect( _selfListener, SIGNAL(recvData(const char*,int)), - this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection); - - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)) - ,this,SLOT(sendData(const char*,int))); - - //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(lockPtyRequest(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(lockPty(bool)) ); - //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(useUtf8Request(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(setUtf8Mode(bool)) ); - - - //connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(done(int)), this, SLOT(done(int)) ); - - //setup timer for monitoring session activity - _monitorTimer = new QTimer(this); - _monitorTimer->setSingleShot(true); - connect(_monitorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(monitorTimerDone())); -} - -void TerminalModel::setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground) -{ - _hasDarkBackground = darkBackground; -} -bool TerminalModel::hasDarkBackground() const -{ - return _hasDarkBackground; -} - -void TerminalModel::setCodec(QTextCodec* codec) -{ - emulation()->setCodec(codec); -} - -QList<TerminalView*> TerminalModel::views() const -{ - return _views; -} - -void TerminalModel::addView(TerminalView* widget) -{ - Q_ASSERT( !_views.contains(widget) ); - - _views.append(widget); - - if ( _emulation != 0 ) - { - // connect emulation - view signals and slots - connect( widget , SIGNAL(keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent*)) , _emulation , - SLOT(sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*)) ); - connect( widget , SIGNAL(mouseSignal(int,int,int,int)) , _emulation , - SLOT(sendMouseEvent(int,int,int,int)) ); - connect( widget , SIGNAL(sendStringToEmu(const char*)) , _emulation , - SLOT(sendString(const char*)) ); - - // allow emulation to notify view when the foreground process - // indicates whether or not it is interested in mouse signals - connect( _emulation , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , widget , - SLOT(setUsesMouse(bool)) ); - - widget->setUsesMouse( _emulation->programUsesMouse() ); - - widget->setScreenWindow(_emulation->createWindow()); - } - - //connect view signals and slots - QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(changedContentSizeSignal(int,int)),this, - SLOT(onViewSizeChange(int,int))); - - QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)) , this , - SLOT(viewDestroyed(QObject*)) ); - //slot for close - //QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(finished()), widget, SLOT(close())); -} - -void TerminalModel::viewDestroyed(QObject* view) -{ - TerminalView* display = (TerminalView*)view; - - Q_ASSERT( _views.contains(display) ); - - removeView(display); -} - -void TerminalModel::sendData(const char *buf, int len) -{ - ssize_t bytesWritten = ::write(_kpty->masterFd(), buf, len); - (void)bytesWritten; -} - -void TerminalModel::removeView(TerminalView* widget) -{ - _views.removeAll(widget); - - disconnect(widget,0,this,0); - - if ( _emulation != 0 ) - { - // disconnect - // - key presses signals from widget - // - mouse activity signals from widget - // - string sending signals from widget - // - // ... and any other signals connected in addView() - disconnect( widget, 0, _emulation, 0); - - // disconnect state change signals emitted by emulation - disconnect( _emulation , 0 , widget , 0); - } - - // close the session automatically when the last view is removed - if ( _views.count() == 0 ) - { - close(); - } -} - -void TerminalModel::run() -{ - emit started(); -} - -void TerminalModel::monitorTimerDone() -{ - //FIXME: The idea here is that the notification popup will appear to tell the user than output from - //the terminal has stopped and the popup will disappear when the user activates the session. - // - //This breaks with the addition of multiple views of a session. The popup should disappear - //when any of the views of the session becomes active - - - //FIXME: Make message text for this notification and the activity notification more descriptive. - if (_monitorSilence) { - // KNotification::event("Silence", ("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), - // QApplication::activeWindow(), - // KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); - emit stateChanged(NOTIFYSILENCE); - } - else - { - emit stateChanged(NOTIFYNORMAL); - } - - _notifiedActivity=false; -} - -void TerminalModel::activityStateSet(int state) -{ - if (state==NOTIFYBELL) - { - emit bellRequest(""); - } - else if (state==NOTIFYACTIVITY) - { - if (_monitorSilence) { - _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); - } - - if ( _monitorActivity ) { - //FIXME: See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone() - if (!_notifiedActivity) { - // KNotification::event("Activity", ("Activity in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), - // QApplication::activeWindow(), - // KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); - _notifiedActivity=true; - } - } - } - - if ( state==NOTIFYACTIVITY && !_monitorActivity ) - state = NOTIFYNORMAL; - if ( state==NOTIFYSILENCE && !_monitorSilence ) - state = NOTIFYNORMAL; - - emit stateChanged(state); -} - -void TerminalModel::onViewSizeChange(int /*height*/, int /*width*/) -{ - updateTerminalSize(); -} -void TerminalModel::onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns) -{ - setSize( QSize(lines,columns) ); -} - -void TerminalModel::updateTerminalSize() -{ - QListIterator<TerminalView*> viewIter(_views); - - int minLines = -1; - int minColumns = -1; - - // minimum number of lines and columns that views require for - // their size to be taken into consideration ( to avoid problems - // with new view widgets which haven't yet been set to their correct size ) - const int VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD = 2; - const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2; - - //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views - while ( viewIter.hasNext() ) - { - TerminalView* view = viewIter.next(); - if ( view->isHidden() == false && - view->lines() >= VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD && - view->columns() >= VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD ) - { - minLines = (minLines == -1) ? view->lines() : qMin( minLines , view->lines() ); - minColumns = (minColumns == -1) ? view->columns() : qMin( minColumns , view->columns() ); - } - } - - // backend emulation must have a _terminal of at least 1 column x 1 line in size - if ( minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0 ) - { - _emulation->setImageSize( minLines , minColumns ); - //_shellProcess->setWindowSize( minLines , minColumns ); - } -} - -void TerminalModel::refresh() -{ -} - -void TerminalModel::close() -{ - _autoClose = true; - _wantedClose = true; -} - -void TerminalModel::sendText(const QString &text) const -{ - _emulation->sendText(text); -} - -TerminalModel::~TerminalModel() -{ - delete _emulation; -} - -void TerminalModel::setProfileKey(const QString& key) -{ - _profileKey = key; - emit profileChanged(key); -} -QString TerminalModel::profileKey() const { return _profileKey; } - -void TerminalModel::done(int) -{ - emit finished(); -} - -Emulation* TerminalModel::emulation() const -{ - return _emulation; -} - -QString TerminalModel::keyBindings() const -{ - return _emulation->keyBindings(); -} - -void TerminalModel::setKeyBindings(const QString &id) -{ - _emulation->setKeyBindings(id); -} - -void TerminalModel::setHistoryType(const HistoryType &hType) -{ - _emulation->setHistory(hType); -} - -const HistoryType& TerminalModel::historyType() const -{ - return _emulation->history(); -} - -void TerminalModel::clearHistory() -{ - _emulation->clearHistory(); -} - -// unused currently -bool TerminalModel::isMonitorActivity() const { return _monitorActivity; } -// unused currently -bool TerminalModel::isMonitorSilence() const { return _monitorSilence; } - -void TerminalModel::setMonitorActivity(bool _monitor) -{ - _monitorActivity=_monitor; - _notifiedActivity=false; - - activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); -} - -void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilence(bool _monitor) -{ - if (_monitorSilence==_monitor) - return; - - _monitorSilence=_monitor; - if (_monitorSilence) - { - _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); - } - else - _monitorTimer->stop(); - - activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); -} - -void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds) -{ - _silenceSeconds=seconds; - if (_monitorSilence) { - _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); - } -} - -void TerminalModel::setAddToUtmp(bool set) -{ - _addToUtmp = set; -} - -void TerminalModel::onReceiveBlock(const char* buf, int len ) -{ - _emulation->receiveData( buf, len ); - emit receivedData( QString::fromLatin1( buf, len ) ); -} - -QSize TerminalModel::size() -{ - return _emulation->imageSize(); -} - -void TerminalModel::setSize(const QSize& size) -{ - if ((size.width() <= 1) || (size.height() <= 1)) - return; - - emit resizeRequest(size); -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/TerminalModel.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,371 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef TERMINALMODEL_H -#define TERMINALMODEL_H - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QStringList> -#include <QtCore> -#include <QWidget> - -#include "SelfListener.h" - -// Konsole -#include "History.h" -#include "kpty.h" - -class KProcess; - -class Emulation; -class PseudoTerminal; -class TerminalView; - -/** - * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation. - * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole. - * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the - * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session. - * - * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method. - * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal - * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse - * activity. - */ -class TerminalModel : public QObject { -Q_OBJECT - -public: - Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings) - Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize) - - /** - * Constructs a new session. - * - * To start the terminal process, call the run() method, - * after specifying the program and arguments - * using setProgram() and setArguments() - * - * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session - * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment - * variable. - */ - TerminalModel(KPty *kpty); - ~TerminalModel(); - - - /** - * Sets the profile associated with this session. - * - * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current - * profile settings from the SessionManager - */ - void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey); - /** - * Returns the profile key associated with this session. - * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current - * profile settings. - */ - QString profileKey() const; - - /** - * Adds a new view for this session. - * - * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and - * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.) - * will be sent to the terminal. - * - * Views can be removed using removeView(). The session is automatically - * closed when the last view is removed. - */ - void addView(TerminalView* widget); - /** - * Removes a view from this session. When the last view is removed, - * the session will be closed automatically. - * - * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input - * to the terminal - */ - void removeView(TerminalView* widget); - - /** - * Returns the views connected to this session - */ - QList<TerminalView*> views() const; - - /** - * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode - * characters to / from the process. - */ - Emulation* emulation() const; - - - - /** - * Sets the type of history store used by this session. - * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added - * to the history store. The type of history store - * used affects the number of lines which can be - * remembered before they are lost and the storage - * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used. - */ - void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type); - /** - * Returns the type of history store used by this session. - */ - const HistoryType& historyType() const; - /** - * Clears the history store used by this session. - */ - void clearHistory(); - - /** - * Enables monitoring for activity in the session. - * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted - * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is - * received from the terminal. - */ - void setMonitorActivity(bool); - /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */ - bool isMonitorActivity() const; - - /** - * Enables monitoring for silence in the session. - * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted - * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not - * received from the terminal for a certain period of - * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds() - */ - void setMonitorSilence(bool); - /** - * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence) - * in the session is enabled. - */ - bool isMonitorSilence() const; - /** See setMonitorSilence() */ - void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds); - - /** - * Sets the key bindings used by this session. The bindings - * specify how input key sequences are translated into - * the character stream which is sent to the terminal. - * - * @param id The name of the key bindings to use. The - * names of available key bindings can be determined using the - * KeyboardTranslatorManager class. - */ - void setKeyBindings(const QString& id); - /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */ - QString keyBindings() const; - - - /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */ - void setAddToUtmp(bool); - - /** - * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal - * process terminates. - */ - void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; } - - /** - * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program. - */ - void sendText(const QString& text) const; - - - /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */ - QSize size(); - /** - * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate - * the specified window size. - * - * @param size The size in lines and columns to request. - */ - void setSize(const QSize& size); - - /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */ - void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec); - - /** - * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not. The session - * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's - * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine - * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default. - * - * This has no effect once the session is running. - */ - void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground); - /** - * Returns true if the session has a dark background. - * See setDarkBackground() - */ - bool hasDarkBackground() const; - - /** - * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area. - * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the - * shell to redraw the prompt line. - */ - void refresh(); - -public slots: - - /** - * Starts the terminal session. - * - * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it. - */ - void run(); - - /** - * Closes the terminal session. This sends a hangup signal - * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*) - * signal to be emitted. - */ - void close(); - -signals: - - /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */ - void started(); - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal process exits. - */ - void finished(); - - /** - * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process. - */ - void receivedData( const QString& text ); - - /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */ - void titleChanged(); - - /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */ - void profileChanged(const QString& profile); - - /** - * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes. - * - * @param state The new state of the session. This may be one - * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY - */ - void stateChanged(int state); - - /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */ - void bellRequest( const QString& message ); - - /** - * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with - * this session should be changed; - * - * TODO: Document what the parameter does - */ - void changeTabTextColorRequest(int); - - /** - * Requests that the background color of views on this session - * should be changed. - */ - void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&); - - /** TODO: Document me. */ - void openUrlRequest(const QString& url); - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change - * in the size of the terminal window. - * - * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns. - */ - void resizeRequest(const QSize& size); - - /** - * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal. - * - * @param text The text of the command. This is a string of the form - * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..." - */ - void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); - -private slots: - void done(int); - - void onReceiveBlock(const char* buffer, int len ); - void monitorTimerDone(); - - void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width); - void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns); - - void activityStateSet(int); - - //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed - void viewDestroyed(QObject* view); - - void sendData(const char* buf, int len); - -private: - - void updateTerminalSize(); - WId windowId() const; - - int _uniqueIdentifier; - - PseudoTerminal* _shellProcess; - Emulation* _emulation; - - QList<TerminalView*> _views; - - bool _monitorActivity; - bool _monitorSilence; - bool _notifiedActivity; - bool _masterMode; - bool _autoClose; - bool _wantedClose; - QTimer* _monitorTimer; - - int _silenceSeconds; - - bool _addToUtmp; - bool _fullScripting; - - int _masterFd; - int _slaveFd; - - SelfListener *_selfListener; - KPty * _kpty; - - - QColor _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007 - - QString _profileKey; - - bool _hasDarkBackground; -}; - - -#endif // TERMINALMODEL_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/TerminalView.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2716 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE. - - Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "TerminalView.h" - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QApplication> -#include <QtGui/QBoxLayout> -#include <QtGui/QClipboard> -#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> -#include <QtCore/QEvent> -#include <QtCore/QTime> -#include <QtCore/QFile> -#include <QtGui/QGridLayout> -#include <QtGui/QLabel> -#include <QtGui/QLayout> -#include <QtGui/QPainter> -#include <QtGui/QPixmap> -#include <QtGui/QScrollBar> -#include <QtGui/QStyle> -#include <QtCore> -#include <QtGui> - -#include "Filter.h" -#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" -#include "ScreenWindow.h" -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -#ifndef loc -#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X)) -#endif - -#define yMouseScroll 1 - -#define REPCHAR "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \ - "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \ - "0123456789./+@" - -// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window. - -// static -bool TerminalView::_antialiasText = true; -bool TerminalView::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false; - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Colors */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb) - - Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- - ANSI (bgr) Black Red Green Yellow Blue Magenta Cyan White - IBMPC (rgb) Black Blue Green Cyan Red Magenta Yellow White -*/ - -ScreenWindow* TerminalView::screenWindow() const -{ - return _screenWindow; -} -void TerminalView::setScreenWindow(ScreenWindow* window) -{ - // disconnect existing screen window if any - if ( _screenWindow ) - { - disconnect( _screenWindow , 0 , this , 0 ); - } - - _screenWindow = window; - - if ( window ) - { -//#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?" - connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateLineProperties()) ); - connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateImage()) ); - window->setWindowLines(_lines); - } -} - -const ColorEntry* TerminalView::colorTable() const -{ - return _colorTable; -} - -void TerminalView::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++) - _colorTable[i] = table[i]; - - QPalette p = palette(); - p.setColor( backgroundRole(), _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color ); - setPalette( p ); - - // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar - _scrollBar->setPalette( QApplication::palette() ); - - update(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Font */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended - xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f. - - QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals - come in here as proper unicode characters. - - We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping - from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the - QCodec. -*/ - -static inline bool isLineChar(quint16 c) { return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);} -static inline bool isLineCharString(const QString& string) -{ - return (string.length() > 0) && (isLineChar(string.at(0).unicode())); -} - - -// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i. - -unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] = -{ // 0/8 1/9 2/10 3/11 4/12 5/13 6/14 7/15 - 0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0, - 0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c, - 0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534, - 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7 -}; - -void TerminalView::fontChange(const QFont&) -{ - QFontMetrics fm(font()); - _fontHeight = fm.height() + _lineSpacing; - - - // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123: - // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide - // characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters." - // Get the width from representative normal width characters - _fontWidth = qRound((double)fm.width(REPCHAR)/(double)strlen(REPCHAR)); - - _fixedFont = true; - - int fw = fm.width(REPCHAR[0]); - for(unsigned int i=1; i< strlen(REPCHAR); i++) - { - if (fw != fm.width(REPCHAR[i])) - { - _fixedFont = false; - break; - } - } - - if (_fontWidth < 1) - _fontWidth=1; - - _fontAscent = fm.ascent(); - - emit changedFontMetricSignal( _fontHeight, _fontWidth ); - propagateSize(); - update(); -} - -void TerminalView::setVTFont(const QFont& f) -{ - QFont font = f; - - QFontMetrics metrics(font); - - if ( metrics.height() < height() && metrics.maxWidth() < width() ) - { - // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing. - // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected - if (!_antialiasText) - font.setStyleStrategy( QFont::NoAntialias ); - - // experimental optimization. Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a - // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect. - // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text. - font.setKerning(false); - - QWidget::setFont(font); - fontChange(font); - } -} - -void TerminalView::setFont(const QFont &) -{ - // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Constructor / Destructor */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -TerminalView::TerminalView(QWidget *parent) -:QWidget(parent) -,_screenWindow(0) -,_allowBell(true) -,_gridLayout(0) -,_fontHeight(1) -,_fontWidth(1) -,_fontAscent(1) -,_lines(1) -,_columns(1) -,_usedLines(1) -,_usedColumns(1) -,_contentHeight(1) -,_contentWidth(1) -,_image(0) -,_randomSeed(0) -,_resizing(false) -,_terminalSizeHint(false) -,_terminalSizeStartup(true) -,_bidiEnabled(false) -,_actSel(0) -,_wordSelectionMode(false) -,_lineSelectionMode(false) -,_preserveLineBreaks(false) -,_columnSelectionMode(false) -,_scrollbarLocation(NoScrollBar) -,_wordCharacters(":@-./_~") -,_bellMode(SystemBeepBell) -,_blinking(false) -,_cursorBlinking(false) -,_hasBlinkingCursor(false) -,_ctrlDrag(false) -,_tripleClickMode(SelectWholeLine) -,_isFixedSize(false) -,_possibleTripleClick(false) -,_resizeWidget(0) -,_resizeTimer(0) -,_outputSuspendedLabel(0) -,_lineSpacing(0) -,_colorsInverted(false) -,_blendColor(qRgba(0,0,0,0xff)) -,_filterChain(new TerminalImageFilterChain()) -,_cursorShape(BlockCursor) -,_readonly(false) -{ - // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind, - // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right - setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight); - - // The offsets are not yet calculated. - // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing - // konsole in opaque mode. - _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - - // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down - // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially - _scrollBar = new QScrollBar(this); - setScroll(0,0); - _scrollBar->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor ); - connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, - SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); - - // setup timers for blinking cursor and text - _blinkTimer = new QTimer(this); - connect(_blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent())); - _blinkCursorTimer = new QTimer(this); - connect(_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkCursorEvent())); - -// QCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true ); - - setUsesMouse(true); - setColorTable(base_color_table); - setMouseTracking(true); - - // Enable drag and drop - setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt - dragInfo.state = diNone; - - setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus ); - - // enable input method support - setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true); - - // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt - // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area. - setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); - - _gridLayout = new QGridLayout(this); - _gridLayout->setMargin(0); - - setLayout( _gridLayout ); -} - -TerminalView::~TerminalView() -{ - qApp->removeEventFilter( this ); - - delete[] _image; - - delete _gridLayout; - delete _outputSuspendedLabel; - delete _filterChain; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Display Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/** - A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars. - It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it. - if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered - 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit. - - Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation: - _|||_ - -...- - -...- - -...- - _|||_ - -where _ = none - | = vertical line. - - = horizontal line. - */ - - -enum LineEncode -{ - TopL = (1<<1), - TopC = (1<<2), - TopR = (1<<3), - - LeftT = (1<<5), - Int11 = (1<<6), - Int12 = (1<<7), - Int13 = (1<<8), - RightT = (1<<9), - - LeftC = (1<<10), - Int21 = (1<<11), - Int22 = (1<<12), - Int23 = (1<<13), - RightC = (1<<14), - - LeftB = (1<<15), - Int31 = (1<<16), - Int32 = (1<<17), - Int33 = (1<<18), - RightB = (1<<19), - - BotL = (1<<21), - BotC = (1<<22), - BotR = (1<<23) -}; - -#include "LineFont.h" - -static void drawLineChar(QPainter& paint, int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar code) -{ - //Calculate cell midpoints, end points. - int cx = x + w/2; - int cy = y + h/2; - int ex = x + w - 1; - int ey = y + h - 1; - - quint32 toDraw = LineChars[code]; - - //Top _lines: - if (toDraw & TopL) - paint.drawLine(cx-1, y, cx-1, cy-2); - if (toDraw & TopC) - paint.drawLine(cx, y, cx, cy-2); - if (toDraw & TopR) - paint.drawLine(cx+1, y, cx+1, cy-2); - - //Bot _lines: - if (toDraw & BotL) - paint.drawLine(cx-1, cy+2, cx-1, ey); - if (toDraw & BotC) - paint.drawLine(cx, cy+2, cx, ey); - if (toDraw & BotR) - paint.drawLine(cx+1, cy+2, cx+1, ey); - - //Left _lines: - if (toDraw & LeftT) - paint.drawLine(x, cy-1, cx-2, cy-1); - if (toDraw & LeftC) - paint.drawLine(x, cy, cx-2, cy); - if (toDraw & LeftB) - paint.drawLine(x, cy+1, cx-2, cy+1); - - //Right _lines: - if (toDraw & RightT) - paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy-1, ex, cy-1); - if (toDraw & RightC) - paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy, ex, cy); - if (toDraw & RightB) - paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy+1, ex, cy+1); - - //Intersection points. - if (toDraw & Int11) - paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy-1); - if (toDraw & Int12) - paint.drawPoint(cx, cy-1); - if (toDraw & Int13) - paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy-1); - - if (toDraw & Int21) - paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy); - if (toDraw & Int22) - paint.drawPoint(cx, cy); - if (toDraw & Int23) - paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy); - - if (toDraw & Int31) - paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy+1); - if (toDraw & Int32) - paint.drawPoint(cx, cy+1); - if (toDraw & Int33) - paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy+1); - -} - -void TerminalView::drawLineCharString( QPainter& painter, int x, int y, const QString& str, - const Character* attributes) -{ - const QPen& currentPen = painter.pen(); - - if ( attributes->rendition & RE_BOLD ) - { - QPen boldPen(currentPen); - boldPen.setWidth(3); - painter.setPen( boldPen ); - } - - for (int i=0 ; i < str.length(); i++) - { - uchar code = str[i].cell(); - if (LineChars[code]) - drawLineChar(painter, x + (_fontWidth*i), y, _fontWidth, _fontHeight, code); - } - - painter.setPen( currentPen ); -} - -void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape) -{ - _cursorShape = shape; -} -TerminalView::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalView::keyboardCursorShape() const -{ - return _cursorShape; -} -void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor, const QColor& color) -{ - if (useForegroundColor) - _cursorColor = QColor(); // an invalid color means that - // the foreground color of the - // current character should - // be used - - else - _cursorColor = color; -} -QColor TerminalView::keyboardCursorColor() const -{ - return _cursorColor; -} - -void TerminalView::setOpacity(qreal opacity) -{ - QColor color(_blendColor); - color.setAlphaF(opacity); - - // enable automatic background filling to prevent the display - // flickering if there is no transparency - if ( color.alpha() == 255 ) - { - setAutoFillBackground(true); - } - else - { - setAutoFillBackground(false); - } - - _blendColor = color.rgba(); -} - -void TerminalView::drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& backgroundColor, bool useOpacitySetting ) -{ - // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn - // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable() - // - // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background - // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar - // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE - // applications. - // - QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible() ? - rect.intersected(_scrollBar->geometry()) : - QRect(); - QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion(rect).subtracted(scrollBarArea); - QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect(); - - if ( HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha(_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting ) - { - QColor color(backgroundColor); - color.setAlpha(qAlpha(_blendColor)); - - painter.save(); - painter.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); - painter.fillRect(contentsRect, color); - painter.restore(); - } - else { - painter.fillRect(contentsRect, backgroundColor); - } - - painter.fillRect(scrollBarArea,_scrollBar->palette().background()); -} - -void TerminalView::drawCursor(QPainter& painter, - const QRect& rect, - const QColor& foregroundColor, - const QColor& /*backgroundColor*/, - bool& invertCharacterColor) -{ - QRect cursorRect = rect; - cursorRect.setHeight(_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1); - - if (!_cursorBlinking) - { - if ( _cursorColor.isValid() ) - painter.setPen(_cursorColor); - else { - painter.setPen(foregroundColor); - } - - if ( _cursorShape == BlockCursor ) - { - // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that - // it is draw entirely inside 'rect' - int penWidth = qMax(1,painter.pen().width()); - - painter.drawRect(cursorRect.adjusted(penWidth/2, - penWidth/2, - - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2, - - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2)); - if ( hasFocus() ) - { - painter.fillRect(cursorRect, _cursorColor.isValid() ? _cursorColor : foregroundColor); - - if ( !_cursorColor.isValid() ) - { - // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at - // the cursor position is readable - invertCharacterColor = true; - } - } - } - else if ( _cursorShape == UnderlineCursor ) - painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), - cursorRect.bottom(), - cursorRect.right(), - cursorRect.bottom()); - else if ( _cursorShape == IBeamCursor ) - painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), - cursorRect.top(), - cursorRect.left(), - cursorRect.bottom()); - - } -} - -void TerminalView::drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, - const QRect& rect, - const QString& text, - const Character* style, - bool invertCharacterColor) -{ - // don't draw text which is currently blinking - if ( _blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK) ) - return; - - // setup bold and underline - bool useBold = style->rendition & RE_BOLD || style->isBold(_colorTable) || font().bold(); - bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font().underline(); - - QFont font = painter.font(); - if ( font.bold() != useBold - || font.underline() != useUnderline ) - { - font.setBold(useBold); - font.setUnderline(useUnderline); - painter.setFont(font); - } - - const CharacterColor& textColor = ( invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor ); - const QColor color = textColor.color(_colorTable); - - QPen pen = painter.pen(); - if ( pen.color() != color ) - { - pen.setColor(color); - painter.setPen(color); - } - // draw text - if ( isLineCharString(text) ) { - drawLineCharString(painter,rect.x(),rect.y(),text,style); - } - else - { - // the drawText(rect,flags,string) overload is used here with null flags - // instead of drawText(rect,string) because the (rect,string) overload causes - // the application's default layout direction to be used instead of - // the widget-specific layout direction, which should always be - // Qt::LeftToRight for this widget - painter.drawText(rect,0,text); - } -} - -void TerminalView::drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter , - const QRect& rect, - const QString& text, - const Character* style) -{ - painter.save(); - - // setup painter - const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color(_colorTable); - const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color(_colorTable); - - // draw background if different from the display's background color - if ( backgroundColor != palette().background().color() ) - drawBackground(painter,rect,backgroundColor, false /* do not use transparency */); - - // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor - // this may alter the foreground and background colors - bool invertCharacterColor = false; - - if ( style->rendition & RE_CURSOR ) - drawCursor(painter,rect,foregroundColor,backgroundColor,invertCharacterColor); - // draw text - drawCharacters(painter,rect,text,style,invertCharacterColor); - - painter.restore(); -} - -void TerminalView::setRandomSeed(uint randomSeed) { _randomSeed = randomSeed; } -uint TerminalView::randomSeed() const { return _randomSeed; } - -#if 0 -/*! - Set XIM Position -*/ -void TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos(const int curx, const int cury) -{ - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); - int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - - int xpos, ypos; - ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight*(cury-1) + _fontAscent; - xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth*curx; - //setMicroFocusHint(xpos, ypos, 0, _fontHeight); //### ??? - // fprintf(stderr, "x/y = %d/%d\txpos/ypos = %d/%d\n", curx, cury, xpos, ypos); - _cursorLine = cury; - _cursorCol = curx; -} -#endif - -// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise. -// -// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character -// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() -// with the final scroll amount. this improves performance because scrolling the -// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the -// part of the image which has moved up or down. -// Instead only new lines have to be drawn -// -// note: it is important that the area of the display which is -// scrolled aligns properly with the character grid - -// which has a top left point at (_leftMargin,_topMargin) , -// a cell width of _fontWidth and a cell height of _fontHeight). -void TerminalView::scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& screenWindowRegion) -{ - // if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the - // scrolling optimisations and cause artifacts. the simple solution here - // is to just disable the optimisation whilst it is visible - if ( _outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible() ) { - return; - } - - // constrain the region to the display - // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's - // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less - // than the height of the internal image. - QRect region = screenWindowRegion; - region.setBottom( qMin(region.bottom(),this->_lines-2) ); - - if ( lines == 0 - || _image == 0 - || !region.isValid() - || (region.top() + abs(lines)) >= region.bottom() - || this->_lines <= region.height() ) return; - - QRect scrollRect; - - void* firstCharPos = &_image[ region.top() * this->_columns ]; - void* lastCharPos = &_image[ (region.top() + abs(lines)) * this->_columns ]; - - int top = _topMargin + (region.top() * _fontHeight); - int linesToMove = region.height() - abs(lines); - int bytesToMove = linesToMove * - this->_columns * - sizeof(Character); - - Q_ASSERT( linesToMove > 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( bytesToMove > 0 ); - - //scroll internal image - if ( lines > 0 ) - { - // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid - Q_ASSERT( (char*)lastCharPos + bytesToMove < - (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); - - Q_ASSERT( (lines*this->_columns) < _imageSize ); - - //scroll internal image down - memmove( firstCharPos , lastCharPos , bytesToMove ); - - //set region of display to scroll, making sure that - //the region aligns correctly to the character grid - scrollRect = QRect( _leftMargin , top, - this->_usedColumns * _fontWidth , - linesToMove * _fontHeight ); - } - else - { - // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid - Q_ASSERT( (char*)firstCharPos + bytesToMove < - (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); - - //scroll internal image up - memmove( lastCharPos , firstCharPos , bytesToMove ); - - //set region of the display to scroll, making sure that - //the region aligns correctly to the character grid - QPoint topPoint( _leftMargin , top + abs(lines)*_fontHeight ); - - scrollRect = QRect( topPoint , - QSize( this->_usedColumns*_fontWidth , - linesToMove * _fontHeight )); - } - - //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image - scroll( 0 , _fontHeight * (-lines) , scrollRect ); -} - -QRegion TerminalView::hotSpotRegion() const -{ - QRegion region; - foreach( Filter::HotSpot* hotSpot , _filterChain->hotSpots() ) - { - QRect rect; - rect.setLeft(hotSpot->startColumn()); - rect.setTop(hotSpot->startLine()); - rect.setRight(hotSpot->endColumn()); - rect.setBottom(hotSpot->endLine()); - - region |= imageToWidget(rect); - } - return region; -} - -void TerminalView::processFilters() -{ - if (!_screenWindow) - return; - - QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); - - // use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because - // other classes may call processFilters() when this display's - // ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before - // updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is - // out of date at this point - _filterChain->setImage( _screenWindow->getImage(), - _screenWindow->windowLines(), - _screenWindow->windowColumns(), - _screenWindow->getLineProperties() ); - _filterChain->process(); - - QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); - - update( preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots ); -} - -void TerminalView::updateImage() -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and - // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that - // can simply be moved up or down - scrollImage( _screenWindow->scrollCount() , - _screenWindow->scrollRegion() ); - _screenWindow->resetScrollCount(); - - Character* const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage(); - int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines(); - int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns(); - - setScroll( _screenWindow->currentLine() , _screenWindow->lineCount() ); - - if (!_image) - updateImageSize(); // Create _image - - Q_ASSERT( this->_usedLines <= this->_lines ); - Q_ASSERT( this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns ); - - int y,x,len; - - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); - - int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - _hasBlinker = false; - - CharacterColor cf; // undefined - CharacterColor _clipboard; // undefined - int cr = -1; // undefined - - const int linesToUpdate = qMin(this->_lines, qMax(0,lines )); - const int columnsToUpdate = qMin(this->_columns,qMax(0,columns)); - - QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate]; - char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate+2]; - QRegion dirtyRegion; - - // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to - // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and - // which therefore need to be repainted - int dirtyLineCount = 0; - - for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; y++) - { - const Character* currentLine = &_image[y*this->_columns]; - const Character* const newLine = &newimg[y*columns]; - - bool updateLine = false; - - // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also - // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds - // its cell boundaries - memset(dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate+2); - - for( x = 0 ; x < columnsToUpdate ; x++) - { - if ( newLine[x] != currentLine[x] ) - { - dirtyMask[x] = true; - } - } - - if (!_resizing) // not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent - for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; x++) - { - _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK); - - // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs. - // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation - // where characters exceed their cell width. - if (dirtyMask[x]) - { - quint16 c = newLine[x+0].character; - if ( !c ) - continue; - int p = 0; - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); - bool doubleWidth = (x+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+1].character == 0); - cr = newLine[x].rendition; - _clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor; - if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf) cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor; - int lln = columnsToUpdate - x; - for (len = 1; len < lln; len++) - { - const Character& ch = newLine[x+len]; - - if (!ch.character) - continue; // Skip trailing part of multi-col chars. - - bool nextIsDoubleWidth = (x+len+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+len+1].character == 0); - - if ( ch.foregroundColor != cf || - ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard || - ch.rendition != cr || - !dirtyMask[x+len] || - isLineChar(c) != lineDraw || - nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth ) - break; - - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - } - - QString unistr(disstrU, p); - - bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont; - if (lineDraw) - _fixedFont = false; - if (doubleWidth) - _fixedFont = false; - - updateLine = true; - - _fixedFont = saveFixedFont; - x += len - 1; - } - - } - - //both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn - //although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only - //the top one is actually - //drawn. - if (_lineProperties.count() > y) - updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT); - - // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image - // then this line must be repainted. - if (updateLine) - { - dirtyLineCount++; - - // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be - // repainted - QRect dirtyRect = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , - _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , - _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate , - _fontHeight ); - - dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect; - } - - // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the - // current line of the new _image - memcpy((void*)currentLine,(const void*)newLine,columnsToUpdate*sizeof(Character)); - } - - // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area - // outside the new _image is cleared - if ( linesToUpdate < _usedLines ) - { - dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , - _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*linesToUpdate , - _fontWidth * this->_columns , - _fontHeight * (_usedLines-linesToUpdate) ); - } - _usedLines = linesToUpdate; - - if ( columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns ) - { - dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+columnsToUpdate*_fontWidth , - _topMargin+tLy , - _fontWidth * (_usedColumns-columnsToUpdate) , - _fontHeight * this->_lines ); - } - _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate; - - dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect; - - // update the parts of the display which have changed - update(dirtyRegion); - - if ( _hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive()) _blinkTimer->start( BLINK_DELAY ); - if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive()) { _blinkTimer->stop(); _blinking = false; } - delete[] dirtyMask; - delete[] disstrU; - -} - -void TerminalView::showResizeNotification() -{ - if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible()) - { - if (_terminalSizeStartup) { - _terminalSizeStartup=false; - return; - } - if (!_resizeWidget) - { - _resizeWidget = new QLabel(("Size: XXX x XXX"), this); - _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth(_resizeWidget->fontMetrics().width(("Size: XXX x XXX"))); - _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight(_resizeWidget->sizeHint().height()); - _resizeWidget->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter); - - _resizeWidget->setStyleSheet("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)"); - - _resizeTimer = new QTimer(this); - _resizeTimer->setSingleShot(true); - connect(_resizeTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), _resizeWidget, SLOT(hide())); - - } - QString sizeStr; - sizeStr.sprintf("Size: %d x %d", _columns, _lines); - _resizeWidget->setText(sizeStr); - _resizeWidget->move((width()-_resizeWidget->width())/2, - (height()-_resizeWidget->height())/2+20); - _resizeWidget->show(); - _resizeTimer->start(1000); - } -} - -void TerminalView::setBlinkingCursor(bool blink) -{ - _hasBlinkingCursor=blink; - - if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) - _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); - - if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) - { - _blinkCursorTimer->stop(); - if (_cursorBlinking) - blinkCursorEvent(); - else - _cursorBlinking = false; - } -} - -void TerminalView::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe ) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent", __FILE__, __LINE__); - QPainter paint(this); -//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent %d %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, paint.window().top(), paint.window().right()); - - foreach (QRect rect, (pe->region() & contentsRect()).rects()) - { - drawBackground(paint,rect,palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); - drawContents(paint, rect); - } -// drawBackground(paint,contentsRect(),palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); -// drawContents(paint, contentsRect()); - drawInputMethodPreeditString(paint,preeditRect()); - paintFilters(paint); - - paint.end(); -} - -QPoint TerminalView::cursorPosition() const -{ - if (_screenWindow) - return _screenWindow->cursorPosition(); - else - return QPoint(0,0); -} - -QRect TerminalView::preeditRect() const -{ - const int preeditLength = string_width(_inputMethodData.preeditString); - - if ( preeditLength == 0 ) - return QRect(); - - return QRect(_leftMargin + _fontWidth*cursorPosition().x(), - _topMargin + _fontHeight*cursorPosition().y(), - _fontWidth*preeditLength, - _fontHeight); -} - -void TerminalView::drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect) -{ - if ( _inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty() ) { - return; - } - const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition(); - - bool invertColors = false; - const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color; - const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color; - const Character* style = &_image[loc(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y())]; - - drawBackground(painter,rect,background,true); - drawCursor(painter,rect,foreground,background,invertColors); - drawCharacters(painter,rect,_inputMethodData.preeditString,style,invertColors); - - _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect; -} - -FilterChain* TerminalView::filterChain() const -{ - return _filterChain; -} - -void TerminalView::paintFilters(QPainter& painter) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d paintFilters", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw - // lines for filters - QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()); - int cursorLine; - int cursorColumn; - getCharacterPosition( cursorPos , cursorLine , cursorColumn ); - Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc(cursorColumn,cursorLine)]; - - painter.setPen( QPen(cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color(colorTable())) ); - - // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters - // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot - - QList<Filter::HotSpot*> spots = _filterChain->hotSpots(); - QListIterator<Filter::HotSpot*> iter(spots); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - Filter::HotSpot* spot = iter.next(); - - for ( int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++ ) - { - int startColumn = 0; - int endColumn = _columns-1; // TODO use number of _columns which are actually - // occupied on this line rather than the width of the - // display in _columns - - // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines - while ( QChar(_image[loc(endColumn,line)].character).isSpace() && endColumn > 0 ) - endColumn--; - - // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to - // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line - endColumn++; - - if ( line == spot->startLine() ) - startColumn = spot->startColumn(); - if ( line == spot->endLine() ) - endColumn = spot->endColumn(); - - // subtract one pixel from - // the right and bottom so that - // we do not overdraw adjacent - // hotspots - // - // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where - // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined - // because the check below for the position of the cursor - // finds it on the border of the target area - QRect r; - r.setCoords( startColumn*_fontWidth + 1, line*_fontHeight + 1, - endColumn*_fontWidth - 1, (line+1)*_fontHeight - 1 ); - - // Underline link hotspots - if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link ) - { - QFontMetrics metrics(font()); - - // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on, - // with some having tails dangling below) - int baseline = r.bottom() - metrics.descent(); - // find the position of the underline below that - int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos(); - - if ( r.contains( mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ) ) - painter.drawLine( r.left() , underlinePos , - r.right() , underlinePos ); - } - // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape - // drawn on top of them - else if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Marker ) - { - //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this - painter.fillRect(r,QBrush(QColor(255,0,0,120))); - } - } - } -} -void TerminalView::drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d drawContents and rect x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d", __FILE__, __LINE__, rect.x(), rect.y(),rect.width(),rect.height()); - - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); -// int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - - int tLx = (_contentWidth - _usedColumns * _fontWidth)/2; -// int tLy = (_contentHeight - _usedLines * _fontHeight)/2; -//qDebug("%d %d %d %d", tLx, tLy, _contentWidth, _usedColumns * _fontWidth); - - int lux = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0,(rect.left() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); - int luy = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.top() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); - int rlx = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0, (rect.right() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); - int rly = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.bottom() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); - - const int bufferSize = _usedColumns; - QChar *disstrU = new QChar[bufferSize]; - for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++) - { - quint16 c = _image[loc(lux,y)].character; - int x = lux; - if(!c && x) - x--; // Search for start of multi-column character - for (; x <= rlx; x++) - { - int len = 1; - int p = 0; - - // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ? - if ( _image[loc(x,y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR ) - { - // sequence of characters - ushort extendedCharLength = 0; - ushort* chars = ExtendedCharTable::instance - .lookupExtendedChar(_image[loc(x,y)].charSequence,extendedCharLength); - for ( int index = 0 ; index < extendedCharLength ; index++ ) - { - Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); - disstrU[p++] = chars[index]; - } - } - else - { - // single character - c = _image[loc(x,y)].character; - if (c) - { - Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - } - } - - bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); - bool doubleWidth = (_image[ qMin(loc(x,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0); - CharacterColor currentForeground = _image[loc(x,y)].foregroundColor; - CharacterColor currentBackground = _image[loc(x,y)].backgroundColor; - quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc(x,y)].rendition; - - while (x+len <= rlx && - _image[loc(x+len,y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground && - _image[loc(x+len,y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground && - _image[loc(x+len,y)].rendition == currentRendition && - (_image[ qMin(loc(x+len,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0) == doubleWidth && - isLineChar( c = _image[loc(x+len,y)].character) == lineDraw) // Assignment! - { - if (c) - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - if (doubleWidth) // assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition - len++; // Skip trailing part of multi-column character - len++; - } - if ((x+len < _usedColumns) && (!_image[loc(x+len,y)].character)) - len++; // Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character - - bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont; - if (lineDraw) - _fixedFont = false; - if (doubleWidth) - _fixedFont = false; - QString unistr(disstrU,p); - - if (y < _lineProperties.size()) - { - if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH) { - paint.scale(2,1); - } - - if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) { - paint.scale(1,2); - } - } - - //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn - QRect textArea = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+_fontWidth*x , - _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , - _fontWidth*len, - _fontHeight); - - //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter. - //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled - //by the opposite of whatever - //transformation has been applied to the painter. this ensures that - //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft() - //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale) - QMatrix inverted = paint.matrix().inverted(); -// textArea.moveTopLeft( inverted.map(textArea.topLeft()) ); - textArea.moveCenter( inverted.map(textArea.center()) ); - - - //paint text fragment - drawTextFragment( paint, - textArea, - unistr, - &_image[loc(x,y)] ); //, - //0, - //!_isPrinting ); - - _fixedFont = save__fixedFont; - - //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines - paint.resetMatrix(); - - if (y < _lineProperties.size()-1) - { - //double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines - //containing the same characters - //both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. - //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute, - //we can therefore skip the next line - if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) - y++; - } - - x += len - 1; - } - } - delete [] disstrU; -} - -void TerminalView::blinkEvent() -{ - _blinking = !_blinking; - - //TODO: Optimise to only repaint the areas of the widget - // where there is blinking text - // rather than repainting the whole widget. - update(); -} - -QRect TerminalView::imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const -{ -//qDebug("%s %d imageToWidget", __FILE__, __LINE__); - QRect result; - result.setLeft( _leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left() ); - result.setTop( _topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top() ); - result.setWidth( _fontWidth * imageArea.width() ); - result.setHeight( _fontHeight * imageArea.height() ); - - return result; -} - -void TerminalView::blinkCursorEvent() -{ - _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking; - - QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget( QRect(cursorPosition(),QSize(1,1)) ); - - update(cursorRect); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Resizing */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalView::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) -{ - updateImageSize(); -} - -void TerminalView::propagateSize() -{ - if (_isFixedSize) - { - setSize(_columns, _lines); - QWidget::setFixedSize(sizeHint()); - parentWidget()->adjustSize(); - parentWidget()->setFixedSize(parentWidget()->sizeHint()); - return; - } - if (_image) - updateImageSize(); -} - -void TerminalView::updateImageSize() -{ -//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); - Character* oldimg = _image; - int oldlin = _lines; - int oldcol = _columns; - - makeImage(); - - - // copy the old image to reduce flicker - int lines = qMin(oldlin,_lines); - int columns = qMin(oldcol,_columns); - -//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); - if (oldimg) - { - for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) - { - memcpy((void*)&_image[_columns*line], - (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*line],columns*sizeof(Character)); - } - delete[] oldimg; - } - -//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); - if (_screenWindow) - _screenWindow->setWindowLines(_lines); - - _resizing = (oldlin!=_lines) || (oldcol!=_columns); - - if ( _resizing ) - { -//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); - showResizeNotification(); - emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight, _contentWidth); // expose resizeEvent - } -//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - _resizing = false; -} - -//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the -//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown. -// -//this allows -//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using -//the same signal as the one for a content size change -void TerminalView::showEvent(QShowEvent*) -{ - emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); -} -void TerminalView::hideEvent(QHideEvent*) -{ - emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Scrollbar */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalView::scrollBarPositionChanged(int) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - _screenWindow->scrollTo( _scrollBar->value() ); - - // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set - // the display to automatically track new output, - // that is, scroll down automatically - // to how new _lines as they are added - const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value() == _scrollBar->maximum()); - _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( atEndOfOutput ); - - updateImage(); -} - -void TerminalView::setScroll(int cursor, int slines) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d setScroll", __FILE__, __LINE__); - // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed, - // otherwise return - // - // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger - // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary - if ( _scrollBar->minimum() == 0 && - _scrollBar->maximum() == (slines - _lines) && - _scrollBar->value() == cursor ) - { - return; - } - - disconnect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); - _scrollBar->setRange(0,slines - _lines); - _scrollBar->setSingleStep(1); - _scrollBar->setPageStep(_lines); - _scrollBar->setValue(cursor); - connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); -} - -void TerminalView::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position) -{ - if (_scrollbarLocation == position) { -// return; - } - - if ( position == NoScrollBar ) - _scrollBar->hide(); - else - _scrollBar->show(); - - _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1; - _scrollbarLocation = position; - - propagateSize(); - update(); -} - -void TerminalView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( _possibleTripleClick && (ev->button()==Qt::LeftButton) ) { - mouseTripleClickEvent(ev); - return; - } - - if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return; - - if ( !_screenWindow ) return; - - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - QPoint pos = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); - - if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) - { - _lineSelectionMode = false; - _wordSelectionMode = false; - - emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... - // Drag only when the Control key is hold - bool selected = false; - - // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust - // 'selected' accordingly. - //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected); - - selected = _screenWindow->isSelected(pos.x(),pos.y()); - - if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected ) { - // The user clicked inside selected text - dragInfo.state = diPending; - dragInfo.start = ev->pos(); - } - else { - // No reason to ever start a drag event - dragInfo.state = diNone; - - _preserveLineBreaks = !( ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) ); - _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); - - if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - - //emit clearSelectionSignal(); - pos.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos; - _actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet. - - } - else - { - emit mouseSignal( 0, charColumn + 1, charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } - } - } - else if ( ev->button() == Qt::MidButton ) - { - if ( _mouseMarks || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) ) - emitSelection(true,ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); - else - emit mouseSignal( 1, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } - else if ( ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ) - { - if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - emit configureRequest( this, - ev->modifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier|Qt::ControlModifier), - ev->pos() - ); - } - else - emit mouseSignal( 2, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } -} - -QList<QAction*> TerminalView::filterActions(const QPoint& position) -{ - int charLine, charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(position,charLine,charColumn); - - Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); - - return spot ? spot->actions() : QList<QAction*>(); -} - -void TerminalView::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - int charLine = 0; - int charColumn = 0; - - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - - // handle filters - // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over - Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); - if ( spot && spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link) - { - QRect previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea; - _mouseOverHotspotArea.setCoords( qMin(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontWidth, - spot->startLine() * _fontHeight, - qMax(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontHeight, - (spot->endLine()+1) * _fontHeight ); - - // display tooltips when mousing over links - // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links - const QString& tooltip = spot->tooltip(); - if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() ) - { - QToolTip::showText( mapToGlobal(ev->pos()) , tooltip , this , _mouseOverHotspotArea ); - } - - update( _mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea ); - } - else if ( _mouseOverHotspotArea.isValid() ) - { - update( _mouseOverHotspotArea ); - // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle - _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRect(); - } - - // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking - if (ev->buttons() == Qt::NoButton ) return; - - // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements - // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift - // key is being held down, which overrides this. - if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - int button = 3; - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) - button = 0; - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) - button = 1; - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::RightButton) - button = 2; - - - emit mouseSignal( button, - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), - 1 ); - - return; - } - - if (dragInfo.state == diPending) - { - // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet - // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm - - int distance = 10; //KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay(); - if ( ev->x() > dragInfo.start.x() + distance || ev->x() < dragInfo.start.x() - distance || - ev->y() > dragInfo.start.y() + distance || ev->y() < dragInfo.start.y() - distance) - { - // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now - emit isBusySelecting(false); // Ok.. we can breath again. - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - doDrag(); - } - return; - } - else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging) - { - // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during - // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent - return; - } - - if (_actSel == 0) return; - - // don't extend selection while pasting - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) return; - - extendSelection( ev->pos() ); -} - -#if 0 -void TerminalDisplay::setSelectionEnd() -{ - extendSelection( _configureRequestPoint ); -} -#endif - -void TerminalView::extendSelection(const QPoint& position) { - QPoint pos = position; - - if (!_screenWindow) { - return; - } - - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); - int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - int scroll = _scrollBar->value(); - - // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed - // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in - // this widget. - - // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above. - if (pos.x() < tLx + _leftMargin) { - pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin); - } - if (pos.x() > tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth - 1) { - pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth); - } - if (pos.y() < tLy + _topMargin) { - pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin); - } - if (pos.y() > tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) { - pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1); - } - - if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) { - _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() + yMouseScroll); // scrollforward - } - if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin) { - _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() - yMouseScroll); // scrollback - } - - int charColumn = 0; - int charLine = 0; - getCharacterPosition(pos, charLine, charColumn); - - QPoint here = QPoint(charColumn, charLine); - QPoint ohere(here); - QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel; - _iPntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); - QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel; - _pntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); - bool swapping = false; - - if (_wordSelectionMode) { - // Extend to word boundaries - int i = 0; - int selClass = 0; - - bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || - (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); - bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || - (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); - swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) - QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; - i = loc(left.x(), left.y()); - if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) { - selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - while (((left.x() > 0) || (left.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[left.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED))) - && charClass(_image[i - 1].character) == selClass) { - i--; - if (left.x() > 0) { - left.rx()--; - } else { - left.rx() = _usedColumns - 1; - left.ry()--; - } - } - } - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) - QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - i = loc(right.x(), right.y()); - if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) { - selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - while (((right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) || (right.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED))) - && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass) { - i++; - if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) { - right.rx()++; - } else { - right.rx() = 0; - right.ry()++; - } - } - } - - // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) - if (left_not_right) { - here = left; - ohere = right; - } else { - here = right; - ohere = left; - } - ohere.rx()++; - } - - if (_lineSelectionMode) { - // Extend to complete line - bool above_not_below = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y()); - - QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr; - QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - - while (above.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[above.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)) { - above.ry()--; - } - while (below.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[below.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) { - below.ry()++; - } - - above.setX(0); - below.setX(_usedColumns - 1); - - // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) - if (above_not_below) { - here = above; - ohere = below; - } else { - here = below; - ohere = above; - } - - QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint(ohere.x(), ohere.y()); - swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin == newSelBegin); - _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin; - - ohere.rx()++; - } - - int offset = 0; - if (!_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode) { - int i = 0; - int selClass = 0; - - bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || - (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); - bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || - (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); - swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) - QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) - QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - if (right.x() > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode) { - i = loc(right.x(), right.y()); - if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) { - selClass = charClass(_image[i - 1].character); - if (selClass == ' ') { - while (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1 && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass && (right.y() < _usedLines - 1) && - !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) { - i++; - right.rx()++; - } - if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) { - right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - } else { - right.rx()++; // will be balanced later because of offset=-1; - } - } - } - } - - // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) - if (left_not_right) { - here = left; - ohere = right; - offset = 0; - } else { - here = right; - ohere = left; - offset = -1; - } - } - - if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value())) { - return; // not moved - } - - if (here == ohere) { - return; // It's not left, it's not right. - } - - if (_actSel < 2 || swapping) { - if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) { - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x(), ohere.y(), true); - } else { - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x() - 1 - offset , ohere.y(), false); - } - - } - - _actSel = 2; // within selection - _pntSel = here; - _pntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - - if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) { - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x(), here.y()); - } else { - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x() + offset, here.y()); - } -} - -void TerminalView::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - - if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) - { - emit isBusySelecting(false); - if(dragInfo.state == diPending) - { - // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed. Kill selection - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - //emit clearSelectionSignal(); - } - else - { - if ( _actSel > 1 ) - { - setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); - } - - _actSel = 0; - - //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is - // outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent' - // applies here, too. - - if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - emit mouseSignal( 3, // release - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } - dragInfo.state = diNone; - } - - - if ( !_mouseMarks && - ((ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - || ev->button() == Qt::MidButton) ) - { - emit mouseSignal( 3, - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , - 0); - } -} - -void TerminalView::getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const -{ - - column = (widgetPoint.x() + _fontWidth/2 -contentsRect().left()-_leftMargin) / _fontWidth; - line = (widgetPoint.y()-contentsRect().top()-_topMargin) / _fontHeight; - - if ( line < 0 ) - line = 0; - if ( column < 0 ) - column = 0; - - if ( line >= _usedLines ) - line = _usedLines-1; - - // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which - // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line. - // - // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most - // column (or left-most for right-to-left input) - if ( column > _usedColumns ) - column = _usedColumns; -} - -void TerminalView::updateLineProperties() -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties(); -} - -void TerminalView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( ev->button() != Qt::LeftButton) return; - if ( !_screenWindow ) return; - - int charLine = 0; - int charColumn = 0; - - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - - QPoint pos(charColumn,charLine); - - // pass on double click as two clicks. - if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click - // was already sent by the click handler - emit mouseSignal( 0, - pos.x()+1, - pos.y()+1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), - 0 ); // left button - return; - } - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - QPoint bgnSel = pos; - QPoint endSel = pos; - int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y()); - _iPntSel = bgnSel; - _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - - _wordSelectionMode = true; - - // find word boundaries... - int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - { - // find the start of the word - int x = bgnSel.x(); - while ( ((x>0) || (bgnSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) - && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) - { - i--; - if (x>0) - x--; - else - { - x=_usedColumns-1; - bgnSel.ry()--; - } - } - - bgnSel.setX(x); - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( bgnSel.x() , bgnSel.y() , false ); - - // find the end of the word - i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() ); - x = endSel.x(); - while( ((x<_usedColumns-1) || (endSel.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[endSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) - && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass ) - { - i++; - if (x<_usedColumns-1) - x++; - else - { - x=0; - endSel.ry()++; - } - } - - endSel.setX(x); - - // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word. - if ( ( QChar( _image[i].character ) == '@' ) && ( ( endSel.x() - bgnSel.x() ) > 0 ) ) - endSel.setX( x - 1 ); - - - _actSel = 2; // within selection - - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( endSel.x() , endSel.y() ); - - setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); - } - - _possibleTripleClick=true; - - QTimer::singleShot(QApplication::doubleClickInterval(),this, - SLOT(tripleClickTimeout())); -} - -void TerminalView::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ev ) -{ - if (ev->orientation() != Qt::Vertical) - return; - - if ( _mouseMarks ) - _scrollBar->event(ev); - else - { - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition( ev->pos() , charLine , charColumn ); - - emit mouseSignal( ev->delta() > 0 ? 4 : 5, - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , - 0); - } -} - -void TerminalView::tripleClickTimeout() -{ - _possibleTripleClick=false; -} - -void TerminalView::mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) return; - - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - _iPntSel = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - - _lineSelectionMode = true; - _wordSelectionMode = false; - - _actSel = 2; // within selection - emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... - - while (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - _iPntSel.ry()--; - - if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor) { - // find word boundary start - int i = loc(_iPntSel.x(),_iPntSel.y()); - int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - int x = _iPntSel.x(); - - while ( ((x>0) || - (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - ) - && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) - { - i--; - if (x>0) - x--; - else - { - x=_columns-1; - _iPntSel.ry()--; - } - } - - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( x , _iPntSel.y() , false ); - _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( x, _iPntSel.y() ); - } - else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine) { - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( 0 , _iPntSel.y() , false ); - _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( 0, _iPntSel.y() ); - } - - while (_iPntSel.y()<_lines-1 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - _iPntSel.ry()++; - - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( _columns - 1 , _iPntSel.y() ); - - setSelection(_screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks)); - - _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - - emit tripleClicked( _screenWindow->selectedText( _preserveLineBreaks ) ); -} - - -bool TerminalView::focusNextPrevChild( bool next ) -{ - if (next) - return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror - // when pressing Tab - return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( next ); -} - - -int TerminalView::charClass(quint16 ch) const -{ - QChar qch=QChar(ch); - if ( qch.isSpace() ) return ' '; - - if ( qch.isLetterOrNumber() || _wordCharacters.contains(qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) ) - return 'a'; - - // Everything else is weird - return 1; -} - -void TerminalView::setWordCharacters(const QString& wc) -{ - _wordCharacters = wc; -} - -void TerminalView::setUsesMouse(bool on) -{ - _mouseMarks = on; - setCursor( _mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor ); -} -bool TerminalView::usesMouse() const -{ - return _mouseMarks; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Clipboard */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#undef KeyPress - -void TerminalView::emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events - QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text(useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection : - QClipboard::Clipboard); - if(appendReturn) - text.append("\r"); - if ( ! text.isEmpty() ) - { - text.replace("\n", "\r"); - QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text); - emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - } -} - -void TerminalView::setSelection(const QString& t) -{ - QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, QClipboard::Selection); -} - -void TerminalView::copyClipboard() -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks); - QApplication::clipboard()->setText(text); -} - -void TerminalView::pasteClipboard() -{ - emitSelection(false,false); -} - -void TerminalView::pasteSelection() -{ - emitSelection(true,false); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Keyboard */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalView::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent and key is %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, event->key()); - - bool emitKeyPressSignal = true; - - // Keyboard-based navigation - if ( event->modifiers() == Qt::ShiftModifier ) - { - bool update = true; - - if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d pageup", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , -1 ); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d pagedown", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , 1 ); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Up ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d keyup", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , -1 ); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Down ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d keydown", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , 1 ); - } - else { - update = false; - } - - if ( update ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d updating", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( _screenWindow->atEndOfOutput() ); - - updateLineProperties(); - updateImage(); - - // do not send key press to terminal - emitKeyPressSignal = false; - } - } - - _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( true ); - - _actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't - // know where the current selection is. - - if (_hasBlinkingCursor) - { - _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); - if (_cursorBlinking) - blinkCursorEvent(); - else - _cursorBlinking = false; - } - - if ( emitKeyPressSignal && !_readonly ) - emit keyPressedSignal(event); - - if (_readonly) { - event->ignore(); - } - else { - event->accept(); - } -} - -void TerminalView::inputMethodEvent( QInputMethodEvent* event ) -{ - QKeyEvent keyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress,0,Qt::NoModifier,event->commitString()); - emit keyPressedSignal(&keyEvent); - - _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString(); - update(preeditRect() | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect); - - event->accept(); -} -QVariant TerminalView::inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const -{ - const QPoint cursorPos = _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition() : QPoint(0,0); - switch ( query ) - { - case Qt::ImMicroFocus: - return imageToWidget(QRect(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y(),1,1)); - break; - case Qt::ImFont: - return font(); - break; - case Qt::ImCursorPosition: - // return the cursor position within the current line - return cursorPos.x(); - break; - case Qt::ImSurroundingText: - { - // return the text from the current line - QString lineText; - QTextStream stream(&lineText); - PlainTextDecoder decoder; - decoder.begin(&stream); - decoder.decodeLine(&_image[loc(0,cursorPos.y())],_usedColumns,_lineProperties[cursorPos.y()]); - decoder.end(); - return lineText; - } - break; - case Qt::ImCurrentSelection: - return QString(); - break; - default: - break; - } - - return QVariant(); -} - -bool TerminalView::event( QEvent *e ) -{ - if ( e->type() == QEvent::ShortcutOverride ) - { - QKeyEvent* keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e ); - - // a check to see if keyEvent->text() is empty is used - // to avoid intercepting the press of the modifier key on its own. - // - // this is important as it allows a press and release of the Alt key - // on its own to focus the menu bar, making it possible to - // work with the menu without using the mouse - if ( (keyEvent->modifiers() == Qt::AltModifier) && - !keyEvent->text().isEmpty() ) - { - keyEvent->accept(); - return true; - } - - // Override any of the following shortcuts because - // they are needed by the terminal - int keyCode = keyEvent->key() | keyEvent->modifiers(); - switch ( keyCode ) - { - // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code - case Qt::Key_Tab: - case Qt::Key_Delete: - case Qt::Key_Home: - case Qt::Key_End: - case Qt::Key_Backspace: - case Qt::Key_Left: - case Qt::Key_Right: - keyEvent->accept(); - return true; - } - } - return QWidget::event( e ); -} - -void TerminalView::setBellMode(int mode) -{ - _bellMode=mode; -} - -void TerminalView::enableBell() -{ - _allowBell = true; -} - -void TerminalView::bell(const QString&) -{ - if (_bellMode==NoBell) return; - - //limit the rate at which bells can occur - //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence - //produce a horrible noise - if ( _allowBell ) - { - _allowBell = false; - QTimer::singleShot(500,this,SLOT(enableBell())); - - if (_bellMode==SystemBeepBell) - { -// KNotification::beep(); - } - else if (_bellMode==NotifyBell) - { -// KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this); - } - else if (_bellMode==VisualBell) - { - swapColorTable(); - QTimer::singleShot(200,this,SLOT(swapColorTable())); - } - } -} - -void TerminalView::swapColorTable() -{ - ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1]; - _colorTable[1]=_colorTable[0]; - _colorTable[0]= color; - _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted; - update(); -} - -void TerminalView::clearImage() -{ - // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage() - for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++) - { - _image[i].character = ' '; - _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, - DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); - _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, - DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); - _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION; - } -} - -void TerminalView::calcGeometry() -{ - _scrollBar->resize(QApplication::style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent), - contentsRect().height()); - switch(_scrollbarLocation) - { - case NoScrollBar : - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - break; - case ScrollBarLeft : - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width(); - _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); - _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topLeft()); - break; - case ScrollBarRight: - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); - _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(_scrollBar->width()-1,0)); - break; - } - - _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; - _contentHeight = contentsRect().height() - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1; - - if (!_isFixedSize) - { - // ensure that display is always at least one column wide - _columns = qMax(1,_contentWidth / _fontWidth); - _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); - - // ensure that display is always at least one line high - _lines = qMax(1,_contentHeight / _fontHeight); - _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); - } -} - -void TerminalView::makeImage() -{ -//qDebug("%s %d makeImage", __FILE__, __LINE__); - calcGeometry(); - - // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code - // assumes a non-zero array length - Q_ASSERT( _lines > 0 && _columns > 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( _usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns ); - - _imageSize=_lines*_columns; - - // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with - // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position - _image = new Character[_imageSize+1]; - - clearImage(); -} - -// calculate the needed size -void TerminalView::setSize(int columns, int lines) -{ - //FIXME - Not quite correct, a small amount of additional space - // will be used for margins, the scrollbar etc. - // we need to allow for this so that '_size' does allow - // enough room for the specified number of columns and lines to fit - - QSize newSize = QSize( columns * _fontWidth , - lines * _fontHeight ); - - if ( newSize != size() ) - { - _size = newSize; - updateGeometry(); - } -} - -void TerminalView::setFixedSize(int cols, int lins) -{ - _isFixedSize = true; - - //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size - _columns = qMax(1,cols); - _lines = qMax(1,lins); - _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); - _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); - - if (_image) - { - delete[] _image; - makeImage(); - } - setSize(cols, lins); - QWidget::setFixedSize(_size); -} - -QSize TerminalView::sizeHint() const -{ - return _size; -} - - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Drag & Drop */ -/* */ -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) -{ - if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) - event->acceptProposedAction(); -} - -void TerminalView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) -{ -// KUrl::List urls = KUrl::List::fromMimeData(event->mimeData()); - - QString dropText; -/* if (!urls.isEmpty()) - { - for ( int i = 0 ; i < urls.count() ; i++ ) - { - KUrl url = KIO::NetAccess::mostLocalUrl( urls[i] , 0 ); - QString urlText; - - if (url.isLocalFile()) - urlText = url.path(); - else - urlText = url.url(); - - // in future it may be useful to be able to insert file names with drag-and-drop - // without quoting them (this only affects paths with spaces in) - urlText = KShell::quoteArg(urlText); - - dropText += urlText; - - if ( i != urls.count()-1 ) - dropText += ' '; - } - } - else - { - dropText = event->mimeData()->text(); - } -*/ - if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) - { - emit sendStringToEmu(dropText.toLocal8Bit()); - } -} - -void TerminalView::doDrag() -{ - dragInfo.state = diDragging; - dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag(this); - QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData; - mimeData->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Selection)); - dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData(mimeData); - dragInfo.dragObject->start(Qt::CopyAction); - // Don't delete the QTextDrag object. Qt will delete it when it's done with it. -} - -void TerminalView::outputSuspended(bool suspended) -{ - //create the label when this function is first called - if (!_outputSuspendedLabel) - { - //This label includes a link to an English language website - //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost - //all terminal emulators. - //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link - //can simply be removed. - _outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel( ("<qt>Output has been " - "<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XON\">suspended</a>" - " by pressing Ctrl+S." - " Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume.</qt>"), - this ); - - QPalette palette(_outputSuspendedLabel->palette()); - - palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::WindowText, QColor(Qt::white)); - palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window, QColor(Qt::black)); -// KColorScheme::adjustForeground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralText); -// KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette(palette); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground(true); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont(QApplication::font()); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setMargin(5); - - //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label - _outputSuspendedLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | - Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(false); - - _gridLayout->addWidget(_outputSuspendedLabel); - _gridLayout->addItem( new QSpacerItem(0,0,QSizePolicy::Expanding, - QSizePolicy::Expanding), - 1,0); - - } - - _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(suspended); -} - -uint TerminalView::lineSpacing() const -{ - return _lineSpacing; -} - -void TerminalView::setLineSpacing(uint i) -{ - _lineSpacing = i; - setVTFont(font()); // Trigger an update. -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/TerminalView.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,753 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef TERMINALVIEW_H -#define TERMINALVIEW_H - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QColor> -#include <QtCore/QPointer> -#include <QtGui/QWidget> - -// Konsole -#include "Filter.h" -#include "Character.h" - -class QDrag; -class QDragEnterEvent; -class QDropEvent; -class QLabel; -class QTimer; -class QEvent; -class QFrame; -class QGridLayout; -class QKeyEvent; -class QScrollBar; -class QShowEvent; -class QHideEvent; -class QWidget; - -extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; - -class ScreenWindow; - -/** - * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity - * to the terminal. - * - * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, - * it will update the display by calling updateImage(). - * - * TODO More documentation - */ -class TerminalView : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */ - TerminalView(QWidget *parent = 0); - virtual ~TerminalView(); - - /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */ - const ColorEntry* colorTable() const; - /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */ - void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]); - /** - * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display - * (in color schemes that support them). - */ - void setRandomSeed(uint seed); - /** - * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display - * (in color schemes that support them). - */ - uint randomSeed() const; - - /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */ - void setOpacity(qreal opacity); - - /** - * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget. - */ - enum ScrollBarPosition - { - /** Do not show the scroll bar. */ - NoScrollBar=0, - /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */ - ScrollBarLeft=1, - /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */ - ScrollBarRight=2 - }; - /** - * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it - * is shown on the left or right side of the display. - */ - void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position); - - /** - * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar. - * - * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb. - * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar. - */ - void setScroll(int cursor, int lines); - - /** - * Returns the display's filter chain. When the image for the display is updated, - * the text is passed through each filter in the chain. Each filter can define - * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words). - * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() ) - * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent - * rectangles for markers. - * - * To add a new filter to the view, call: - * viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject ); - */ - FilterChain* filterChain() const; - - /** - * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain. This will cause - * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image. - * - * WARNING: This function can be expensive depending on the - * image size and number of filters in the filterChain() - * - * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage. Revise it so - * that the processing can be done in a better way. - * - * eg: - * - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering - * over an area ) - */ - void processFilters(); - - /** - * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content - * at the given @p position. - */ - QList<QAction*> filterActions(const QPoint& position); - - /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */ - bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; } - /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */ - void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink); - - void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; } - bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; } - - /** - * This enum describes the methods for selecting text when - * the user triple-clicks within the display. - */ - enum TripleClickMode - { - /** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */ - SelectWholeLine, - /** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ - SelectForwardsFromCursor - }; - /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */ - void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; } - /** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */ - TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; } - - void setLineSpacing(uint); - uint lineSpacing() const; - - void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn); - - /** - * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor. - * See setKeyboardCursorShape() - */ - enum KeyboardCursorShape - { - /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */ - BlockCursor, - /** - * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor - * character's area. - */ - UnderlineCursor, - /** - * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam - * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors. - */ - IBeamCursor - }; - /** - * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor. This is the cursor drawn - * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear. - * - * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for - * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor() - * method. - * - * Defaults to BlockCursor - */ - void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape); - /** - * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor. See setKeyboardCursorShape() - */ - KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const; - - /** - * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor. - * - * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character - * underneath it. - * - * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match - * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this - * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character - * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable. - * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor. This is only taken into - * account if @p useForegroundColor is false. - */ - void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color); - - /** - * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard - * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character - * underneath it. - */ - QColor keyboardCursorColor() const; - - /** - * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget. - * - * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font. - * See fontHeight() - */ - int lines() { return _lines; } - /** - * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on - * each line in the widget. - * - * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font. - * See fontWidth() - */ - int columns() { return _columns; } - - /** - * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display. - */ - int fontHeight() { return _fontHeight; } - /** - * Returns the width of the characters in the display. - * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font. - */ - int fontWidth() { return _fontWidth; } - - void setSize(int cols, int lins); - void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins); - - // reimplemented - QSize sizeHint() const; - - /** - * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, - * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes - * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them. - * - * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which - * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc - * - * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts - * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ). - */ - void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc); - /** - * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the - * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse. - * - * @see setWordCharacters() - */ - QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; } - - /** - * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the - * terminal session. - * - * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with - * the alert message. - */ - void setBellMode(int mode); - /** - * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in - * the terminal session. - * - * See setBellMode() - */ - int bellMode() { return _bellMode; } - - /** - * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which - * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal - * session. - */ - enum BellMode - { - /** A system beep. */ - SystemBeepBell=0, - /** - * KDE notification. This may play a sound, show a passive popup - * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings. - */ - NotifyBell=1, - /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */ - VisualBell=2, - /** No bell effects */ - NoBell=3 - }; - - void setSelection(const QString &t); - - /** - * Reimplemented. Has no effect. Use setVTFont() to change the font - * used to draw characters in the display. - */ - virtual void setFont(const QFont &); - - - /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */ - QFont getVTFont() { return font(); } - - /** - * Sets the font used to draw the display. Has no effect if @p font - * is larger than the size of the display itself. - */ - void setVTFont(const QFont& font); - - - /** - * Specified whether terminal widget should be at read-only mode - * Defaults to false. - */ - void setReadOnly( bool readonly) { _readonly = readonly; } - - /** - * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display - * is enabled or not. Defaults to enabled. - */ - static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; } - /** - * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled. - */ - static bool antialias() { return _antialiasText; } - - /** - * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the - * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget - * is being resized. - */ - void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; } - /** - * Returns whether or not the current height and width of - * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget - * is being resized. - */ - bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; } - /** - * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly - * after the widget is first shown. - * - * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint() - */ - void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; } - - void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; } - bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. - * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the - * the associated terminal screen window. - * - * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered - * by the TerminalDisplay. - */ - void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window ); - /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. See setScreenWindow() */ - ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const; - - static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY; - -public slots: - - /** - * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated - * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display. - */ - void updateImage(); - /** - * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the - * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ). - */ - void updateLineProperties(); - - /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */ - void copyClipboard(); - /** - * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the - * display. - */ - void pasteClipboard(); - /** - * Pastes the content of the selection into the - * display. - */ - void pasteSelection(); - - /** - * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal - * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S) - * - * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should - * be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that - * the warning message should disappear. - */ - void outputSuspended(bool suspended); - - /** - * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view - * is interested in mouse events. - * - * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags - * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view. - * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required - * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the - * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse - * events itself. - * - * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events - * or false otherwise. - */ - void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse); - - /** See setUsesMouse() */ - bool usesMouse() const; - - /** - * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal. - * TODO: More documentation here - */ - void bell(const QString& message); - -signals: - - /** - * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus. - */ - void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e); - - /** - * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations - * - * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or - * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination) - */ - void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend); - - /** - * A mouse event occurred. - * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release) - * @param column The character column where the event occurred - * @param line The character row where the event occurred - * @param eventType The type of event. 0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion - */ - void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType); - void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width); - void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width); - - /** - * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift - * key held down if usesMouse() is true. - * - * This can be used to display a context menu. - */ - void configureRequest( TerminalView*, int state, const QPoint& position ); - - void isBusySelecting(bool); - void sendStringToEmu(const char*); - - void tripleClicked( const QString& text ); - -protected: - virtual bool event( QEvent * ); - - virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); - - virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*); - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*); - virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*); - - virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font); - - virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event); - virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); - virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* ); - virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* ); - virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* ); - virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos ); - virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ); - - virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next ); - - // drag and drop - virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event); - virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event); - void doDrag(); - enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging }; - - struct _dragInfo { - DragState state; - QPoint start; - QDrag *dragObject; - } dragInfo; - - virtual int charClass(quint16) const; - - void clearImage(); - - void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); - - // reimplemented - virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event ); - virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const; - -protected slots: - - void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value); - void blinkEvent(); - void blinkCursorEvent(); - - //Renables bell noises and visuals. Used to disable further bells for a short period of time - //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events. - void enableBell(); - -private slots: - - void swapColorTable(); - void tripleClickTimeout(); // resets possibleTripleClick - -private: - - // -- Drawing helpers -- - - // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into - // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls - // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments - void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect); - // draws a section of text, all the text in this section - // has a common color and style - void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, - const QString& text, const Character* style); - // draws the background for a text fragment - // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to - // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background - // will be drawn fully opaque - void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color, - bool useOpacitySetting); - // draws the cursor character - void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, - const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors); - // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment - void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QString& text, - const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor); - // draws a string of line graphics - void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, - const QString& str, const Character* attributes); - - // draws the preedit string for input methods - void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect); - - // -- - - // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget - QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const; - - // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) - // of the character at that point. - void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const; - - // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw - QRect preeditRect() const; - - // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's - // current size in columns and lines - void showResizeNotification(); - - // scrolls the image by a number of lines. - // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) - // or negative ( to scroll the image up ) - // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only - // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account, - // the left and right are ignored. - void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region); - - void calcGeometry(); - void propagateSize(); - void updateImageSize(); - void makeImage(); - - void paintFilters(QPainter& painter); - - // returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain - // a hotspot - QRegion hotSpotRegion() const; - - // returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines - QPoint cursorPosition() const; - - // the window onto the terminal screen which this display - // is currently showing. - QPointer<ScreenWindow> _screenWindow; - - bool _allowBell; - - QGridLayout* _gridLayout; - - bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch - int _fontHeight; // height - int _fontWidth; // width - int _fontAscent; // ascend - - int _leftMargin; // offset - int _topMargin; // offset - - int _lines; // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget - int _columns; // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget - - int _usedLines; // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less - // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller - // than the maximum image size which can be displayed - - int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less - // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller - // than the maximum image size which can be displayed - - int _contentHeight; - int _contentWidth; - Character* _image; // [lines][columns] - // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data - - int _imageSize; - QVector<LineProperty> _lineProperties; - - ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS]; - uint _randomSeed; - - bool _resizing; - bool _terminalSizeHint; - bool _terminalSizeStartup; - bool _bidiEnabled; - bool _mouseMarks; - - QPoint _iPntSel; // initial selection point - QPoint _pntSel; // current selection point - QPoint _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker - int _actSel; // selection state - bool _wordSelectionMode; - bool _lineSelectionMode; - bool _preserveLineBreaks; - bool _columnSelectionMode; - - QClipboard* _clipboard; - QScrollBar* _scrollBar; - ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation; - QString _wordCharacters; - int _bellMode; - - bool _blinking; // hide text in paintEvent - bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink - bool _cursorBlinking; // hide cursor in paintEvent - bool _hasBlinkingCursor; // has blinking cursor enabled - bool _ctrlDrag; // require Ctrl key for drag - TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode; - bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked. - QTimer* _blinkTimer; // active when hasBlinker - QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer; // active when hasBlinkingCursor - -// KMenu* _drop; - QString _dropText; - int _dndFileCount; - - bool _possibleTripleClick; // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted - // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay - - - QLabel* _resizeWidget; - QTimer* _resizeTimer; - - bool _flowControlWarningEnabled; - - //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend - //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output - QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; - - uint _lineSpacing; - - bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell - - QSize _size; - - QRgb _blendColor; - - // list of filters currently applied to the display. used for links and - // search highlight - TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain; - QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea; - - KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape; - - // custom cursor color. if this is invalid then the foreground - // color of the character under the cursor is used - QColor _cursorColor; - - - struct InputMethodData - { - QString preeditString; - QRect previousPreeditRect; - }; - InputMethodData _inputMethodData; - - static bool _antialiasText; // do we antialias or not - - //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text - static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500; - static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1; - static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1; - - bool _readonly; - -public: - static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable) - { - HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable; - } -}; - -#endif // TERMINALVIEW_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Vt102Emulation.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1265 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Vt102Emulation.h" - -#if defined(__osf__) || defined(__APPLE__) -#define AVOID_XKB -#endif - -// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions -// even though it might be available on a particular system. -#if defined(AVOID_XKB) -#undef HAVE_XKB -#endif - -// Standard -#include <stdio.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <assert.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QEvent> -#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> -#include <QtCore/QByteRef> - -// KDE -//#include <kdebug.h> -//#include <klocale.h> - -// Konsole -#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" -#include "Screen.h" - -#if defined(HAVE_XKB) -void scrolllock_set_off(); -void scrolllock_set_on(); -#endif - - -/* VT102 Terminal Emulation - - This class puts together the screens, the pty and the widget to a - complete terminal emulation. Beside combining it's componentes, it - handles the emulations's protocol. - - This module consists of the following sections: - - - Constructor/Destructor - - Incoming Bytes Event pipeline - - Outgoing Bytes - - Mouse Events - - Keyboard Events - - Modes and Charset State - - Diagnostics -*/ - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Constructor / Destructor */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - - -Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation() - : Emulation(), - _titleUpdateTimer(new QTimer(this)) -{ - _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true); - - QObject::connect(_titleUpdateTimer , SIGNAL(timeout()) , this , SLOT(updateTitle())); - - initTokenizer(); - reset(); -} - -Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation() -{ -} - -void Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen() -{ - _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen(); - - bufferedUpdate(); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::reset() -{ - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetToken()"; - resetToken(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetModes()"; - resetModes(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; - resetCharset(0); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset screen0()"; - _screen[0]->reset(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; - resetCharset(1); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset _screen 1"; - _screen[1]->reset(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() setCodec()"; - setCodec(LocaleCodec); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() done"; - - bufferedUpdate(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Processing the incoming byte stream */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline - - This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. - Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' - which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the - `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself. - - The pipeline proceeds as follows: - - - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar) - - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset) - - Interpretation of ESC codes (tau) - - The escape codes and their meaning are described in the - technical reference of this program. -*/ - -// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- - -/* - Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them - in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the - terminals operations as byte sequences. - - They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later - switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional - argument variables are filled with parameter values. - - The tokens are defined below: - - - CHR - Printable characters (32..255 but DEL (=127)) - - CTL - Control characters (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL) - - ESC - Escape codes of the form <ESC><CHR but `[]()+*#'> - - ESC_DE - Escape codes of the form <ESC><any of `()+*#%'> C - - CSI_PN - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' {Pn} ';' {Pn} C - - CSI_PS - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' {Pn} ';' ... C - - CSI_PR - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '?' {Pn} ';' ... C - - CSI_PE - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '!' {Pn} ';' ... C - - VT52 - VT52 escape codes - - <ESC><Chr> - - <ESC>'Y'{Pc}{Pc} - - XTE_HA - Xterm hacks <ESC>`]' {Pn} `;' {Text} <BEL> - note that this is handled differently - - The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of - the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed - as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the - meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers), - they are includes within the token ('N'). - -*/ - -#define TY_CONSTR(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) ) - -#define TY_CHR( ) TY_CONSTR(0,0,0) -#define TY_CTL(A ) TY_CONSTR(1,A,0) -#define TY_ESC(A ) TY_CONSTR(2,A,0) -#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B) TY_CONSTR(3,A,B) -#define TY_ESC_DE(A ) TY_CONSTR(4,A,0) -#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N) TY_CONSTR(5,A,N) -#define TY_CSI_PN(A ) TY_CONSTR(6,A,0) -#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N) TY_CONSTR(7,A,N) - -#define TY_VT52(A ) TY_CONSTR(8,A,0) - -#define TY_CSI_PG(A ) TY_CONSTR(9,A,0) - -#define TY_CSI_PE(A ) TY_CONSTR(10,A,0) - -// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -/* The tokenizers state - - The state is represented by the buffer (pbuf, ppos), - and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc). - Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer. -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::resetToken() -{ - ppos = 0; argc = 0; argv[0] = 0; argv[1] = 0; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::addDigit(int dig) -{ - argv[argc] = 10*argv[argc] + dig; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::addArgument() -{ - argc = qMin(argc+1,MAXARGS-1); - argv[argc] = 0; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::pushToToken(int cc) -{ - pbuf[ppos] = cc; - ppos = qMin(ppos+1,MAXPBUF-1); -} - -// Character Classes used while decoding - -#define CTL 1 -#define CHR 2 -#define CPN 4 -#define DIG 8 -#define SCS 16 -#define GRP 32 -#define CPS 64 - -void Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer() -{ int i; quint8* s; - for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] = 0; - for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) tbl[ i] |= CTL; - for(i = 32; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] |= CHR; - for(s = (quint8*)"@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPN; -// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t - for(s = (quint8*)"t"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPS; - for(s = (quint8*)"0123456789" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= DIG; - for(s = (quint8*)"()+*%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= SCS; - for(s = (quint8*)"()+*#[]%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= GRP; - resetToken(); -} - -/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder. - - Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the - token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with - the current character to form a scanning decision. - - This is done by the following defines. - - - P is the length of the token scanned so far. - - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision. - - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'tbl'). - - Note that they need to applied in proper order. -*/ - -#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[(L)] == (C)) -#define lun( ) (p == 1 && cc >= 32 ) -#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256 && (tbl[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C)) -#define eec(C) (p >= 3 && cc == (C)) -#define ees(C) (p >= 3 && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) -#define eps(C) (p >= 3 && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) -#define epp( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '?' ) -#define epe( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '!' ) -#define egt( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '>' ) -#define Xpe (ppos>=2 && pbuf[1] == ']' ) -#define Xte (Xpe && cc == 7 ) -#define ces(C) ( cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte) - -#define ESC 27 -#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@') - -// process an incoming unicode character - -void Vt102Emulation::receiveChar(int cc) -{ - int i; - if (cc == 127) return; //VT100: ignore. - - if (ces( CTL)) - { // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100 - // This means, they do neither a resetToken nor a pushToToken. Some of them, do - // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on - // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level. - if (cc == CNTL('X') || cc == CNTL('Z') || cc == ESC) resetToken(); //VT100: CAN or SUB - if (cc != ESC) { tau( TY_CTL(cc+'@' ), 0, 0); return; } - } - - pushToToken(cc); // advance the state - - int* s = pbuf; - int p = ppos; - - if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) // decide on proper action - { - if (lec(1,0,ESC)) { return; } - if (lec(1,0,ESC+128)) { s[0] = ESC; receiveChar('['); return; } - if (les(2,1,GRP)) { return; } - if (Xte ) { XtermHack(); resetToken(); return; } - if (Xpe ) { return; } - if (lec(3,2,'?')) { return; } - if (lec(3,2,'>')) { return; } - if (lec(3,2,'!')) { return; } - if (lun( )) { tau( TY_CHR(), applyCharset(cc), 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (lec(2,0,ESC)) { tau( TY_ESC(s[1]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (les(3,1,SCS)) { tau( TY_ESC_CS(s[1],s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (lec(3,1,'#')) { tau( TY_ESC_DE(s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (eps( CPN)) { tau( TY_CSI_PN(cc), argv[0],argv[1]); resetToken(); return; } - -// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t - if (eps( CPS)) { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]); resetToken(); return; } - - if (epe( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PE(cc), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (ees( DIG)) { addDigit(cc-'0'); return; } - if (eec( ';')) { addArgument(); return; } - for (i=0;i<=argc;i++) - if ( epp( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PR(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } - else if(egt( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PG(cc ), 0, 0); } // spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c - else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 2) - { // ESC[ ... 48;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m - i += 2; - tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB, (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i+1] << 8) | argv[i+2]); - i += 2; - } - else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 5) - { // ESC[ ... 48;5;<index> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5;<index> ... m - i += 2; - tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_256, argv[i]); - } - else { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } - resetToken(); - } - else // mode VT52 - { - if (lec(1,0,ESC)) return; - if (les(1,0,CHR)) { tau( TY_CHR( ), s[0], 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (lec(2,1,'Y')) return; - if (lec(3,1,'Y')) return; - if (p < 4) { tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), s[2],s[3]); resetToken(); return; - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::XtermHack() -{ int i,arg = 0; - for (i = 2; i < ppos && '0'<=pbuf[i] && pbuf[i]<'9' ; i++) - arg = 10*arg + (pbuf[i]-'0'); - if (pbuf[i] != ';') { ReportErrorToken(); return; } - QChar *str = new QChar[ppos-i-2]; - for (int j = 0; j < ppos-i-2; j++) str[j] = pbuf[i+1+j]; - QString unistr(str,ppos-i-2); - - // arg == 1 doesn't change the title. In XTerm it only changes the icon name - // (btw: arg=0 changes title and icon, arg=1 only icon, arg=2 only title -// emit changeTitle(arg,unistr); - _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] = unistr; - _titleUpdateTimer->start(20); - - delete [] str; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::updateTitle() -{ - QListIterator<int> iter( _pendingTitleUpdates.keys() ); - while (iter.hasNext()) { - int arg = iter.next(); - emit titleChanged( arg , _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] ); - } - - _pendingTitleUpdates.clear(); -} - -// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized, - meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of - the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself. - - The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word - possibly accompanied by two parameters. - - Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two - arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table - from the function below. - - The technical reference manual provides more information - about this mapping. -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::tau( int token, int p, int q ) -{ -#if 0 -int N = (token>>0)&0xff; -int A = (token>>8)&0xff; -switch( N ) -{ - case 0: printf("%c", (p < 128) ? p : '?'); - break; - case 1: if (A == 'J') printf("\r"); - else if (A == 'M') printf("\n"); - else printf("CTL-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 2: printf("ESC-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 3: printf("ESC_CS-%c-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff); - break; - case 4: printf("ESC_DE-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 5: printf("CSI-PS-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); - break; - case 6: printf("CSI-PN-%c [%d]", (token>>8)&0xff, p); - break; - case 7: printf("CSI-PR-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); - break; - case 8: printf("VT52-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 9: printf("CSI-PG-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 10: printf("CSI-PE-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; -} -#endif - - switch (token) - { - - case TY_CHR( ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter (p ); break; //UTF16 - - // 127 DEL : ignored on input - - case TY_CTL('@' ) : /* NUL: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('A' ) : /* SOH: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('B' ) : /* STX: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('C' ) : /* ETX: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('D' ) : /* EOT: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('E' ) : reportAnswerBack ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('F' ) : /* ACK: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('G' ) : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); - break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('H' ) : _currentScreen->BackSpace ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('J' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('K' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('L' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('M' ) : _currentScreen->Return ( ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CTL('N' ) : useCharset ( 1); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('O' ) : useCharset ( 0); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CTL('P' ) : /* DLE: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('Q' ) : /* DC1: XON continue */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('R' ) : /* DC2: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('S' ) : /* DC3: XOFF halt */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('T' ) : /* DC4: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('U' ) : /* NAK: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('V' ) : /* SYN: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('W' ) : /* ETB: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('X' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('Y' ) : /* EM : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('Z' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('[' ) : /* ESC: cannot be seen here. */ break; - case TY_CTL('\\' ) : /* FS : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL(']' ) : /* GS : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('^' ) : /* RS : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('_' ) : /* US : ignored */ break; - - case TY_ESC('D' ) : _currentScreen->index ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('E' ) : _currentScreen->NextLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('H' ) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (true ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('M' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; - case TY_ESC('c' ) : reset ( ); break; - - case TY_ESC('n' ) : useCharset ( 2); break; - case TY_ESC('o' ) : useCharset ( 3); break; - case TY_ESC('7' ) : saveCursor ( ); break; - case TY_ESC('8' ) : restoreCursor ( ); break; - - case TY_ESC('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; - case TY_ESC('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; - case TY_ESC('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('(', '0') : setCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'A') : setCharset (0, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'B') : setCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS(')', '0') : setCharset (1, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'A') : setCharset (1, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'B') : setCharset (1, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('*', '0') : setCharset (2, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'A') : setCharset (2, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'B') : setCharset (2, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('+', '0') : setCharset (3, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'A') : setCharset (3, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'B') : setCharset (3, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('%', 'G') : setCodec (Utf8Codec ); break; //LINUX - case TY_ESC_CS('%', '@') : setCodec (LocaleCodec ); break; //LINUX - - case TY_ESC_DE('3' ) : /* Double height line, top half */ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('4' ) : /* Double height line, bottom half */ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('5' ) : /* Single width, single height line*/ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , false); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('6' ) : /* Double width, single height line*/ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('8' ) : _currentScreen->helpAlign ( ); break; - -// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t - case TY_CSI_PS('t', 8) : setImageSize( q /* colums */, p /* lines */ ); break; - -// change tab text color : \e[28;<color>t color: 0-16,777,215 - case TY_CSI_PS('t', 28) : emit changeTabTextColorRequest ( p ); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('K', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('K', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('K', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireLine ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('J', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('J', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('J', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('g', 0) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (false ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('g', 3) : _currentScreen->clearTabStops ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('h', 4) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Insert ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('h', 20) : setMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('i', 0) : /* IGNORE: attached printer */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('l', 4) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Insert ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('l', 20) : resetMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('s', 0) : saveCursor ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('u', 0) : restoreCursor ( ); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 0) : _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 1) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 4) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 5) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 7) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 10) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 11) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 12) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 22) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 24) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 25) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 27) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 30) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 31) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 32) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 33) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 34) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 35) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 36) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 37) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 38) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (p, q); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 39) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 0); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 40) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 41) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 42) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 43) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 44) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 45) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 46) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 47) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 48) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (p, q); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 49) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 1); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 90) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 91) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 92) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 93) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 94) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 95) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 96) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 97) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 100) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 101) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 102) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 103) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 104) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 105) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 106) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 107) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('n', 5) : reportStatus ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('n', 6) : reportCursorPosition ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 0) : /* IGNORED: LEDs off */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 1) : /* IGNORED: LED1 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 2) : /* IGNORED: LED2 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 3) : /* IGNORED: LED3 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 4) : /* IGNORED: LED4 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('x', 0) : reportTerminalParms ( 2); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('x', 1) : reportTerminalParms ( 3); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PN('@' ) : _currentScreen->insertChars (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('G' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorX (p ); break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PN('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('L' ) : _currentScreen->insertLines (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('M' ) : _currentScreen->deleteLines (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('P' ) : _currentScreen->deleteChars (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('S' ) : _currentScreen->scrollUp (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('T' ) : _currentScreen->scrollDown (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('X' ) : _currentScreen->eraseChars (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('Z' ) : _currentScreen->backTabulate (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('c' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('d' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorY (p ); break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PN('f' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('r' ) : setMargins (p, q); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('y' ) : /* IGNORED: Confidence test */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1) : setMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1) : resetMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1) : saveMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1) : restoreMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME - - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 2) : resetMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(132); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(80); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 5) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 5) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 6) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 6) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 6) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 6) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 7) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 7) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 7) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 7) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 25) : setMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 25) : resetMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 25) : saveMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 25) : restoreMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 47) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 47) : resetMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 47) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 47) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - - // XTerm defines the following modes: - // SET_VT200_MOUSE 1000 - // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE 1001 - // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE 1002 - // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE 1003 - // - - //Note about mouse modes: - //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003 - //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse). - //TODO: Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and - //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse) - // - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1000) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1000) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1000) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1000) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1001) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1001); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1002) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1002) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1002) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1002) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1003) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1003) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1003) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1003) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1047) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1047) : _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1047) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1047) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - - //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - - //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm. - // Here's a guess of what they could mean. - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1049) : saveCursor(); _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); setMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1049) : resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); restoreCursor(); break; //XTERM - - //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence - case TY_CSI_PE('p' ) : /* IGNORED: reset ( ) */ break; - - //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting. - case TY_VT52('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp ( 1); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown ( 1); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight ( 1); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft ( 1); break; //VT52 - - case TY_VT52('F' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('G' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT52 - - case TY_VT52('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (1,1 ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('I' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('J' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('K' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('Y' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p-31,q-31 ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 - - case TY_CSI_PG('c' ) : reportSecondaryAttributes( ); break; //VT100 - - default : ReportErrorToken(); break; - }; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount) -{ - setImageSize(_currentScreen->getLines(),columnCount); - clearEntireScreen(); - setDefaultMargins(); - _currentScreen->setCursorYX(0,0); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Terminal to Host protocol */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - Outgoing bytes originate from several sources: - - - Replies to Enquieries. - - Mouse Events - - Keyboard Events -*/ - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::sendString(const char* s , int length) -{ - if ( length >= 0 ) - emit sendData(s,length); - else - emit sendData(s,strlen(s)); -} - -// Replies ----------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -// This section copes with replies send as response to an enquiery control code. - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition() -{ char tmp[20]; - sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;%dR",_currentScreen->getCursorY()+1,_currentScreen->getCursorX()+1); - sendString(tmp); -} - -/* - What follows here is rather obsolete and faked stuff. - The correspondent enquieries are neverthenless issued. -*/ - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType() -{ - // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide)) - // VT220: ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c (list deps on emul. capabilities) - // VT100: ^[[?1;2c - // VT101: ^[[?1;0c - // VT102: ^[[?6v - if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) - sendString("\033[?1;2c"); // I'm a VT100 - else - sendString("\033/Z"); // I'm a VT52 -} - -void Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes() -{ - // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c) - if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) - sendString("\033[>0;115;0c"); // Why 115? ;) - else - sendString("\033/Z"); // FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for - // konsoles backward compatibility. -} - -void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms(int p) -// DECREPTPARM -{ char tmp[100]; - sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x",p); // not really true. - sendString(tmp); -} - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::reportStatus() -{ - sendString("\033[0n"); //VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready. -} - -/*! -*/ - -#define ANSWER_BACK "" // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff. - -void Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack() -{ - sendString(ANSWER_BACK); -} - -// Mouse Handling ---------------------------------------------------------- -- - -/*! - Mouse clicks are possibly reported to the client - application if it has issued interest in them. - They are normally consumed by the widget for copy - and paste, but may be propagated from the widget - when gui->setMouseMarks is set via setMode(MODE_Mouse1000). - - `x',`y' are 1-based. - `ev' (event) indicates the button pressed (0-2) - or a general mouse release (3). - - eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred: - 0 = Mouse button press or release - 1 = Mouse drag -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent( int cb, int cx, int cy , int eventType ) -{ char tmp[20]; - if ( cx<1 || cy<1 ) return; - // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button, - // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button - if (cb >= 4) cb += 0x3c; - - //Mouse motion handling - if ( (getMode(MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode(MODE_Mouse1003)) && eventType == 1 ) - cb += 0x20; //add 32 to signify motion event - - sprintf(tmp,"\033[M%c%c%c",cb+0x20,cx+0x20,cy+0x20); - sendString(tmp); -} - -// Keyboard Handling ------------------------------------------------------- -- - -#define encodeMode(M,B) BITS(B,getMode(M)) -#define encodeStat(M,B) BITS(B,((ev->modifiers() & (M)) == (M))) - -void Vt102Emulation::sendText( const QString& text ) -{ - if (!text.isEmpty()) { - QKeyEvent event(QEvent::KeyPress, - 0, - Qt::NoModifier, - text); - sendKeyEvent(&event); // expose as a big fat keypress event - } - -} - -void Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) -{ - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers(); - KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - - // get current states - if ( getMode(MODE_NewLine) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; - if ( getMode(MODE_Ansi) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; - if ( getMode(MODE_AppCuKeys)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; - if ( getMode(MODE_AppScreen)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; - - // lookup key binding - if ( _keyTranslator ) - { - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( - event->key() , - modifiers, - states ); - - // send result to terminal - QByteArray textToSend; - - // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier. pressing - // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent - // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination - // in the keyboard modifier) - bool wantsAltModifier = entry.modifiers() & entry.modifierMask() & Qt::AltModifier; - bool wantsAnyModifier = entry.state() & entry.stateMask() & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; - - if ( modifiers & Qt::AltModifier && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier) - && !event->text().isEmpty() ) - { - textToSend.prepend("\033"); - } - - if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) - { - if (entry.command() & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand) - textToSend += getErase(); - // TODO command handling - } - else if ( !entry.text().isEmpty() ) - { - textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(entry.text(true,modifiers)); - } - else - textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(event->text()); - - sendData( textToSend.constData() , textToSend.length() ); - } - else - { - // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been - // set - QString translatorError = ("No keyboard translator available. " - "The information needed to convert key presses " - "into characters to send to the terminal " - "is missing."); - - reset(); - receiveData( translatorError.toAscii().constData() , translatorError.count() ); - } -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* VT100 Charsets */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ -- - -/* - The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer. - It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics. - - These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe) - normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also - appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion - does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it - in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent - plain characters. - - This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since - it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these - particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page. -*/ - -#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]] - -// Apply current character map. - -unsigned short Vt102Emulation::applyCharset(unsigned short c) -{ - if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e) return vt100_graphics[c-0x5f]; - if (CHARSET.pound && c == '#' ) return 0xa3; //This mode is obsolete - return c; -} - -/* - "Charset" related part of the emulation state. - This configures the VT100 _charset filter. - - While most operation work on the current _screen, - the following two are different. -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::resetCharset(int scrno) -{ - _charset[scrno].cu_cs = 0; - strncpy(_charset[scrno].charset,"BBBB",4); - _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false; - _charset[scrno].sa_pound = false; - _charset[scrno].graphic = false; - _charset[scrno].pound = false; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setCharset(int n, int cs) // on both screens. -{ - _charset[0].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[0].cu_cs); - _charset[1].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[1].cu_cs); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs) -{ - CHARSET.charset[n&3] = cs; - useCharset(n&3); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::useCharset(int n) -{ - CHARSET.cu_cs = n&3; - CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == '0'); - CHARSET.pound = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == 'A'); //This mode is obsolete -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins() -{ - _screen[0]->setDefaultMargins(); - _screen[1]->setDefaultMargins(); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setMargins(int t, int b) -{ - _screen[0]->setMargins(t, b); - _screen[1]->setMargins(t, b); -} - -/*! Save the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ - -void Vt102Emulation::saveCursor() -{ - CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic; - CHARSET.sa_pound = CHARSET.pound; //This mode is obsolete - // we are not clear about these - //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset]; - //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset; - _currentScreen->saveCursor(); -} - -/*! Restore the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ - -void Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor() -{ - CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic; - CHARSET.pound = CHARSET.sa_pound; //This mode is obsolete - _currentScreen->restoreCursor(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Mode Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens. - - This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to - located the mode either to the current _screen or to both. - - For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over - all screens and not over the actual _screen. - - We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow. -*/ - -// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans. - -void Vt102Emulation::resetModes() -{ - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1000); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1000); - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1001); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1001); - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1002); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1002); - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1003); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1003); - - resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); saveMode(MODE_AppScreen); - // here come obsolete modes - resetMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); saveMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); - resetMode(MODE_NewLine ); - setMode(MODE_Ansi ); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setMode(int m) -{ - _currParm.mode[m] = true; - switch (m) - { - case MODE_Mouse1000: - case MODE_Mouse1001: - case MODE_Mouse1002: - case MODE_Mouse1003: - emit programUsesMouseChanged(false); - break; - - case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[1]->clearSelection(); - setScreen(1); - break; - } - if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) - { - _screen[0]->setMode(m); - _screen[1]->setMode(m); - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::resetMode(int m) -{ - _currParm.mode[m] = false; - switch (m) - { - case MODE_Mouse1000 : - case MODE_Mouse1001 : - case MODE_Mouse1002 : - case MODE_Mouse1003 : - emit programUsesMouseChanged(true); - break; - - case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[0]->clearSelection(); - setScreen(0); - break; - } - if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) - { - _screen[0]->resetMode(m); - _screen[1]->resetMode(m); - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::saveMode(int m) -{ - _saveParm.mode[m] = _currParm.mode[m]; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::restoreMode(int m) -{ - if (_saveParm.mode[m]) - setMode(m); - else - resetMode(m); -} - -bool Vt102Emulation::getMode(int m) -{ - return _currParm.mode[m]; -} - -char Vt102Emulation::getErase() const -{ - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( - Qt::Key_Backspace, - 0, - 0); - if ( entry.text().count() > 0 ) - return entry.text()[0]; - else - return '\b'; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Diagnostic */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*! shows the contents of the scan buffer. - - This functions is used for diagnostics. It is called by \e ReportErrorToken - to inform about strings that cannot be decoded or handled by the emulation. - - \sa ReportErrorToken -*/ - -static void hexdump(int* s, int len) -{ int i; - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - if (s[i] == '\\') - printf("\\\\"); - else - if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127) - printf("%c",s[i]); - else - printf("\\%04x(hex)",s[i]); - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::scan_buffer_report() { - if (ppos == 0 || (ppos == 1 && (pbuf[0] & 0xff) >= 32)) { - return; - } - printf("token: "); - hexdump(pbuf,ppos); - printf("\n"); -} - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::ReportErrorToken() -{ -#ifndef NDEBUG - printf("undecodable "); scan_buffer_report(); -#endif -} - -//#include "moc_Vt102Emulation.cpp" -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/Vt102Emulation.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H -#define VT102EMULATION_H - -// Standard Library -#include <stdio.h> - -// Qt -#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> -#include <QtCore/QHash> -#include <QtCore/QTimer> - -// Konsole -#include "Emulation.h" -#include "Screen.h" - -#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0) -#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1) -#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2) -#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3) -#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4) -#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5) -#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6) -#define MODE_Ansi (MODES_SCREEN+7) -#define MODE_total (MODES_SCREEN+8) - -struct DECpar -{ - bool mode[MODE_total]; -}; - -struct CharCodes -{ - // coding info - char charset[4]; // - int cu_cs; // actual charset. - bool graphic; // Some VT100 tricks - bool pound ; // Some VT100 tricks - bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic - bool sa_pound; // saved pound -}; - -/** - * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal. - * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/ - * - * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide - * features such as mouse input handling. - * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape - * sequences. - * - */ -class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** Constructs a new emulation */ - Vt102Emulation(); - ~Vt102Emulation(); - - // reimplemented - virtual void clearEntireScreen(); - virtual void reset(); - - // reimplemented - virtual char getErase() const; - -public slots: - - // reimplemented - virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1); - virtual void sendText(const QString& text); - virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); - virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType ); - -protected: - // reimplemented - virtual void setMode (int mode); - virtual void resetMode (int mode); - - // reimplemented - virtual void receiveChar(int cc); - - -private slots: - - //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates - //used to buffer multiple title updates - void updateTitle(); - - -private: - unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c); - void setCharset(int n, int cs); - void useCharset(int n); - void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs); - void saveCursor(); - void restoreCursor(); - void resetCharset(int scrno); - - void setMargins(int top, int bottom); - //set margins for all screens back to their defaults - void setDefaultMargins(); - - // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise - bool getMode (int mode); - // saves the current boolean value of 'mode' - void saveMode (int mode); - // restores the boolean value of 'mode' - void restoreMode(int mode); - // resets all modes - void resetModes(); - - void resetToken(); -#define MAXPBUF 80 - void pushToToken(int cc); - int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow? - int ppos; -#define MAXARGS 15 - void addDigit(int dig); - void addArgument(); - int argv[MAXARGS]; - int argc; - void initTokenizer(); - int tbl[256]; - - void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename - void ReportErrorToken(); //FIXME: rename - - void tau(int code, int p, int q); - void XtermHack(); - - void reportTerminalType(); - void reportSecondaryAttributes(); - void reportStatus(); - void reportAnswerBack(); - void reportCursorPosition(); - void reportTerminalParms(int p); - - void onScrollLock(); - void scrollLock(const bool lock); - - // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified - // number of columns - void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount); - - CharCodes _charset[2]; - - DECpar _currParm; - DECpar _saveParm; - - //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance - //to update the name of the session - //or window title. - //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the - //output from the terminal - QHash<int,QString> _pendingTitleUpdates; - QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer; - -}; - -#endif // VT102EMULATION_H
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/konsole_wcwidth.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */ -/* - * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in - * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997" - * <http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html> - * - * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain - */ - -#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" - -struct interval { - unsigned short first; - unsigned short last; -}; - -/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */ -static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) { - int min = 0; - int mid; - - if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last) - return 0; - while (max >= min) { - mid = (min + max) / 2; - if (ucs > table[mid].last) - min = mid + 1; - else if (ucs < table[mid].first) - max = mid - 1; - else - return 1; - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646 - * character as follows: - * - * - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0. - * - * - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return - * value of -1. - * - * - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general - * category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a - * column width of 0. - * - * - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode - * database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0. - * - * - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF) - * have a column width of 0. - * - * - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian - * FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical - * Report #11 have a column width of 2. - * - * - All remaining characters (including all printable - * ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters, - * etc.) have a column width of 1. - * - * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded - * in ISO 10646. - */ - -int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs) -{ - /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */ - static const struct interval combining[] = { - { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 }, - { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 }, - { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 }, - { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 }, - { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED }, - { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A }, - { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C }, - { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 }, - { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC }, - { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 }, - { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 }, - { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 }, - { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 }, - { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 }, - { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 }, - { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 }, - { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 }, - { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 }, - { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD }, - { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA }, - { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 }, - { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 }, - { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD }, - { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 }, - { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 }, - { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC }, - { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 }, - { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 }, - { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 }, - { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 }, - { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F }, - { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A }, - { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF }, - { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB } - }; - - /* test for 8-bit control characters */ - if (ucs == 0) - return 0; - if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0)) - return -1; - - /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ - if (bisearch(ucs, combining, - sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) - return 0; - - /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */ - - return 1 + - (ucs >= 0x1100 && - (ucs <= 0x115f || /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */ - (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a && - ucs != 0x303f) || /* CJK ... Yi */ - (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */ - (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ - (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ - (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */ - (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 || - (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */)); -} - -#if 0 -/* - * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that - * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as - * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2. - * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy - * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise - * recommended for general use. - */ -int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs) -{ - /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous - * characters */ - static const struct interval ambiguous[] = { - { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 }, - { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 }, - { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 }, - { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 }, - { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED }, - { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA }, - { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 }, - { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B }, - { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 }, - { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 }, - { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 }, - { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE }, - { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 }, - { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA }, - { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 }, - { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD }, - { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD }, - { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 }, - { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F }, - { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 }, - { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 }, - { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 }, - { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 }, - { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC }, - { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 }, - { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 }, - { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B }, - { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 }, - { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 }, - { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 }, - { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 }, - { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 }, - { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C }, - { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D }, - { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 }, - { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B }, - { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 }, - { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 }, - { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF }, - { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 }, - { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 }, - { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 }, - { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 }, - { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 }, - { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 }, - { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E }, - { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 }, - { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D }, - { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B }, - { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD } - }; - - /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ - if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous, - sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) - return 2; - - return konsole_wcwidth(ucs); -} -#endif - -// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2 -int string_width( const QString &txt ) -{ - int w = 0; - for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i ) - w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() ); - return w; -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/konsole_wcwidth.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */ - -/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */ -/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> */ -/* - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net> -*/ - - -#ifndef _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ -#define _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ - -// Qt -#include <QtCore/QBool> -#include <QtCore/QString> - -int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs); -#if 0 -int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs); -#endif - -int string_width( const QString &txt ); - -#endif
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/kpty.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,641 +0,0 @@ -/* - - This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> - Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#include "kpty_p.h" - -#ifdef __sgi -#define __svr4__ -#endif - -#ifdef __osf__ -#define _OSF_SOURCE -#include <float.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _AIX -#define _ALL_SOURCE -#endif - -// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC -// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt()) -#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER -# ifndef __USE_XOPEN -# define __USE_XOPEN -# endif -#endif - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <sys/time.h> -#include <sys/resource.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include <sys/param.h> - -#include <errno.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <time.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <grp.h> - -#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H) -# include <pty.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H -# include <libutil.h> -#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H) -# include <util.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER -extern "C" { -# include <utempter.h> -} -#else -# include <utmp.h> -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX -# include <utmpx.h> -# endif -# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE) -# define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE -# endif -# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE) -# define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE -# endif -#endif - -/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other - platforms it doesn't hurt */ -extern "C" { -#include <termios.h> -#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H) -# include <termio.h> // struct winsize on some systems -#endif -} - -#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE) -# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED -# include <bsdtty.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H -# include <sys/stropts.h> // Defines I_PUSH -# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL -#endif - -#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) -# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode) -#else -# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) -# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) -# else -# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode) -# endif -#endif - -#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) -# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode) -#else -# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__) -# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode) -# else -# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode) -# endif -#endif - -#include <QtCore> - -// not defined on HP-UX for example -#ifndef CTRL -# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037) -#endif - -#define TTY_GROUP "tty" - -/////////////////////// -// private functions // -/////////////////////// - -////////////////// -// private data // -////////////////// - -KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent) : - masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent) -{ -} - -KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty *parent, int _masterFd, int _slaveFd): - masterFd(_masterFd), slaveFd(_slaveFd), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent) -{ -} - - -KPtyPrivate::~KPtyPrivate() -{ -} - -bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool) -{ -// return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"), -// QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd)); - return true; -} - -///////////////////////////// -// public member functions // -///////////////////////////// - -KPty::KPty() : - d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this)) -{ -} - -KPty::KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd) : - d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this, masterFd, slaveFd)) -{ -} - -KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) : - d_ptr(d) -{ - d_ptr->q_ptr = this; -} - -KPty::~KPty() -{ - close(); - delete d_ptr; -} - -bool KPty::open() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - if (d->masterFd >= 0) { - return true; - } - - d->ownMaster = true; - - QByteArray ptyName; - - // Find a master pty that we can open //////////////////////////////// - - // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to - // be opened by several different methods. - - // We try, as we know them, one by one. - -#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY - - char ptsn[PATH_MAX]; - if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0)) - { - d->masterFd = -1; - d->slaveFd = -1; - qWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; - return false; - } - d->ttyName = ptsn; - -#else - -#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix - - char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0); - if (ptsn) { - d->ttyName = ptsn; - goto grantedpt; - } - -#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN) - -#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT - d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); -#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT) - d->masterFd = ::getpt(); -#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE) - d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); -#else -# error No method to open a PTY master detected. -#endif - if (d->masterFd >= 0) - { -#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME - char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd); - if (ptsn) { - d->ttyName = ptsn; -#else - int ptyno; - if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "/dev/pts/%d", ptyno); - d->ttyName = buf; -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT - if (!grantpt(d->masterFd)) - goto grantedpt; -#else - goto gotpty; -#endif - } - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - } -#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN - - // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems? - for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++) - { - for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++) - { - ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); - d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); - - d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR); - if (d->masterFd >= 0) - { -#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS - /* Need to check the process group of the pty. - * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use, - * and we need to get another one. - */ - int pgrp_rtn; - if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) { - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - continue; - } -#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */ - if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits - { - if (!geteuid()) - { - struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP); - if (!p) - p = getgrnam("wheel"); - gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid (); - - if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid)) { - chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP); - } - } - goto gotpty; - } - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - } - } - } - - qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; - return false; - - gotpty: - struct stat st; - if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) - return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough* Yeah right, I just - // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated. I guess - // there was some sort of leak? I only had a few open. - if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) || - (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) && - !d->chownpty(true)) - { - qWarning() - << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName - << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl; - } - -#if defined(HAVE_GRANTPT) || defined(HAVE__GETPTY) - grantedpt: -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE - revoke(d->ttyName.data()); -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT - unlockpt(d->masterFd); -#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK) - int flag = 0; - ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag); -#endif - - d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY); - if (d->slaveFd < 0) - { - qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype"; - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - return false; - } - -#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__)) - // Solaris - ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem"); - ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm"); -#endif - -#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */ - fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - - struct ::termios t; - tcGetAttr(&t); - t.c_lflag &= ~ECHOCTL; - tcSetAttr(&t); - return true; -} - -void KPty::closeSlave() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - if (d->slaveFd < 0) - return; - ::close(d->slaveFd); - d->slaveFd = -1; -} - -void KPty::close() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - if (d->masterFd < 0) - return; - closeSlave(); - // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway. - if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) { - if (!geteuid()) { - struct stat st; - if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) { - if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1)) { - chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); - } - } - } else { - fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0); - d->chownpty(false); - } - } - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; -} - -void KPty::setCTty() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - // Setup job control ////////////////////////////////// - - // Become session leader, process group leader, - // and get rid of the old controlling terminal. - setsid(); - - // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal. -#ifdef TIOCSCTTY - ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0); -#else - // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty - ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0)); -#endif - - // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty - int pgrp = getpid(); -#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__) - tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp); -#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP) - ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp); -#endif -} - -void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost) -{ -#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER - Q_D(KPty); - - addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd); - Q_UNUSED(user); -#else -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - struct utmpx l_struct; -# else - struct utmp l_struct; -# endif - memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); - // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp - - if (user) - strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name)); - - if (remotehost) { - strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN - l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); -# endif - } - -# ifndef __GLIBC__ - Q_D(KPty); - const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); - if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) - str_ptr += 5; - strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID - strncpy(l_struct.ut_id, - str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id), - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id)); -# endif -# endif - -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0); -# else - l_struct.ut_time = time(0); -# endif - -# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN -# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX - ::loginx(&l_struct); -# else - ::login(&l_struct); -# endif -# else -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE - l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS; -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID - l_struct.ut_pid = getpid(); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION - l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0); -# endif -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); - setutxent(); - pututxline(&l_struct); - endutxent(); - updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct); -# else - utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); - setutent(); - pututline(&l_struct); - endutent(); - updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct); -# endif -# endif -#endif -} - -void KPty::logout() -{ -#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER - Q_D(KPty); - - removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd); -#else - Q_D(KPty); - - const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); - if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) - str_ptr += 5; -# ifdef __GLIBC__ - else { - const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/'); - if (sl_ptr) - str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1; - } -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN -# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX - ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS); -# else - ::logout(str_ptr); -# endif -# else -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - struct utmpx l_struct, *ut; -# else - struct utmp l_struct, *ut; -# endif - memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); - - strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); - -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); - setutxent(); - if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) { -# else - utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); - setutent(); - if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) { -# endif - memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name)); - memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host)); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN - ut->ut_syslen = 0; -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE - ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS; -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0); - pututxline(ut); - } - endutxent(); -# else - ut->ut_time = time(0); - pututline(ut); - } - endutent(); -# endif -# endif -#endif -} - -// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris. -// Please verify. - -bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; -} - -bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; -} - -bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns) -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - struct winsize winSize; - memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize)); - winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines; - winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns; - return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0; -} - -bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo) -{ - struct ::termios ttmode; - if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode)) - return false; - if (!echo) - ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO; - else - ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO; - return tcSetAttr(&ttmode); -} - -const char *KPty::ttyName() const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return d->ttyName.data(); -} - -int KPty::masterFd() const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return d->masterFd; -} - -int KPty::slaveFd() const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return d->slaveFd; -}
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/kpty.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - - Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef kpty_h -#define kpty_h - -#include <QtCore> - -struct KPtyPrivate; -struct termios; - -/** - * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the - * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes. - */ -class KPty { - Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty) - -public: - - /** - * Constructor - */ - KPty(); - KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd); - - /** - * Destructor: - * - * If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that - * an utmp registration is @em not undone. - */ - ~KPty(); - - /** - * Create a pty master/slave pair. - * - * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened - */ - bool open(); - - /** - * Close the pty master/slave pair. - */ - void close(); - - /** - * Close the pty slave descriptor. - * - * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open. - * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification. - * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be - * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases - * pipe-alike behavior might be desired. - * - * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be - * used. - */ - void closeSlave(); - - /** - * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the - * controlling tty. - */ - void setCTty(); - - /** - * Creates an utmp entry for the tty. - * This function must be called after calling setCTty and - * making this pty the stdin. - * @param user the user to be logged on - * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is - * @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname - * of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should - * be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty. - */ - void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0); - - /** - * Removes the utmp entry for this tty. - */ - void logout(); - - /** - * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3). - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * You will need an #include <termios.h> to do anything useful - * with it. - * - * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. - * Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used - - * without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares - * the struct in your class, in your method. - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise - */ - bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const; - - /** - * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW. - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * - * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means - * that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set. - */ - bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode); - - /** - * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty. - * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns. - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * - * @param lines the number of rows - * @param columns the number of columns - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise - */ - bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns); - - /** - * Set whether the pty should echo input. - * - * Echo is on by default. - * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients - * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler. - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * - * @param echo true if input should be echoed. - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise - */ - bool setEcho(bool echo); - - /** - * @return the name of the slave pty device. - * - * This function should be called only while the pty is open. - */ - const char *ttyName() const; - - /** - * @return the file descriptor of the master pty - * - * This function should be called only while the pty is open. - */ - int masterFd() const; - - /** - * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty - * - * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open. - */ - int slaveFd() const; - -protected: - /** - * @internal - */ - KPty(KPtyPrivate *d); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr; -}; - -#endif -
deleted file mode 100644 --- a/libqterminal/kpty_p.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - - Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef kpty_p_h -#define kpty_p_h - -#include "kpty.h" - -#include <QtCore/QByteArray> - -struct KPtyPrivate { - Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty) - - KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent); - KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent, int masterFd, int slaveFd); - - virtual ~KPtyPrivate(); -#ifndef HAVE_OPENPTY - bool chownpty(bool grant); -#endif - - int masterFd; - int slaveFd; - bool ownMaster:1; - - QByteArray ttyName; - - KPty *q_ptr; -}; - -#endif
--- a/libqterminal/libqterminal.pro +++ b/libqterminal/libqterminal.pro @@ -7,41 +7,58 @@ QT += core gui +unix { + DEFINES += HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT #or DEFINES += HAVE_GETPT -HEADERS = BlockArray.h \ - Character.h \ - CharacterColor.h \ - Emulation.h \ - ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h \ - Filter.h \ - History.h \ - KeyboardTranslator.h \ - konsole_wcwidth.h \ - kpty.h \ - kpty_p.h \ - LineFont.h \ - QTerminal.h \ - Screen.h \ - ScreenWindow.h \ - TerminalCharacterDecoder.h \ - Vt102Emulation.h \ - SelfListener.h \ - TerminalModel.h \ - TerminalView.h -SOURCES = BlockArray.cpp \ - Emulation.cpp \ - Filter.cpp \ - History.cpp \ - KeyboardTranslator.cpp \ - konsole_wcwidth.cpp \ - kpty.cpp \ - QTerminal.cpp \ - Screen.cpp \ - ScreenWindow.cpp \ - TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp \ - Vt102Emulation.cpp \ - SelfListener.cpp \ - TerminalModel.cpp \ - TerminalView.cpp +INCLUDE_PATH += unix +HEADERS = unix/BlockArray.h \ + unix/Character.h \ + unix/CharacterColor.h \ + unix/Emulation.h \ + unix/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h \ + unix/Filter.h \ + unix/History.h \ + unix/KeyboardTranslator.h \ + unix/konsole_wcwidth.h \ + unix/kpty.h \ + unix/kpty_p.h \ + unix/LineFont.h \ + unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h \ + unix/Screen.h \ + unix/ScreenWindow.h \ + unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h \ + unix/Vt102Emulation.h \ + unix/SelfListener.h \ + unix/TerminalModel.h \ + unix/TerminalView.h + +SOURCES = unix/BlockArray.cpp \ + unix/Emulation.cpp \ + unix/Filter.cpp \ + unix/History.cpp \ + unix/KeyboardTranslator.cpp \ + unix/konsole_wcwidth.cpp \ + unix/kpty.cpp \ + unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.cpp \ + unix/Screen.cpp \ + unix/ScreenWindow.cpp \ + unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp \ + unix/Vt102Emulation.cpp \ + unix/SelfListener.cpp \ + unix/TerminalModel.cpp \ + unix/TerminalView.cpp +} + +win32 { +INCLUDE_PATH += win32 +HEADERS = win32/QTerminalColors.h \ + win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h + +SOURCES = win32/QTerminalColors.cpp \ + win32/QWinTerminalImpl.cpp +} + +HEADERS = QTerminal.h \ + QTerminal
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/BlockArray.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. + +*/ + +// Own +#include "BlockArray.h" + +#include <QtCore> + +// System +#include <assert.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdio.h> + + +static int blocksize = 0; + +BlockArray::BlockArray() + : size(0), + current(size_t(-1)), + index(size_t(-1)), + lastmap(0), + lastmap_index(size_t(-1)), + lastblock(0), ion(-1), + length(0) +{ + // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1); + if (blocksize == 0) + blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize(); + +} + +BlockArray::~BlockArray() +{ + setHistorySize(0); + assert(!lastblock); +} + +size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block) +{ + if (!size) + return size_t(-1); + + ++current; + if (current >= size) current = 0; + + int rc; + rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } + rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } + + length++; + if (length > size) length = size; + + ++index; + + delete block; + return current; +} + +size_t BlockArray::newBlock() +{ + if (!size) + return size_t(-1); + append(lastblock); + + lastblock = new Block(); + return index + 1; +} + +Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const +{ + return lastblock; +} + +bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const +{ + if (i == index + 1) + return true; + + if (i > index) + return false; + if (index - i >= length) + return false; + return true; +} + +const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i) +{ + if (i == index + 1) + return lastblock; + + if (i == lastmap_index) + return lastmap; + + if (i > index) { + qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n"; + return 0; + } + +// if (index - i >= length) { +// kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n"; +// return 0; +// } + + size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ; + + assert(j < size); + unmap(); + + Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize); + + if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; } + + lastmap = block; + lastmap_index = i; + + return block; +} + +void BlockArray::unmap() +{ + if (lastmap) { + int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize); + if (res < 0) perror("munmap"); + } + lastmap = 0; + lastmap_index = size_t(-1); +} + +bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize) +{ + return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize); +} + +bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize) +{ +// kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize; + + if (size == newsize) + return false; + + unmap(); + + if (!newsize) { + delete lastblock; + lastblock = 0; + if (ion >= 0) close(ion); + ion = -1; + current = size_t(-1); + return true; + } + + if (!size) { + FILE* tmp = tmpfile(); + if (!tmp) { + perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n"); + } else { + ion = dup(fileno(tmp)); + if (ion<0) { + perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n"); + fclose(tmp); + } + } + if (ion < 0) + return false; + + assert(!lastblock); + + lastblock = new Block(); + size = newsize; + return false; + } + + if (newsize > size) { + increaseBuffer(); + size = newsize; + return false; + } else { + decreaseBuffer(newsize); + if (ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize) == -1) + perror("ftruncate"); + size = newsize; + + return true; + } +} + +void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2) +{ + int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fread"); + + res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fwrite"); + // printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos); +} + +void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize) +{ + if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole + return; + + int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size; + + if (!offset) + return; + + // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... + char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; + + FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); + if (!fion) { + delete [] buffer1; + perror("fdopen/dup"); + return; + } + + int firstblock; + if (current <= newsize) { + firstblock = current + 1; + } else { + firstblock = 0; + } + + size_t oldpos; + for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) { + oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size; + moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1); + if (oldpos < newsize) { + cursor = oldpos; + } else + cursor++; + } + + current = newsize - 1; + length = newsize; + + delete [] buffer1; + + fclose(fion); + +} + +void BlockArray::increaseBuffer() +{ + if (index < size) // not even wrapped once + return; + + int offset = (current + size + 1) % size; + if (!offset) // no moving needed + return; + + // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... + char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; + char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize]; + + int runs = 1; + int bpr = size; // blocks per run + + if (size % offset == 0) { + bpr = size / offset; + runs = offset; + } + + FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); + if (!fion) { + perror("fdopen/dup"); + delete [] buffer1; + delete [] buffer2; + return; + } + + int res; + for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++) + { + // free one block in chain + int firstblock = (offset + i) % size; + res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fread"); + int newpos = 0; + for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++) + { + cursor = (cursor + offset) % size; + newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size; + moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2); + } + res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fwrite"); + } + current = size - 1; + length = size; + + delete [] buffer1; + delete [] buffer2; + + fclose(fion); + +} +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/BlockArray.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H +#define BLOCKARRAY_H + +#include <unistd.h> + +#define BlockSize (1 << 12) +#define ENTRIES ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char)) + +struct Block { + Block() { size = 0; } + unsigned char data[ENTRIES]; + size_t size; +}; + +// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class BlockArray { +public: + /** + * Creates a history file for holding + * maximal size blocks. If more blocks + * are requested, then it drops earlier + * added ones. + */ + BlockArray(); + + /// destructor + ~BlockArray(); + + /** + * adds the Block at the end of history. + * This may drop other blocks. + * + * The ownership on the block is transfered. + * An unique index number is returned for accessing + * it later (if not yet dropped then) + * + * Note, that the block may be dropped completely + * if history is turned off. + */ + size_t append(Block *block); + + /** + * gets the block at the index. Function may return + * 0 if the block isn't available any more. + * + * The returned block is strictly readonly as only + * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next + * operation on this class. + */ + const Block *at(size_t index); + + /** + * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null, + * the history is emptied completely. The indices + * returned on append won't change their semantic, + * but they may not be valid after this call. + */ + bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize); + + size_t newBlock(); + + Block *lastBlock() const; + + /** + * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes + * instead of blocks + */ + bool setSize(size_t newsize); + + size_t len() const { return length; } + + bool has(size_t index) const; + + size_t getCurrent() const { return current; } + +private: + void unmap(); + void increaseBuffer(); + void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize); + + size_t size; + // current always shows to the last inserted block + size_t current; + size_t index; + + Block *lastmap; + size_t lastmap_index; + Block *lastblock; + + int ion; + size_t length; + +}; + +#endif
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Character.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef CHARACTER_H +#define CHARACTER_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QHash> + +// Local +#include "CharacterColor.h" + +typedef unsigned char LineProperty; + +static const int LINE_DEFAULT = 0; +static const int LINE_WRAPPED = (1 << 0); +static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH = (1 << 1); +static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT = (1 << 2); + +#define DEFAULT_RENDITION 0 +#define RE_BOLD (1 << 0) +#define RE_BLINK (1 << 1) +#define RE_UNDERLINE (1 << 2) +#define RE_REVERSE (1 << 3) // Screen only +#define RE_INTENSIVE (1 << 3) // Widget only +#define RE_CURSOR (1 << 4) +#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR (1 << 5) + +/** + * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character + * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes + * which specify how it should be drawn. + */ +class Character +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new character. + * + * @param _c The unicode character value of this character. + * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character. + * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background. + * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn. + */ + inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ', + CharacterColor _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), + CharacterColor _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), + quint8 _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION) + : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {} + + union + { + /** The unicode character value for this character. */ + quint16 character; + /** + * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than + * one unicode character. + * + * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode + * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence. + */ + quint16 charSequence; + }; + + /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */ + quint8 rendition; + + /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */ + CharacterColor foregroundColor; + /** The color used to draw this character's background. */ + CharacterColor backgroundColor; + + /** + * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when + * it is drawn with the specified @p palette. + */ + bool isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const; + /** + * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when + * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether + * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. + */ + bool isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const; + + /** + * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value, + * rendition and colors. + */ + friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b); + /** + * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values, + * renditions or colors. + */ + friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b); +}; + +inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b) +{ + return a.character == b.character && + a.rendition == b.rendition && + a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && + a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor; +} + +inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b) +{ + return a.character != b.character || + a.rendition != b.rendition || + a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || + a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor; +} + +inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const +{ + return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && + base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent) + || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && + base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent); +} + +inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const +{ + return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && + base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold) + || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && + base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold); +} + +extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; + + +/** + * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced + * by hash keys. The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode + * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in + * a structure. + */ +class ExtendedCharTable +{ +public: + /** Constructs a new character table. */ + ExtendedCharTable(); + ~ExtendedCharTable(); + + /** + * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns + * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence + * using lookupExtendedChar() + * + * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash + * of the existing sequence will be returned. + * + * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points + * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints + */ + ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length); + /** + * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters + * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar(). + * + * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar() + * @param length This variable is set to the length of the + * character sequence. + * + * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length. + */ + ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const; + + /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */ + static ExtendedCharTable instance; +private: + // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length' + ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; + // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the + // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length' + bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; + // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers. The first ushort + // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer + // themselves. + QHash<ushort,ushort*> extendedCharTable; +}; + +#endif // CHARACTER_H +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/CharacterColor.h @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H +#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QColor> + +/** + * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. + * + * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map + * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors. + * + * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text + * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold. + * + * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal + * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters + * using the entry as a background. + */ +class ColorEntry +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new color palette entry. + * + * @param c The color value for this entry. + * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color. + * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold. + */ + ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {} + + /** + * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and + * with the transparent and bold flags set to false. + */ + ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} + + /** + * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs. + */ + void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) + { + color = rhs.color; + transparent = rhs.transparent; + bold = rhs.bold; + } + + /** The color value of this entry for display. */ + QColor color; + + /** + * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. + * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text. + */ + bool transparent; + /** + * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold. + * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background. + */ + bool bold; +}; + + +// Attributed Character Representations /////////////////////////////// + +// Colors + +#define BASE_COLORS (2+8) +#define INTENSITIES 2 +#define TABLE_COLORS (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS) + +#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0 +#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1 + +//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background. +//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp + +static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = +{ + // normal + ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White + // intensiv + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ) +}; + +/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces. + + Assignment is as follows: + + Type - Space - Values + + 0 - Undefined - u: 0, v:0 w:0 + 1 - Default - u: 0..1 v:intense w:0 + 2 - System - u: 0..7 v:intense w:0 + 3 - Index(256) - u: 16..255 v:0 w:0 + 4 - RGB - u: 0..255 v:0..256 w:0..256 + + Default colour space has two separate colours, namely + default foreground and default background colour. +*/ + +#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED 0 +#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT 1 +#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM 2 +#define COLOR_SPACE_256 3 +#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB 4 + +/** + * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal. + */ +class CharacterColor +{ + friend class Character; + +public: + /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */ + CharacterColor() + : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), + _u(0), + _v(0), + _w(0) + {} + + /** + * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with + * color value @p co + * + * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used. + * + * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace + * + * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces. + */ + CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) + : _colorSpace(colorSpace), + _u(0), + _v(0), + _w(0) + { + switch (colorSpace) + { + case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: + _u = co & 1; + break; + case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: + _u = co & 7; + _v = (co >> 3) & 1; + break; + case COLOR_SPACE_256: + _u = co & 255; + break; + case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: + _u = co >> 16; + _v = co >> 8; + _w = co; + break; + default: + _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; + } + } + + /** + * Returns true if this character color entry is valid. + */ + bool isValid() + { + return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; + } + + /** + * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive + * system color. + * + * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM + * color spaces. + */ + void toggleIntensive(); + + /** + * Returns the color within the specified color @palette + * + * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise + * it is ignored. + */ + QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const; + + /** + * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and + * use the same color space. + */ + friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); + /** + * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values + * or use different color spaces. + */ + friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); + +private: + quint8 _colorSpace; + + // bytes storing the character color + quint8 _u; + quint8 _v; + quint8 _w; +}; + +inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) +{ + return a._colorSpace == b._colorSpace && + a._u == b._u && + a._v == b._v && + a._w == b._w; +} + +inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) +{ + return !operator==(a,b); +} + +inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base) +{ + // 0.. 16: system colors + if (u < 8) return base[u+2 ].color; u -= 8; + if (u < 8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8; + + // 16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube + if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5, + 255*((u/ 6)%6)/5, + 255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216; + + // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white + int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray); +} + +inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const +{ + switch (_colorSpace) + { + case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; + case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; + case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base); + case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w); + case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor(); + } + + Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space + + return QColor(); +} + +inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive() +{ + if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) + { + _v = !_v; + } +} + +#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Emulation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Emulation.h" + +// System +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QClipboard> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QRegExp> +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QThread> + +#include <QtCore/QTime> + +// Konsole +#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" +#include "Screen.h" +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" +#include "ScreenWindow.h" + +Emulation::Emulation() : + _currentScreen(0), + _codec(0), + _decoder(0), + _keyTranslator(0), + _usesMouse(false) +{ + + // create screens with a default size + _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80); + _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80); + _currentScreen = _screen[0]; + + QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); + QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); + + // listen for mouse status changes + connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , + SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) ); +} + +bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const +{ + return _usesMouse; +} + +void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse) +{ + _usesMouse = usesMouse; +} + +ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow() +{ + ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow(); + window->setScreen(_currentScreen); + _windows << window; + + connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), + this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate())); + + connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()), + window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) ); + return window; +} + +/*! +*/ + +Emulation::~Emulation() +{ + QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows); + + while (windowIter.hasNext()) + { + delete windowIter.next(); + } + + delete _screen[0]; + delete _screen[1]; + delete _decoder; +} + +/*! change between primary and alternate _screen +*/ + +void Emulation::setScreen(int n) +{ + Screen *old = _currentScreen; + _currentScreen = _screen[n&1]; + if (_currentScreen != old) + { + old->setBusySelecting(false); + + // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen + QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows); + while ( windowIter.hasNext() ) + { + windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen); + } + } +} + +void Emulation::clearHistory() +{ + _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false ); +} +void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t) +{ + _screen[0]->setScroll(t); + + showBulk(); +} + +const HistoryType& Emulation::history() +{ + return _screen[0]->getScroll(); +} + +void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc) +{ + Q_ASSERT( qtc ); + + _codec = qtc; + delete _decoder; + _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder(); + + emit useUtf8Request(utf8()); +} + +void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec) +{ + if ( codec == Utf8Codec ) + setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") ); + else if ( codec == LocaleCodec ) + setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() ); +} + +void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name) +{ + _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name); +} + +QString Emulation::keyBindings() +{ + return _keyTranslator->name(); +} + + +// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. + Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' + which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the + `Screen' class. +*/ + +/*! +*/ + +void Emulation::receiveChar(int c) +// process application unicode input to terminal +// this is a trivial scanner +{ + c &= 0xff; + switch (c) + { + case '\b' : _currentScreen->BackSpace(); break; + case '\t' : _currentScreen->Tabulate(); break; + case '\n' : _currentScreen->NewLine(); break; + case '\r' : _currentScreen->Return(); break; + case 0x07 : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); + break; + default : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c); break; + }; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Keyboard Handling */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/*! +*/ + +void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev ) +{ + emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); + + if (!ev->text().isEmpty()) + { // A block of text + // Note that the text is proper unicode. + // We should do a conversion here, but since this + // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii. + //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length()); + emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length()); + } +} + +void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int) +{ + // default implementation does nothing +} + +void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/) +{ + // default implementation does nothing +} + +// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- -- + +/* + We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first. +TODO: Character composition from the old code. See #96536 +*/ + +void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length) +{ + emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY); + + bufferedUpdate(); + + QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length); + + //send characters to terminal emulator + for (int i=0;i<unicodeText.length();i++) + { + receiveChar(unicodeText[i].unicode()); + } +} + +// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , + int startLine , + int endLine) +{ + _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine); +} + +int Emulation::lineCount() +{ + // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history + return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines(); +} + +// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10 +#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40 + +/*! +*/ +void Emulation::showBulk() +{ + _bulkTimer1.stop(); + _bulkTimer2.stop(); + + emit outputChanged(); + + _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines(); + _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines(); +} + +void Emulation::bufferedUpdate() +{ + _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true); + _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1); + if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive()) + { + _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true); + _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2); + } +} + +char Emulation::getErase() const +{ + return '\b'; +} + +void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns) +{ + //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec(); + Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 ); + + _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns); + _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns); + + emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns); + + bufferedUpdate(); +} + +QSize Emulation::imageSize() +{ + return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines()); +} + +ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const +{ + ushort hash = 0; + for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) + { + hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i]; + } + return hash; +} +bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const +{ + ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash]; + + // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the + // stored buffer ) + if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) + return false; + // if the lengths match, each character must be checked. the stored buffer starts at + // entry[1] + for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) + { + if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] ) + return false; + } + return true; +} +ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) +{ + // look for this sequence of points in the table + ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length); + + // check existing entry for match + while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) ) + { + if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) ) + { + // this sequence already has an entry in the table, + // return its hash + return hash; + } + else + { + // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character + // points then try next hash + hash++; + } + } + + + // add the new sequence to the table and + // return that index + ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1]; + buffer[0] = length; + for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) + buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; + + extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer); + + return hash; +} + +ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const +{ + // lookup index in table and if found, set the length + // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence + + ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash]; + if ( buffer ) + { + length = buffer[0]; + return buffer+1; + } + else + { + length = 0; + return 0; + } +} + +ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable() +{ +} +ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable() +{ + // free all allocated character buffers + QHashIterator<ushort,ushort*> iter(extendedCharTable); + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + { + iter.next(); + delete[] iter.value(); + } +} + +// global instance +ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance;
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Emulation.h @@ -0,0 +1,456 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef EMULATION_H +#define EMULATION_H + +// System +#include <stdio.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> + +#include <QtCore/QTextCodec> +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QTimer> + +class KeyboardTranslator; +class HistoryType; +class Screen; +class ScreenWindow; +class TerminalCharacterDecoder; + +/** + * This enum describes the available states which + * the terminal emulation may be set to. + * + * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() + */ +enum +{ + /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */ + NOTIFYNORMAL=0, + /** + * The terminal program has triggered a bell event + * to get the user's attention. + */ + NOTIFYBELL=1, + /** + * The emulation is currently receiving data from its + * terminal input. + */ + NOTIFYACTIVITY=2, + + // unused here? + NOTIFYSILENCE=3 +}; + +/** + * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends. + * + * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and + * producing an output image of characters. + * + * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with + * the data which has arrived. The emulation will process the data and update the + * screen image accordingly. The codec used to decode the incoming character stream + * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() + * + * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the + * desired number of lines and columns. When new lines are added, old content + * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). + * + * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation + * by calling createWindow(). Screen windows provide access to a section of the + * output. Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the + * image size returned by imageSize(). The screen window can be moved up and down + * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the + * previous output. The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal + * when the section of the image they are looking at changes. + * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications + * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating + * accordingly. + * + * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such + * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent + * to the terminal program. Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot, + * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot. When the character + * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer + * to the character buffer. This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal + * process. The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed + * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output + * character sequences. The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using + * setKeyBindings() + * + * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the + * input received. The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling + * reset(). + * + * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether + * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal + * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying + * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ). The stateSet() signal + * is emitted whenever the activity state is set. This can be used to determine + * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to + * a 'bell' event in different ways. + */ +class Emulation : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + + /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ + Emulation(); + ~Emulation(); + + /** + * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation. The contents + * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the + * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method. + */ + ScreenWindow* createWindow(); + + /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */ + QSize imageSize(); + + /** + * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history. + */ + int lineCount(); + + + /** + * Sets the history store used by this emulation. When new lines + * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history + * store. + * + * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the + * type of store. + */ + void setHistory(const HistoryType&); + /** Returns the history store used by this emulation. See setHistory() */ + const HistoryType& history(); + /** Clears the history scroll. */ + void clearHistory(); + + /** + * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine + * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal + * characters into text. + * + * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with + * appearance attributes into output text. PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly + * used decoder. + * @param startLine The first + */ + virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine); + + + /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters. See setCodec() */ + const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; } + /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters. */ + void setCodec(const QTextCodec*); + + /** + * Convenience method. + * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming + * characters is UTF-8 + */ + bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; } + + + /** TODO Document me */ + virtual char getErase() const; + + /** + * Sets the key bindings used to key events + * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character + * streams to send to the terminal. + */ + void setKeyBindings(const QString& name); + /** + * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings. + * See setKeyBindings() + */ + QString keyBindings(); + + /** + * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen. + */ + virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0; + + /** Resets the state of the terminal. */ + virtual void reset() =0; + + /** + * Returns true if the active terminal program wants + * mouse input events. + * + * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this + * changes. + */ + bool programUsesMouse() const; + +public slots: + + /** Change the size of the emulation's image */ + virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns); + + /** + * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal. + * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession. + */ + virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0; + + /** + * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with + * the resulting character stream. + */ + virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); + + /** + * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape + * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData() + */ + virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType); + + /** + * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. + * + * @param string The characters to send. + * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will + * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically. + */ + virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0; + + /** + * Processes an incoming stream of characters. receiveData() decodes the incoming + * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for + * each unicode character in the resulting buffer. + * + * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal + * to be emitted when it expires. The timer allows multiple updates in quick + * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission. + * + * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program. + * @param len The length of @p buffer + */ + void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len); + +signals: + + /** + * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the + * standard input of the terminal. + * + * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent + * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes + */ + void sendData(const char* data,int len); + + /** + * Requests that sending of input to the emulation + * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed. + * + * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of + * input from the terminal process' stdout be + * suspended. Otherwise requests that sending of + * input be resumed. + */ + void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend); + + /** + * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process + * be set to UTF 8 mode. + * + * TODO: More documentation + */ + void useUtf8Request(bool); + + /** + * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set. + * + * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY + * or NOTIFYBELL + */ + void stateSet(int state); + + + /** + * Requests that the color of the text used + * to represent the tabs associated with this + * emulation be changed. This is a Konsole-specific + * extension from pre-KDE 4 times. + * + * TODO: Document how the parameter works. + */ + void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color); + + /** + * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or + * not it is interested in mouse events. + * + * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about + * mouse events or false otherwise. + */ + void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); + + /** + * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change. + * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes, + * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when + * there is a lot of terminal activity. + * + * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows + * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal. + * + * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their + * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. + */ + void outputChanged(); + + /** + * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the + * session's title. This also allows terminal programs to customize other + * aspects of the terminal emulation display. + * + * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007" + * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what + * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value. + * + * TODO: The name of this method is not very accurate since this method + * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting + * the user-title of the session. + * + * @param title Specifies what to change. + * <ul> + * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li> + * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li> + * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li> + * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle, + * where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named + * color (eg 'red', 'blue'). + * See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more + * details. + * </li> + * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li> + * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session. @p newTitle is the name + * of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon + * theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li> + * </ul> + * @param newTitle Specifies the new title + */ + + void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle); + + /** + * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the + * screen size. + */ + void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount); + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties + * of the terminal display. + * + * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed + * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received. + * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance. + * + * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in + * the form: name=value;name2=value2 ... + */ + void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); + +protected: + virtual void setMode (int mode) = 0; + virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0; + + /** + * Processes an incoming character. See receiveData() + * @p ch A unicode character code. + */ + virtual void receiveChar(int ch); + + /** + * Sets the active screen. The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate. + * The primary screen is used by default. When certain interactive programs such + * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen. + * + * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen + */ + void setScreen(int index); + + enum EmulationCodec + { + LocaleCodec = 0, + Utf8Codec = 1 + }; + void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8 + + + QList<ScreenWindow*> _windows; + + Screen* _currentScreen; // pointer to the screen which is currently active, + // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array + + Screen* _screen[2]; // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell + // scrollbars are enabled in this mode ) + // 1 = alternate ( used by vi , emacs etc. + // scrollbars are not enabled in this mode ) + + + //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using + //the current text codec. (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.) + const QTextCodec* _codec; + QTextDecoder* _decoder; + + const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout + +protected slots: + /** + * Schedules an update of attached views. + * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update, + * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. + */ + void bufferedUpdate(); + +private slots: + + // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each + // view + void showBulk(); + + void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); + +private: + + bool _usesMouse; + QTimer _bulkTimer1; + QTimer _bulkTimer2; + +}; + +#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\"" +"key Escape : \"\\E\"" +"key Tab -Shift : \"\\t\"\n" +"key Tab +Shift+Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" +"key Tab +Shift-Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" +"key Backtab +Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" +"key Backtab -Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" +"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" +"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" +"key Return+Shift : \"\\EOM\"\n" +"key Backspace : \"\\x7f\"\n" +"key Up -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n" +"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n" +"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n" +"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n" +"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOA\"\n" +"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOB\"\n" +"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOC\"\n" +"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOD\"\n" +"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[A\"\n" +"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[B\"\n" +"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[C\"\n" +"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[D\"\n" +"key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n" +"key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n" +"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n" +"key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n" +"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" +"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" +"key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[H\" \n" +"key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[F\" \n" +"key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOH\" \n" +"key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOF\" \n" +"key Home +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n" +"key End +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n" +"key Insert -AnyMod : \"\\E[2~\"\n" +"key Delete -AnyMod : \"\\E[3~\"\n" +"key Insert +AnyMod : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n" +"key Delete +AnyMod : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n" +"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[5~\"\n" +"key Next -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[6~\"\n" +"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n" +"key Next -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n" +"key F1 -AnyMod : \"\\EOP\"\n" +"key F2 -AnyMod : \"\\EOQ\"\n" +"key F3 -AnyMod : \"\\EOR\"\n" +"key F4 -AnyMod : \"\\EOS\"\n" +"key F5 -AnyMod : \"\\E[15~\"\n" +"key F6 -AnyMod : \"\\E[17~\"\n" +"key F7 -AnyMod : \"\\E[18~\"\n" +"key F8 -AnyMod : \"\\E[19~\"\n" +"key F9 -AnyMod : \"\\E[20~\"\n" +"key F10 -AnyMod : \"\\E[21~\"\n" +"key F11 -AnyMod : \"\\E[23~\"\n" +"key F12 -AnyMod : \"\\E[24~\"\n" +"key F1 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*P\"\n" +"key F2 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*Q\"\n" +"key F3 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*R\"\n" +"key F4 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*S\"\n" +"key F5 +AnyMod : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n" +"key F6 +AnyMod : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n" +"key F7 +AnyMod : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n" +"key F8 +AnyMod : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n" +"key F9 +AnyMod : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n" +"key F10 +AnyMod : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n" +"key F11 +AnyMod : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n" +"key F12 +AnyMod : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n" +"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n" +"key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp\n" +"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp\n" +"key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown\n" +"key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown\n" +"key ScrollLock : scrollLock\n" +"\0"
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Filter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,556 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Filter.h" + +// System +#include <iostream> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QAction> +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QClipboard> +#include <QtCore/QString> + +#include <QtCore/QSharedData> +#include <QtCore> + +// Konsole +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +FilterChain::~FilterChain() +{ + QMutableListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + { + Filter* filter = iter.next(); + iter.remove(); + delete filter; + } +} + +void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter) +{ + append(filter); +} +void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter) +{ + removeAll(filter); +} +bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter) +{ + return contains(filter); +} +void FilterChain::reset() +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + iter.next()->reset(); +} +void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions) +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions); +} +void FilterChain::process() +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + iter.next()->process(); +} +void FilterChain::clear() +{ + QList<Filter*>::clear(); +} +Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + Filter* filter = iter.next(); + Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column); + if ( spot != 0 ) + { + return spot; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpots() const +{ + QList<Filter::HotSpot*> list; + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + Filter* filter = iter.next(); + list << filter->hotSpots(); + } + return list; +} +//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; + +TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain() +: _buffer(0) +, _linePositions(0) +{ +} + +TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain() +{ + delete _buffer; + delete _linePositions; +} + +void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + if (empty()) + return; +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + // reset all filters and hotspots + reset(); +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + PlainTextDecoder decoder; + decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false); + +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on + QString* newBuffer = new QString(); + QList<int>* newLinePositions = new QList<int>(); + setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions ); + + // free the old buffers + delete _buffer; + delete _linePositions; + + _buffer = newBuffer; + _linePositions = newLinePositions; + + QTextStream lineStream(_buffer); + decoder.begin(&lineStream); + + for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++) + { + _linePositions->append(_buffer->length()); + decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT); + + // pretend that each line ends with a newline character. + // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line + // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line + // + // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not + // highlighted. + // + // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a + // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped + // lines + if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + lineStream << QChar('\n'); + } + decoder.end(); +// qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); +} + +Filter::Filter() : +_linePositions(0), +_buffer(0) +{ +} + +Filter::~Filter() +{ + QListIterator<HotSpot*> iter(_hotspotList); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + delete iter.next(); + } +} +void Filter::reset() +{ + _hotspots.clear(); + _hotspotList.clear(); +} + +void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions) +{ + _buffer = buffer; + _linePositions = linePositions; +} + +void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _linePositions ); + Q_ASSERT( _buffer ); + + + for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++) + { + //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i]; + int nextLine = 0; + + if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 ) + { + nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1; + } + else + { + nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1); + } + + // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << + // " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length(); + + if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) + { + startLine = i; + startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i); + return; + } + } +} + + +/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text) +{ + _linePositions << _buffer.length(); + _buffer.append(text); +}*/ + +const QString* Filter::buffer() +{ + return _buffer; +} +Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() +{ +} +void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot) +{ + _hotspotList << spot; + + for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++) + { + _hotspots.insert(line,spot); + } +} +QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpots() const +{ + return _hotspotList; +} +QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const +{ + return _hotspots.values(line); +} + +Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const +{ + QListIterator<HotSpot*> spotIter(_hotspots.values(line)); + + while (spotIter.hasNext()) + { + HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next(); + + if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column ) + continue; + if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column ) + continue; + + return spot; + } + + return 0; +} + +Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn) + : _startLine(startLine) + , _startColumn(startColumn) + , _endLine(endLine) + , _endColumn(endColumn) + , _type(NotSpecified) +{ +} +QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const +{ + return QString(); +} +QList<QAction*> Filter::HotSpot::actions() +{ + return QList<QAction*>(); +} +int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const +{ + return _startLine; +} +int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const +{ + return _endLine; +} +int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const +{ + return _startColumn; +} +int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const +{ + return _endColumn; +} +Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const +{ + return _type; +} +void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type) +{ + _type = type; +} + +RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter() +{ +} + +RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) + : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) +{ + setType(Marker); +} + +void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*) +{ +} + +void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts) +{ + _capturedTexts = texts; +} +QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const +{ + return _capturedTexts; +} + +void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) +{ + _searchText = regExp; +} +QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const +{ + return _searchText; +} +/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int) +{ + _buffer = QString(); +}*/ +void RegExpFilter::process() +{ + int pos = 0; + const QString* text = buffer(); + + Q_ASSERT( text ); + + // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string. + // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely + static const QString emptyString(""); + if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) ) + return; + + while(pos >= 0) + { + pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos); + + if ( pos >= 0 ) + { + + int startLine = 0; + int endLine = 0; + int startColumn = 0; + int endColumn = 0; + + + //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength(); + + getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn); + getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn); + + //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn; + //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn; + + RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn, + endLine,endColumn); + spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts()); + + addHotSpot( spot ); + pos += _searchText.matchedLength(); + + // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop + Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 ); + } + } +} + +RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, + int endLine,int endColumn) +{ + return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, + endLine,endColumn); +} +RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine, + int endColumn) +{ + return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, + endLine,endColumn); +} +UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) +: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) +, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this)) +{ + setType(Link); +} +QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const +{ + QString url = capturedTexts().first(); + + const UrlType kind = urlType(); + + if ( kind == StandardUrl ) + return QString(); + else if ( kind == Email ) + return QString(); + else + return QString(); +} +UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const +{ + QString url = capturedTexts().first(); + + if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) + return StandardUrl; + else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) + return Email; + else + return Unknown; +} + +void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object) +{ + QString url = capturedTexts().first(); + + const UrlType kind = urlType(); + + const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString(); + + if ( actionName == "copy-action" ) + { + //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url; + + QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url); + return; + } + + if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" ) + { + if ( kind == StandardUrl ) + { + // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then + // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" ) + if (!url.contains("://")) + { + url.prepend("http://"); + } + } + else if ( kind == Email ) + { + url.prepend("mailto:"); + } + +// new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow()); + } +} + +// Note: Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters +// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long +// pieces of text. +// Please be careful when altering them. + +//regexp matches: +// full url: +// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot +const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]"); +// email address: +// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars] +const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b"); + +// matches full url or email address +const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+ + EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')'); + +UrlFilter::UrlFilter() +{ + setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp ); +} +UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() +{ + delete _urlObject; +} +void FilterObject::activated() +{ + _filter->activate(sender()); +} +QList<QAction*> UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions() +{ + QList<QAction*> list; + + const UrlType kind = urlType(); + + QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject); + QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);; + + Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email ); + + if ( kind == StandardUrl ) + { + openAction->setText(("Open Link")); + copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address")); + } + else if ( kind == Email ) + { + openAction->setText(("Send Email To...")); + copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address")); + } + + // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the + // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered + // action passed as a parameter. + openAction->setObjectName("open-action"); + copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action"); + + QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); + QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); + + list << openAction; + list << copyAction; + + return list; +} + +//#include "moc_Filter.cpp"
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef FILTER_H +#define FILTER_H + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QAction> +#include <QtCore/QList> +#include <QtCore/QObject> +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore/QRegExp> + +// Local +#include "Character.h" + +/** + * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list) + * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'. + * + * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), + * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact + * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's + * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. + * + * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. + * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the + * actions() method. + * + * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot. + * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest. + * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest + * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot() + */ +class Filter +{ +public: + /** + * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for. + * + * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), + * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact + * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's + * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. + * + * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. + * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the + * actions() method. These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. + */ + class HotSpot + { + public: + /** + * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn) + * in a block of text. + */ + HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn); + virtual ~HotSpot(); + + enum Type + { + // the type of the hotspot is not specified + NotSpecified, + // this hotspot represents a clickable link + Link, + // this hotspot represents a marker + Marker + }; + + /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */ + int startLine() const; + /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */ + int endLine() const; + /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */ + int startColumn() const; + /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */ + int endColumn() const; + /** + * Returns the type of the hotspot. This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent + * the hotspot graphically. eg. Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them + */ + Type type() const; + /** + * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. + * + * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered. This is + * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or + * one of the objects from the actions() list. In which case the associated + * action should be performed. + */ + virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; + /** + * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a + * menu or toolbar + */ + virtual QList<QAction*> actions(); + + /** + * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or + * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot. + * + * The default implementation returns an empty string. + */ + virtual QString tooltip() const; + + protected: + /** Sets the type of a hotspot. This should only be set once */ + void setType(Type type); + + private: + int _startLine; + int _startColumn; + int _endLine; + int _endColumn; + Type _type; + + }; + + /** Constructs a new filter. */ + Filter(); + virtual ~Filter(); + + /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */ + virtual void process() = 0; + + /** + * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0. + * All hotspots are deleted. + */ + void reset(); + + /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */ + //void addLine(const QString& string); + + /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */ + HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; + + /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */ + QList<HotSpot*> hotSpots() const; + + /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */ + QList<HotSpot*> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; + + /** + * TODO: Document me + */ + void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); + +protected: + /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */ + void addHotSpot(HotSpot*); + /** Returns the internal buffer */ + const QString* buffer(); + /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */ + void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn); + +private: + QMultiHash<int,HotSpot*> _hotspots; + QList<HotSpot*> _hotspotList; + + const QList<int>* _linePositions; + const QString* _buffer; +}; + +/** + * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot + * instance for them. + * + * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression + * are found. + */ +class RegExpFilter : public Filter +{ +public: + /** + * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter. The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text + * matched by the filter's regular expression. + */ + class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot + { + public: + HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn); + virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); + + /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */ + void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts); + /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */ + QStringList capturedTexts() const; + private: + QStringList _capturedTexts; + }; + + /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */ + RegExpFilter(); + + /** + * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. + * + * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching + * anything. + */ + void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text); + /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */ + QRegExp regExp() const; + + /** + * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() + * + * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately + * without finding results. + */ + virtual void process(); + +protected: + /** + * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered. Subclasses should reimplement this + * to return custom hotspot types + */ + virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, + int endLine,int endColumn); + +private: + QRegExp _searchText; +}; + +class FilterObject; + +/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */ +class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter +{ +public: + /** + * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances. The activate() method opens a web browser + * at the given URL when called. + */ + class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot + { + public: + HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn); + virtual ~HotSpot(); + + virtual QList<QAction*> actions(); + + /** + * Open a web browser at the current URL. The url itself can be determined using + * the capturedTexts() method. + */ + virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); + + virtual QString tooltip() const; + private: + enum UrlType + { + StandardUrl, + Email, + Unknown + }; + UrlType urlType() const; + + FilterObject* _urlObject; + }; + + UrlFilter(); + +protected: + virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int); + +private: + + static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp; + static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp; + + // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp + static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; +}; + +class FilterObject : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT +public: + FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {} +private slots: + void activated(); +private: + Filter::HotSpot* _filter; +}; + +/** + * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. + * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed. + * + * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain. + * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional + * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use + * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text. + * + * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's + * internal cursor back to the first line. + * + * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position. + * + * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on + * a given line respectively. + */ +class FilterChain : protected QList<Filter*> +{ +public: + virtual ~FilterChain(); + + /** Adds a new filter to the chain. The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */ + void addFilter(Filter* filter); + /** Removes a filter from the chain. The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */ + void removeFilter(Filter* filter); + /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */ + bool containsFilter(Filter* filter); + /** Removes all filters from the chain */ + void clear(); + + /** Resets each filter in the chain */ + void reset(); + /** + * Processes each filter in the chain + */ + void process(); + + /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */ + void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); + + /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */ + Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; + /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */ + QList<Filter::HotSpot*> hotSpots() const; + /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */ + QList<Filter::HotSpot> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; + +}; + +/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */ +class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain +{ +public: + TerminalImageFilterChain(); + virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain(); + + /** + * Set the current terminal image to @p image. + * + * @param image The terminal image + * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image + * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image + */ + void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, + const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties); + +private: + QString* _buffer; + QList<int>* _linePositions; +}; + +#endif //FILTER_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/History.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,696 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "History.h" + +// System +#include <iostream> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> + + +// Reasonable line size +#define LINE_SIZE 1024 + +/* + An arbitrary long scroll. + + One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells + or newlines, but access it randomly. + + The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll + in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is + a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted. + + The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers + of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll + at constant costs. + +KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile? + +FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the + memory of their machines. This problem is critical + since the history does not behave gracefully in cases + where the memory is used up completely. + + I put in a workaround that should handle it problem + now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution. + +FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated + in the menu. We should throw a signal. + +FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps, + there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore. + Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented + scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity. +*/ + +//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile +// this is here one for debugging purpose. + +//#define tmpfile xTmpFile + +// History File /////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end. +*/ + +HistoryFile::HistoryFile() + : ion(-1), + length(0), + fileMap(0) +{ + if (tmpFile.open()) + { + tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true); + ion = tmpFile.handle(); + } +} + +HistoryFile::~HistoryFile() +{ + if (fileMap) + unmap(); +} + +//TODO: Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large, +//(ie. larger than available memory). HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time, +//to avoid this. +void HistoryFile::map() +{ + assert( fileMap == 0 ); + + fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 ); + + //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination + if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED ) + { + readWriteBalance = 0; + fileMap = 0; + qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed. errno = " << errno; + } +} + +void HistoryFile::unmap() +{ + int result = munmap( fileMap , length ); + assert( result == 0 ); + + fileMap = 0; +} + +bool HistoryFile::isMapped() +{ + return (fileMap != 0); +} + +void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len) +{ + if ( fileMap ) + unmap(); + + readWriteBalance++; + + int rc = 0; + + rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; } + rc = write(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; } + length += rc; +} + +void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc) +{ + //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls. + //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() + //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log + //file to improve performance. + readWriteBalance--; + if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD ) + map(); + + if ( fileMap ) + { + for (int i=0;i<len;i++) + bytes[i]=fileMap[loc+i]; + } + else + { + int rc = 0; + + if (loc < 0 || len < 0 || loc + len > length) + fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc); + rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; } + rc = read(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; } + } +} + +int HistoryFile::len() +{ + return length; +} + + +// History Scroll abstract base class ////////////////////////////////////// + + +HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t) + : m_histType(t) +{ +} + +HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll() +{ + delete m_histType; +} + +bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll() +{ + return true; +} + +// History Scroll File ////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from + two history buffers. The index buffer contains + start of line positions which refere to the cells + buffer. + + Note that index[0] addresses the second line + (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts + at 0 in cells. +*/ + +HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName) + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)), + m_logFileName(logFileName) +{ +} + +HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile() +{ +} + +int HistoryScrollFile::getLines() +{ + return index.len() / sizeof(int); +} + +int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno) +{ + return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character); +} + +bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno) +{ + if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) { + unsigned char flag; + lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char)); + return flag; + } + return false; +} + +int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno) +{ + if (lineno <= 0) return 0; + if (lineno <= getLines()) + { + + if (!index.isMapped()) + index.map(); + + int res; + index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int)); + return res; + } + return cells.len(); +} + +void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) +{ + cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count) +{ + cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped) +{ + if (index.isMapped()) + index.unmap(); + + int locn = cells.len(); + index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int)); + unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00; + lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char)); +} + + +// History Scroll Buffer ////////////////////////////////////// +HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount) + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount)) + ,_historyBuffer() + ,_maxLineCount(0) + ,_usedLines(0) + ,_head(0) +{ + setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount); +} + +HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer() +{ + delete[] _historyBuffer; +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells) +{ + _head++; + if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount ) + _usedLines++; + + if ( _head >= _maxLineCount ) + { + _head = 0; + } + + _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells; + _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false; +} +void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count) +{ + HistoryLine newLine(count); + qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin()); + + addCellsVector(newLine); +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped) +{ + _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped; +} + +int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines() +{ + return _usedLines; +} + +int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber) +{ + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + + if ( lineNumber < _usedLines ) + { + return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size(); + } + else + { + return 0; + } +} + +bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber) +{ + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + + if (lineNumber < _usedLines) + { + //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; + return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; + } + else + return false; +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer) +{ + if ( count == 0 ) return; + + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + + if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) + { + memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); + return; + } + + const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; + + //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn; + //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size(); + //kDebug() << "count " << count; + + Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count ); + + memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount) +{ + HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer; + HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount]; + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ ) + { + newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)]; + } + + _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount); + _maxLineCount = lineCount; + _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1; + + _historyBuffer = newBuffer; + delete[] oldBuffer; + + _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount); +} + +int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber) +{ + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head ); + + if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) + { + return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount; + } + else + { + return lineNumber; + } +} + + +// History Scroll None ////////////////////////////////////// + +HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone() + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone()) +{ +} + +HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone() +{ +} + +bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll() +{ + return false; +} + +int HistoryScrollNone::getLines() +{ + return 0; +} + +int HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int) +{ + return 0; +} + +bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) +{ + return false; +} + +void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character []) +{ +} + +void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int) +{ +} + +void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool) +{ +} + +// History Scroll BlockArray ////////////////////////////////////// + +HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size) + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size)) +{ + m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines. +} + +HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray() +{ +} + +int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines() +{ + return m_lineLengths.count(); +} + +int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno) +{ + if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) ) + return m_lineLengths[lineno]; + else + return 0; +} + +bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) +{ + return false; +} + +void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno, + int count, Character res[]) +{ + if (!count) return; + + const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno); + + if (!b) { + memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data + return; + } + + assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); + memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count) +{ + Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock(); + + if (!b) return; + + // put cells in block's data + assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); + + memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES); + + memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character)); + b->size = count * sizeof(Character); + + size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock(); + assert (res > 0); + Q_UNUSED( res ); + + m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count); +} + +void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool) +{ +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// History Types +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +HistoryType::HistoryType() +{ +} + +HistoryType::~HistoryType() +{ +} + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone() +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const +{ + return false; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + delete old; + return new HistoryScrollNone(); +} + +int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return 0; +} + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size) + : m_size(size) +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const +{ + return true; +} + +int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return m_size; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + delete old; + return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size); +} + + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines) + : m_nbLines(nbLines) +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const +{ + return true; +} + +int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return m_nbLines; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + if (old) + { + HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast<HistoryScrollBuffer*>(old); + if (oldBuffer) + { + oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines); + return oldBuffer; + } + + HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); + int lines = old->getLines(); + int startLine = 0; + if (lines > (int) m_nbLines) + startLine = lines - m_nbLines; + + Character line[LINE_SIZE]; + for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++) + { + int size = old->getLineLen(i); + if (size > LINE_SIZE) + { + Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; + old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); + newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + delete [] tmp_line; + } + else + { + old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); + newScroll->addCells(line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + } + } + delete old; + return newScroll; + } + return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName) + : m_fileName(fileName) +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const +{ + return true; +} + +const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const +{ + return m_fileName; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + if (dynamic_cast<HistoryFile *>(old)) + return old; // Unchanged. + + HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName); + + Character line[LINE_SIZE]; + int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0; + for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++) + { + int size = old->getLineLen(i); + if (size > LINE_SIZE) + { + Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; + old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); + newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + delete [] tmp_line; + } + else + { + old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); + newScroll->addCells(line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + } + } + + delete old; + return newScroll; +} + +int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return 0; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/History.h @@ -0,0 +1,330 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef HISTORY_H +#define HISTORY_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QBitRef> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore> + +// Konsole +#include "BlockArray.h" +#include "Character.h" + + +class HistoryFile +{ +public: + HistoryFile(); + virtual ~HistoryFile(); + + virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len); + virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc); + virtual int len(); + + //mmaps the file in read-only mode + void map(); + //un-mmaps the file + void unmap(); + //returns true if the file is mmap'ed + bool isMapped(); + + +private: + int ion; + int length; + QTemporaryFile tmpFile; + + //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed + char* fileMap; + + //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever + //'get' is called. + //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history + //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls). + int readWriteBalance; + + //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically + static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryType; + +class HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScroll(HistoryType*); + virtual ~HistoryScroll(); + + virtual bool hasScroll(); + + // access to history + virtual int getLines() = 0; + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno) = 0; + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0; + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0; + + // backward compatibility (obsolete) + Character getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; } + + // adding lines. + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0; + // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage + // of QVector's implicit copying + virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells) + { + addCells(cells.data(),cells.size()); + } + + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0; + + // + // FIXME: Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances + // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer + // be valid if the history scroll is deleted. + // + const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; } + +protected: + HistoryType* m_histType; + +}; + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length) +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName); + virtual ~HistoryScrollFile(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + +private: + int startOfLine(int lineno); + + QString m_logFileName; + HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int) + HistoryFile cells; // text Row(Character) + HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char) +}; + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines) +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + typedef QVector<Character> HistoryLine; + + HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000); + virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + + void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines); + unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; } + + +private: + int bufferIndex(int lineNumber); + + HistoryLine* _historyBuffer; + QBitArray _wrappedLine; + int _maxLineCount; + int _usedLines; + int _head; + + //QVector<histline*> m_histBuffer; + //QBitArray m_wrappedLine; + //unsigned int m_maxNbLines; + //unsigned int m_nbLines; + //unsigned int m_arrayIndex; + //bool m_buffFilled; +}; + +/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addCells(const QVector<Character>& cells); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + +};*/ + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Nothing-based history (no history :-) +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScrollNone(); + virtual ~HistoryScrollNone(); + + virtual bool hasScroll(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// BlockArray-based history +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size); + virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + +protected: + BlockArray m_blockArray; + QHash<int,size_t> m_lineLengths; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// History type +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryType(); + virtual ~HistoryType(); + + /** + * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output ) + * or false otherwise. + */ + virtual bool isEnabled() const = 0; + /** + * Returns true if the history size is unlimited. + */ + bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; } + /** + * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type + * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines. + */ + virtual int maximumLineCount() const = 0; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0; +}; + +class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeNone(); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; +}; + +class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; + +protected: + size_t m_size; +}; + + +class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString()); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual const QString& getFileName() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; + +protected: + QString m_fileName; +}; + + +class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; + +protected: + unsigned int m_nbLines; +}; + +#endif // HISTORY_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/KeyboardTranslator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,888 @@ +/* + This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" + +// System +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QBuffer> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtCore/QFileInfo> +#include <QtCore> +#include <QtGui> + +//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole +const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = +#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h" +; + +KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager() + : _haveLoadedAll(false) +{ +} +KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager() +{ + qDeleteAll(_translators.values()); +} +QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name) +{ + return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab"); +} +void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators() +{ + QDir dir("kb-layouts/"); + QStringList filters; + filters << "*.keytab"; + dir.setNameFilters(filters); + QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data", + // "konsole/*.keytab", + // KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates); + list = dir.entryList(filters); + // add the name of each translator to the list and associated + // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator + // has not yet been loaded from disk + QStringListIterator listIter(list); + while (listIter.hasNext()) + { + QString translatorPath = listIter.next(); + + QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName(); + + if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) { + _translators.insert(name,0); + } + } + _haveLoadedAll = true; +} + +const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name) +{ + if ( name.isEmpty() ) + return defaultTranslator(); + + //here was smth wrong in original Konsole source + findTranslators(); + + if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) { + return _translators[name]; + } + + KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name); + + if ( translator != 0 ) + _translators[name] = translator; + else if ( !name.isEmpty() ) + qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name; + + return translator; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator) +{ + const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name() + // +".keytab"; + + qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path; + + QFile destination(path); + + if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) + { + qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" + << destination.errorString(); + + return false; + } + + { + KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination); + writer.writeHeader(translator->description()); + + QListIterator<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> iter(translator->entries()); + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + writer.writeEntry(iter.next()); + } + + destination.close(); + + return true; +} + +KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name) +{ + const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name); + + QFile source(path); + + if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) + return 0; + + return loadTranslator(&source,name); +} + +const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator() +{ + QBuffer textBuffer; + textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText)); + + if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) + return 0; + + return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback"); +} + +KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name) +{ + KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name); + KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); + translator->setDescription( reader.description() ); + + while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) { + translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); + } + + source->close(); + + if ( !reader.parseError() ) + { + return translator; + } + else + { + delete translator; + return 0; + } +} + +KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination) + : _destination(destination) +{ + Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() ); + + _writer = new QTextStream(_destination); +} +KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter() +{ + delete _writer; +} +void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description ) +{ + *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n'; +} +void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ) +{ + QString result; + + if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) + result = entry.resultToString(); + else + result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"'; + + *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n'; +} + + +// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of: +// +// - keyboard "name" +// - key KeySequence : "characters" +// - key KeySequence : CommandName +// +// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum ) +// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front +// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ). All keyboard modifiers +// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is +// assumed not to be a part of the sequence. The key sequence may contain whitespace +// +// eg: "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp" +// "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~" +// +// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have +// already been removed) +// + +KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ) + : _source(source) + , _hasNext(false) +{ + // read input until we find the description + while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() ) + { + const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) ); + + if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword ) + { + _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8()); + } + } + + readNext(); +} +void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() +{ + // find next entry + while ( !_source->atEnd() ) + { + const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) ); + if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword ) + { + KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier; + + int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + + decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(), + keyCode, + modifiers, + modifierMask, + flags, + flagMask); + + KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand; + QByteArray text; + + // get text or command + if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText ) + { + text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit(); + } + else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command ) + { + // identify command + if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command)) + qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood."; + } + + KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry; + newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode ); + newEntry.setState( flags ); + newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask ); + newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers ); + newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask ); + newEntry.setText( text ); + newEntry.setCommand( command ); + + _nextEntry = newEntry; + + _hasNext = true; + + return; + } + } + + _hasNext = false; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) +{ + if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand; + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text, + int& keyCode, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, + KeyboardTranslator::States& flags, + KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask) +{ + bool isWanted = true; + bool endOfItem = false; + QString buffer; + + Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask; + KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags; + KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask; + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ ) + { + const QChar& ch = text[i]; + bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 ); + + endOfItem = true; + if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() ) + { + endOfItem = false; + buffer.append(ch); + } + + if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() ) + { + Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier; + int itemKeyCode = 0; + KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + + if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) ) + { + tempModifierMask |= itemModifier; + + if ( isWanted ) + tempModifiers |= itemModifier; + } + else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) ) + { + tempFlagMask |= itemFlag; + + if ( isWanted ) + tempFlags |= itemFlag; + } + else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) ) + keyCode = itemKeyCode; + else + qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer; + + buffer.clear(); + } + + // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the + // state ready for the next item + if ( ch == '+' ) + isWanted = true; + else if ( ch == '-' ) + isWanted = false; + } + + modifiers = tempModifiers; + modifierMask = tempModifierMask; + flags = tempFlags; + flagMask = tempFlagMask; + + return true; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier) +{ + if ( item == "shift" ) + modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier; + else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" ) + modifier = Qt::ControlModifier; + else if ( item == "alt" ) + modifier = Qt::AltModifier; + else if ( item == "meta" ) + modifier = Qt::MetaModifier; + else if ( item == "keypad" ) + modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier; + else + return false; + + return true; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag) +{ + if ( item == "appcukeys" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; + else if ( item == "ansi" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; + else if ( item == "newline" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; + else if ( item == "appscreen" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; + else if ( item == "anymod" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; + else + return false; + + return true; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode) +{ + QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item); + if ( !sequence.isEmpty() ) + { + keyCode = sequence[0]; + + if ( sequence.count() > 1 ) + { + qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item; + } + } + // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3 + else if ( item == "prior" ) + keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp; + else if ( item == "next" ) + keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown; + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const +{ + return _description; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry() +{ + return _hasNext; +} +KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , + const QString& result ) +{ + QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey "); + entryString.append(condition); + entryString.append(" : "); + + // if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command, + // otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence + // specified by 'condition' is pressed + KeyboardTranslator::Command command; + if (parseAsCommand(result,command)) + entryString.append(result); + else + entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"'); + + QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8(); + + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry; + + QBuffer buffer(&array); + buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); + KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer); + + if ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) + entry = reader.nextEntry(); + + return entry; +} + +KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() +{ + Q_ASSERT( _hasNext ); + + + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry; + + readNext(); + + return entry; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError() +{ + return false; +} +QList<KeyboardTranslatorReader::Token> KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line) +{ + QString text = line.simplified(); + + // comment line: # comment + static QRegExp comment("\\#.*"); + // title line: keyboard "title" + static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\""); + // key line: key KeySequence : "output" + // key line: key KeySequence : command + static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)"); + + QList<Token> list; + + if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) ) + { + return list; + } + + if ( title.exactMatch(text) ) + { + Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() }; + Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] }; + + list << titleToken << textToken; + } + else if ( key.exactMatch(text) ) + { + Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() }; + Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') }; + + list << keyToken << sequenceToken; + + if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() ) + { + // capturedTexts()[2] is a command + Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] }; + list << commandToken; + } + else + { + // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string + Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] }; + list << outputToken; + } + } + else + { + qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text; + } + + return list; +} + +QList<QString> KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() +{ + if ( !_haveLoadedAll ) + { + findTranslators(); + } + + return _translators.keys(); +} + +KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry() + : _keyCode(0) + , _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier) + , _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier) + , _state(NoState) + , _stateMask(NoState) + , _command(NoCommand) +{ +} + +bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const +{ + return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode && + _modifiers == rhs._modifiers && + _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask && + _state == rhs._state && + _stateMask == rhs._stateMask && + _command == rhs._command && + _text == rhs._text; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, + States state) const +{ + if ( _keyCode != keyCode ) + return false; + + if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) + return false; + + // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit + if ( modifiers != 0 ) + state |= AnyModifierState; + + if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) ) + return false; + + // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of + // any or no modifiers. In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count. + bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier; + if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) + { + // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set + if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet ) + return false; + + // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set + if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} +QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const +{ + QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers)); + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ ) + { + char ch = result[i]; + char replacement = 0; + + switch ( ch ) + { + case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break; + case 8 : replacement = 'b'; break; + case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break; + case 9 : replacement = 't'; break; + case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break; + case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break; + default: + // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent + // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits) + if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() ) + replacement = 'x'; + } + + if ( replacement == 'x' ) + { + result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); + } else if ( replacement != 0 ) + { + result.remove(i,1); + result.insert(i,'\\'); + result.insert(i+1,replacement); + } + } + + return result; +} +QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const +{ + QByteArray result(input); + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ ) + { + + QByteRef ch = result[i]; + if ( ch == '\\' ) + { + char replacement[2] = {0,0}; + int charsToRemove = 2; + bool escapedChar = true; + + switch ( result[i+1] ) + { + case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break; + case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break; + case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break; + case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break; + case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break; + case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break; + case 'x' : + { + // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal + // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced + // with the corresponding character value + char hexDigits[3] = {0}; + + if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) ) + hexDigits[0] = result[i+2]; + if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) ) + hexDigits[1] = result[i+3]; + + int charValue = 0; + sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue); + + replacement[0] = (char)charValue; + + charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits); + } + break; + default: + escapedChar = false; + } + + if ( escapedChar ) + result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement); + } + } + + return result; +} + +void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const +{ + if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) ) + return; + + if ( modifier & _modifiers ) + item += '+'; + else + item += '-'; + + if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier ) + item += "Shift"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier ) + item += "Ctrl"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier ) + item += "Alt"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier ) + item += "Meta"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier ) + item += "KeyPad"; +} +void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const +{ + if ( !(state & _stateMask) ) + return; + + if ( state & _state ) + item += '+' ; + else + item += '-' ; + + if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ) + item += "AppScreen"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ) + item += "NewLine"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ) + item += "Ansi"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ) + item += "AppCuKeys"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) + item += "AnyMod"; +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const +{ + if ( !_text.isEmpty() ) + return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers); + else if ( _command == EraseCommand ) + return "Erase"; + else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand ) + return "ScrollPageUp"; + else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand ) + return "ScrollPageDown"; + else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand ) + return "ScrollLineUp"; + else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand ) + return "ScrollLineDown"; + else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand ) + return "ScrollLock"; + + return QString(); +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const +{ + QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString(); + + // add modifiers + insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier ); + insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier ); + insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier ); + insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); + + // add states + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ); + + return result; +} + +KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name) + : _name(name) +{ +} + +void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) +{ + _description = description; +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const +{ + return _description; +} +void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name) +{ + _name = name; +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const +{ + return _name; +} + +QList<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> KeyboardTranslator::entries() const +{ + return _entries.values(); +} + +void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry) +{ + const int keyCode = entry.keyCode(); + _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry); +} +void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement) +{ + if ( !existing.isNull() ) + _entries.remove(existing.keyCode()); + _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement); +} +void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry) +{ + _entries.remove(entry.keyCode()); +} +KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const +{ + if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) ) + { + QList<Entry> entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode); + + QListIterator<Entry> iter(entriesForKey); + + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + const Entry& next = iter.next(); + if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) ) + return next; + } + + return Entry(); // entry not found + } + else + { + return Entry(); + } + +} +void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator) +{ + _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator); + + if ( !saveTranslator(translator) ) + qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name() + << "to disk."; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) ); + + // locate and delete + QString path = findTranslatorPath(name); + if ( QFile::remove(path) ) + { + _translators.remove(name); + return true; + } + else + { + qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path; + return false; + } +} +K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager ) +KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance() +{ + return theKeyboardTranslatorManager; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/KeyboardTranslator.h @@ -0,0 +1,650 @@ +/* + This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H +#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore/QList> +#include <QtGui/QKeySequence> +#include <QtCore/QMetaType> +#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> +#include <QtCore> + +typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)(); + +/** + * @internal + * + * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application + * shutdown. + */ +class CleanUpGlobalStatic +{ + public: + CleanUpFunction func; + + inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); } +}; + + +//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore + +# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400 +# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER Q_ATOMIC_INIT +# define testAndSetOrdered testAndSet +#endif + +#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ()) + +#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS) \ +static QBasicAtomicPointer<TYPE > _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \ +static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ +static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) \ +{ \ + bool isDestroyed() \ + { \ + return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ + } \ + inline operator TYPE*() \ + { \ + return operator->(); \ + } \ + inline TYPE *operator->() \ + { \ + if (!_k_static_##NAME) { \ + if (isDestroyed()) { \ + qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \ + "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + } \ + TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS; \ + if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x) \ + && _k_static_##NAME != x ) { \ + delete x; \ + } else { \ + static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy }; \ + } \ + } \ + return _k_static_##NAME; \ + } \ + inline TYPE &operator*() \ + { \ + return *operator->(); \ + } \ + static void destroy() \ + { \ + _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true; \ + TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME; \ + _k_static_##NAME = 0; \ + delete x; \ + } \ +} NAME; + + + + + +class QIODevice; +class QTextStream; + +/** + * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the + * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands + * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed. + * + * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to + * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal + * when particular key sequences are pressed. + * + * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers + * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state + * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply. + */ +class KeyboardTranslator +{ +public: + /** + * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which + * the terminal emulation is in. Therefore findEntry() may return a different + * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied. + * + * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular + * entry in the keyboard translation entry. + */ + enum State + { + /** Indicates that no special state is active */ + NoState = 0, + /** + * TODO More documentation + */ + NewLineState = 1, + /** + * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode. + * TODO: More documentation + */ + AnsiState = 2, + /** + * TODO More documentation + */ + CursorKeysState = 4, + /** + * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs + * such as screen or vim ) is active + */ + AlternateScreenState = 8, + /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ + AnyModifierState = 16 + }; + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State) + + /** + * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences. + */ + enum Command + { + /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */ + NoCommand = 0, + /** TODO Document me */ + SendCommand = 1, + /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */ + ScrollPageUpCommand = 2, + /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */ + ScrollPageDownCommand = 4, + /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */ + ScrollLineUpCommand = 8, + /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */ + ScrollLineDownCommand = 16, + /** Toggles scroll lock mode */ + ScrollLockCommand = 32, + /** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */ + EraseCommand = 64 + }; + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command) + + /** + * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user + * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular + * KeyboardTranslator. + */ + class Entry + { + public: + /** + * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator. + */ + Entry(); + + /** + * Returns true if this entry is null. + * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. + */ + bool isNull() const; + + /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */ + Command command() const; + /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */ + void setCommand(Command command); + + /** + * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing + * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed. + * + * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code. + * Document them. + * + * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in + * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. + * + * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed. + */ + QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; + + /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */ + void setText(const QByteArray& text); + + /** + * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, + * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences. + * + * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line. + * + * @param expandWildCards See text() + * @param modifiers See text() + */ + QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; + + /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */ + int keyCode() const; + /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */ + void setKeyCode(int keyCode); + + /** + * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. + * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry + * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed. + * + * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier + * is pressed or not. + */ + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const; + + /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry. See modifiers() */ + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const; + + /** See modifiers() */ + void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); + /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */ + void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); + + /** + * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. + * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only + * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state. + * + * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal + * is in that state or not. + */ + States state() const; + + /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry. See state() */ + States stateMask() const; + + /** See state() */ + void setState( States state ); + /** See stateMask() */ + void setStateMask( States mask ); + + /** + * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry + * as a QKeySequence + */ + //QKeySequence keySequence() const; + + /** + * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria ) + * as a string. + */ + QString conditionToString() const; + + /** + * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence ) + * as a string. + * + * @param expandWildCards See text() + * @param modifiers See text() + */ + QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; + + /** + * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified + * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state. + */ + bool matches( int keyCode , + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , + States flags ) const; + + bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const; + + private: + void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const; + void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const; + QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const; + + int _keyCode; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask; + States _state; + States _stateMask; + + Command _command; + QByteArray _text; + }; + + /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */ + KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name); + + //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other); + + /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */ + QString name() const; + + /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */ + void setName(const QString& name); + + /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ + QString description() const; + + /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ + void setDescription(const QString& description); + + /** + * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given + * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags. + * + * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie. + * entry.isNull() will return true ) + * + * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum + * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers + * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal + */ + Entry findEntry(int keyCode , + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , + States state = NoState) const; + + /** + * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table. Entries can be looked up according + * to their key sequence using findEntry() + */ + void addEntry(const Entry& entry); + + /** + * Replaces an entry in the translator. If the @p existing entry is null, + * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement) + */ + void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement); + + /** + * Removes an entry from the table. + */ + void removeEntry(const Entry& entry); + + /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */ + QList<Entry> entries() const; + +private: + + QHash<int,Entry> _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation, + // entries are indexed according to + // their keycode + QString _name; + QString _description; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands) + +/** + * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and + * returns the entries found in it. + * + * Usage example: + * + * @code + * QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" ); + * source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ); + * + * KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" ); + * + * KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); + * while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) + * translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); + * + * source.close(); + * + * if ( !reader.parseError() ) + * { + * // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator + * } + * else + * { + * // parsing failed + * } + * @endcode + */ +class KeyboardTranslatorReader +{ +public: + /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */ + KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ); + + /** + * Returns the description text. + * TODO: More documentation + */ + QString description() const; + + /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */ + bool hasNextEntry(); + /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */ + KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); + + /** + * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or + * false if no error occurred. + */ + bool parseError(); + + /** + * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry + * and produces a keyboard translator entry. + * + * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in + */ + static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition , + const QString& result ); +private: + struct Token + { + enum Type + { + TitleKeyword, + TitleText, + KeyKeyword, + KeySequence, + Command, + OutputText + }; + Type type; + QString text; + }; + QList<Token> tokenize(const QString&); + void readNext(); + bool decodeSequence(const QString& , + int& keyCode, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, + KeyboardTranslator::States& state, + KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags); + + static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier); + static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state); + static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode); + static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command); + + QIODevice* _source; + QString _description; + KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry; + bool _hasNext; +}; + +/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */ +class KeyboardTranslatorWriter +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination. + * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete. + */ + KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination); + ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter(); + + /** + * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. + * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. + */ + void writeHeader( const QString& description ); + /** Writes a translator entry. */ + void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); + +private: + QIODevice* _destination; + QTextStream* _writer; +}; + +/** + * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions, + * see KeyboardTranslator. + */ +class KeyboardTranslatorManager +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of + * available keyboard translations. + * + * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are + * first requested via a call to findTranslator() + */ + KeyboardTranslatorManager(); + ~KeyboardTranslatorManager(); + + /** + * Adds a new translator. If a translator with the same name + * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator. + * + * TODO: More documentation. + */ + void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator); + + /** + * Deletes a translator. Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise. + * + * TODO: More documentation + */ + bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name); + + /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */ + const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator(); + + /** + * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator + * with that name exists. + * + * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested, + * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed. + */ + const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name); + /** + * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators. + * + * The first time this is called, a search for available + * translators is started. + */ + QList<QString> allTranslators(); + + /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */ + static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance(); + +private: + static const char* defaultTranslatorText; + + void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators + KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator + // with the given name + KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name); + + bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator); + QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name); + + QHash<QString,KeyboardTranslator*> _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator + // instance + bool _haveLoadedAll; +}; + +inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; } +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) +{ + _modifiers = modifier; +} +inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) +{ + _modifierMask = mask; +} +inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; } + +inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const +{ + return ( *this == Entry() ); +} + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command ) +{ + _command = command; +} +inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text ) +{ + _text = unescape(text); +} +inline int oneOrZero(int value) +{ + return value ? 1 : 0; +} +inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const +{ + QByteArray expandedText = _text; + + if (expandWildCards) + { + int modifierValue = 1; + modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier); + modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) << 1; + modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2; + + for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) + { + if (expandedText[i] == '*') + expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue; + } + } + + return expandedText; +} + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state ) +{ + _state = state; +} +inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask ) +{ + _stateMask = stateMask; +} +inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; } + + +#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/LineFont.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src". +// You probably do not want to hand-edit this! + +static const quint32 LineChars[] = { + 0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, + 0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, + 0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, + 0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, + 0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, + 0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, + 0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, + 0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, + 0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, + 0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, + 0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, + 0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, + 0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, + 0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce +};
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) + Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#include <QDebug> + +#include "QTerminal.h" +#include "kpty.h" + +#include <termios.h> + +QTerminal::QTerminal(QWidget *parent) + : QWidget(parent) { + setMinimumSize(600, 400); + initialize(); +} + +void QTerminal::initialize() +{ + m_kpty = new KPty(); + m_kpty->open(); + + m_sessionModel = new TerminalModel(m_kpty); + + m_sessionModel->setAutoClose(true); + m_sessionModel->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); + m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000)); + m_sessionModel->setDarkBackground(true); + m_sessionModel->setKeyBindings(""); + + m_sessionView = new TerminalView(this); + m_sessionView->setBellMode(TerminalView::NotifyBell); + m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeHint(true); + m_sessionView->setTripleClickMode(TerminalView::SelectWholeLine); + m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeStartup(true); + m_sessionView->setSize(80, 40); + + QFont font = QApplication::font(); + font.setFamily("Monospace"); + font.setPointSize(10); + font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter); + setTerminalFont(font); + + m_sessionModel->run(); + m_sessionModel->addView(m_sessionView); + m_sessionView->setScrollBarPosition(TerminalView::ScrollBarRight); + + connect(m_sessionModel, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished())); + setFocusProxy(m_sessionView); + + setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason); + m_sessionView->resize(this->size()); + + connectToPty(); +} + +void QTerminal::connectToPty() +{ + int fds = m_kpty->slaveFd(); + + dup2 (fds, STDIN_FILENO); + dup2 (fds, STDOUT_FILENO); + dup2 (fds, STDERR_FILENO); + + if(!isatty(STDIN_FILENO)) { + qDebug("Error: stdin is not a tty."); + } + + if(!isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) { + qDebug("Error: stdout is not a tty."); + } + + if(!isatty(STDERR_FILENO)) { + qDebug("Error: stderr is not a tty."); + } +} + +QTerminal::~QTerminal() +{ + emit destroyed(); +} + +void QTerminal::setTerminalFont(QFont &font) +{ + if(!m_sessionView) + return; + m_sessionView->setVTFont(font); +} + +void QTerminal::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec) +{ + if(!m_sessionModel) + return; + m_sessionModel->setCodec(codec); +} + +void QTerminal::setSize(int h, int v) +{ + if(!m_sessionView) + return; + m_sessionView->setSize(h, v); +} + +void QTerminal::setHistorySize(int lines) +{ + if(lines < 0) + m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile()); + else + m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines)); +} + +void QTerminal::setReadOnly(bool readonly) +{ + m_sessionView->setReadOnly(readonly); +} + +void QTerminal::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent) +{ + Q_UNUSED(focusEvent); + m_sessionView->updateImage(); + m_sessionView->repaint(); + m_sessionView->update(); +} + +void QTerminal::showEvent(QShowEvent *) +{ + m_sessionView->updateImage(); + m_sessionView->repaint(); + m_sessionView->update(); +} + +void QTerminal::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) +{ + m_sessionView->resize(this->size()); + m_sessionView->updateImage(); + m_sessionView->repaint(); + m_sessionView->update(); +} + +void QTerminal::sessionFinished() +{ + emit finished(); +} + +void QTerminal::copyClipboard() +{ + m_sessionView->copyClipboard(); +} + +void QTerminal::pasteClipboard() +{ + m_sessionView->pasteClipboard(); +} +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) + Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + + +#ifndef Q_TERMINAL +#define Q_TERMINAL + +#include <QtGui> +#include "kpty.h" +#include "TerminalModel.h" +#include "TerminalView.h" + +class QTerminal : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + QTerminal(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~QTerminal(); + + void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); + void setArgs(QStringList &args); + void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec); + void setSize(int h, int v); + void setHistorySize(int lines); + void setReadOnly(bool); + +signals: + void finished(); + +public slots: + void copyClipboard(); + void pasteClipboard(); + +protected: + void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent); + void showEvent(QShowEvent *); + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *); + +protected slots: + void sessionFinished(); + +private: + void initialize(); + void connectToPty(); + + TerminalView *m_sessionView; + TerminalModel *m_sessionModel; + KPty *m_kpty; +}; + +#endif // Q_TERMINAL
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Screen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1566 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Screen.h" + +// Standard +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QDate> + +// Konsole +#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI. +//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo. +#define BS_CLEARS false + +//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image. +// +//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of +//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an +//offset from the beginning of the block. For efficiency reasons this +//is no longer the case. +//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on, +//notably moveImage() and clearImage(). +//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset. +#ifndef loc +#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X)) +#endif + + +Character Screen::defaultChar = Character(' ', + CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), + CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), + DEFAULT_RENDITION); + +//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES // for wrapped line debug + +Screen::Screen(int l, int c) + : lines(l), + columns(c), + screenLines(new ImageLine[lines+1] ), + _scrolledLines(0), + _droppedLines(0), + hist(new HistoryScrollNone()), + cuX(0), cuY(0), + cu_re(0), + tmargin(0), bmargin(0), + tabstops(0), + sel_begin(0), sel_TL(0), sel_BR(0), + sel_busy(false), + columnmode(false), + ef_fg(CharacterColor()), ef_bg(CharacterColor()), ef_re(0), + sa_cuX(0), sa_cuY(0), + sa_cu_re(0), + lastPos(-1) +{ + lineProperties.resize(lines+1); + for (int i=0;i<lines+1;i++) + lineProperties[i]=LINE_DEFAULT; + + initTabStops(); + clearSelection(); + reset(); +} + +/*! Destructor +*/ + +Screen::~Screen() +{ + delete[] screenLines; + delete[] tabstops; + delete hist; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Normalized Screen Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +// Cursor Setting -------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*! \section Cursor + + The `cursor' is a location within the screen that is implicitely used in + many operations. The operations within this section allow to manipulate + the cursor explicitly and to obtain it's value. + + The position of the cursor is guarantied to be between (including) 0 and + `columns-1' and `lines-1'. +*/ + +/*! + Move the cursor up. + + The cursor will not be moved beyond the top margin. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorUp(int n) +//=CUU +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + int stop = cuY < tmargin ? 0 : tmargin; + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuY = qMax(stop,cuY-n); +} + +/*! + Move the cursor down. + + The cursor will not be moved beyond the bottom margin. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorDown(int n) +//=CUD +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + int stop = cuY > bmargin ? lines-1 : bmargin; + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuY = qMin(stop,cuY+n); +} + +/*! + Move the cursor left. + + The cursor will not move beyond the first column. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorLeft(int n) +//=CUB +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuX = qMax(0,cuX-n); +} + +/*! + Move the cursor left. + + The cursor will not move beyond the rightmost column. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorRight(int n) +//=CUF +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX+n); +} + +void Screen::setMargins(int top, int bot) +//=STBM +{ + if (top == 0) top = 1; // Default + if (bot == 0) bot = lines; // Default + top = top - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno + bot = bot - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno + if ( !( 0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines ) ) + { qDebug()<<" setRegion("<<top<<","<<bot<<") : bad range."; + return; // Default error action: ignore + } + tmargin = top; + bmargin = bot; + cuX = 0; + cuY = getMode(MODE_Origin) ? top : 0; + +} + +int Screen::topMargin() const +{ + return tmargin; +} +int Screen::bottomMargin() const +{ + return bmargin; +} + +void Screen::index() +//=IND +{ + if (cuY == bmargin) + { + scrollUp(1); + } + else if (cuY < lines-1) + cuY += 1; +} + +void Screen::reverseIndex() +//=RI +{ + if (cuY == tmargin) + scrollDown(tmargin,1); + else if (cuY > 0) + cuY -= 1; +} + +/*! + Move the cursor to the begin of the next line. + + If cursor is on bottom margin, the region between the + actual top and bottom margin is scrolled up. +*/ + +void Screen::NextLine() +//=NEL +{ + Return(); index(); +} + +void Screen::eraseChars(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + int p = qMax(0,qMin(cuX+n-1,columns-1)); + clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(p,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::deleteChars(int n) +{ + Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); + + // always delete at least one char + if (n == 0) + n = 1; + + // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do + if ( cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) + return; + + if ( cuX+n >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) + n = screenLines[cuY].count() - 1 - cuX; + + Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( cuX+n < screenLines[cuY].count() ); + + screenLines[cuY].remove(cuX,n); +} + +void Screen::insertChars(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + + if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX ) + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX); + + screenLines[cuY].insert(cuX,n,' '); + + if ( screenLines[cuY].count() > columns ) + screenLines[cuY].resize(columns); +} + +void Screen::deleteLines(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + scrollUp(cuY,n); +} + +/*! insert `n' lines at the cursor position. + + The cursor is not moved by the operation. +*/ + +void Screen::insertLines(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + scrollDown(cuY,n); +} + +// Mode Operations ----------------------------------------------------------- + +/*! Set a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::setMode(int m) +{ + currParm.mode[m] = true; + switch(m) + { + case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = tmargin; break; //FIXME: home + } +} + +/*! Reset a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::resetMode(int m) +{ + currParm.mode[m] = false; + switch(m) + { + case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = 0; break; //FIXME: home + } +} + +/*! Save a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::saveMode(int m) +{ + saveParm.mode[m] = currParm.mode[m]; +} + +/*! Restore a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::restoreMode(int m) +{ + currParm.mode[m] = saveParm.mode[m]; +} + +bool Screen::getMode(int m) const +{ + return currParm.mode[m]; +} + +void Screen::saveCursor() +{ + sa_cuX = cuX; + sa_cuY = cuY; + sa_cu_re = cu_re; + sa_cu_fg = cu_fg; + sa_cu_bg = cu_bg; +} + +void Screen::restoreCursor() +{ + cuX = qMin(sa_cuX,columns-1); + cuY = qMin(sa_cuY,lines-1); + cu_re = sa_cu_re; + cu_fg = sa_cu_fg; + cu_bg = sa_cu_bg; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Screen Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/*! Resize the screen image + + The topmost left position is maintained, while lower lines + or right hand side columns might be removed or filled with + spaces to fit the new size. + + The region setting is reset to the whole screen and the + tab positions reinitialized. + + If the new image is narrower than the old image then text on lines + which extends past the end of the new image is preserved so that it becomes + visible again if the screen is later resized to make it larger. +*/ + +void Screen::resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns) +{ + if ((new_lines==lines) && (new_columns==columns)) return; + + if (cuY > new_lines-1) + { // attempt to preserve focus and lines + bmargin = lines-1; //FIXME: margin lost + for (int i = 0; i < cuY-(new_lines-1); i++) + { + addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); + } + } + + // create new screen lines and copy from old to new + + ImageLine* newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines+1]; + for (int i=0; i < qMin(lines-1,new_lines+1) ;i++) + newScreenLines[i]=screenLines[i]; + for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++) + newScreenLines[i].resize( new_columns ); + + lineProperties.resize(new_lines+1); + for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++) + lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT; + + clearSelection(); + + delete[] screenLines; + screenLines = newScreenLines; + + lines = new_lines; + columns = new_columns; + cuX = qMin(cuX,columns-1); + cuY = qMin(cuY,lines-1); + + // FIXME: try to keep values, evtl. + tmargin=0; + bmargin=lines-1; + initTabStops(); + clearSelection(); +} + +void Screen::setDefaultMargins() +{ + tmargin = 0; + bmargin = lines-1; +} + + +/* + Clarifying rendition here and in the display. + + currently, the display's color table is + 0 1 2 .. 9 10 .. 17 + dft_fg, dft_bg, dim 0..7, intensive 0..7 + + cu_fg, cu_bg contain values 0..8; + - 0 = default color + - 1..8 = ansi specified color + + re_fg, re_bg contain values 0..17 + due to the TerminalDisplay's color table + + rendition attributes are + + attr widget screen + -------------- ------ ------ + RE_UNDERLINE XX XX affects foreground only + RE_BLINK XX XX affects foreground only + RE_BOLD XX XX affects foreground only + RE_REVERSE -- XX + RE_TRANSPARENT XX -- affects background only + RE_INTENSIVE XX -- affects foreground only + + Note that RE_BOLD is used in both widget + and screen rendition. Since xterm/vt102 + is to poor to distinguish between bold + (which is a font attribute) and intensive + (which is a color attribute), we translate + this and RE_BOLD in falls eventually appart + into RE_BOLD and RE_INTENSIVE. +*/ + +void Screen::reverseRendition(Character& p) const +{ + CharacterColor f = p.foregroundColor; + CharacterColor b = p.backgroundColor; + + p.foregroundColor = b; + p.backgroundColor = f; //p->r &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT; +} + +void Screen::effectiveRendition() +// calculate rendition +{ + //copy "current rendition" straight into "effective rendition", which is then later copied directly + //into the image[] array which holds the characters and their appearance properties. + //- The old version below filtered out all attributes other than underline and blink at this stage, + //so that they would not be copied into the image[] array and hence would not be visible by TerminalDisplay + //which actually paints the screen using the information from the image[] array. + //I don't know why it did this, but I'm fairly sure it was the wrong thing to do. The net result + //was that bold text wasn't printed in bold by Konsole. + ef_re = cu_re; + + //OLD VERSION: + //ef_re = cu_re & (RE_UNDERLINE | RE_BLINK); + + if (cu_re & RE_REVERSE) + { + ef_fg = cu_bg; + ef_bg = cu_fg; + } + else + { + ef_fg = cu_fg; + ef_bg = cu_bg; + } + + if (cu_re & RE_BOLD) + ef_fg.toggleIntensive(); +} + +/*! + returns the image. + + Get the size of the image by \sa getLines and \sa getColumns. + + NOTE that the image returned by this function must later be + freed. + +*/ + +void Screen::copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= hist->getLines() ); + + for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++) + { + const int length = qMin(columns,hist->getLineLen(line)); + const int destLineOffset = (line-startLine)*columns; + + hist->getCells(line,0,length,dest + destLineOffset); + + for (int column = length; column < columns; column++) + dest[destLineOffset+column] = defaultChar; + + // invert selected text + if (sel_begin !=-1) + { + for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) + { + if (isSelected(column,line)) + { + reverseRendition(dest[destLineOffset + column]); + } + } + } + } +} + +void Screen::copyFromScreen(Character* dest , int startLine , int count) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines ); + + for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine+count) ; line++) + { + int srcLineStartIndex = line*columns; + int destLineStartIndex = (line-startLine)*columns; + + for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) + { + int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column; + int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column; + + dest[destIndex] = screenLines[srcIndex/columns].value(srcIndex%columns,defaultChar); + + // invert selected text + if (sel_begin != -1 && isSelected(column,line + hist->getLines())) + reverseRendition(dest[destIndex]); + } + + } +} + +void Screen::getImage( Character* dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine ) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); + + const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1; + + Q_ASSERT( size >= mergedLines * columns ); + Q_UNUSED( size ); + + const int linesInHistoryBuffer = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); + const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer; + + // copy lines from history buffer + if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0) { + copyFromHistory(dest,startLine,linesInHistoryBuffer); + } + + // copy lines from screen buffer + if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0) { + copyFromScreen(dest + linesInHistoryBuffer*columns, + startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - hist->getLines(), + linesInScreenBuffer); + } + + // invert display when in screen mode + if (getMode(MODE_Screen)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines*columns; i++) + reverseRendition(dest[i]); // for reverse display + } + + // mark the character at the current cursor position + int cursorIndex = loc(cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer); + if(getMode(MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns*mergedLines) + dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR; +} + +QVector<LineProperty> Screen::getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); + + const int mergedLines = endLine-startLine+1; + const int linesInHistory = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); + const int linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory; + + QVector<LineProperty> result(mergedLines); + int index = 0; + + // copy properties for lines in history + for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++) + { + //TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines + if (hist->isWrappedLine(line)) + { + result[index] = (LineProperty)(result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED); + } + index++; + } + + // copy properties for lines in screen buffer + const int firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - hist->getLines(); + for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine+linesInScreen; line++) + { + result[index]=lineProperties[line]; + index++; + } + + return result; +} + +/*! +*/ + +void Screen::reset(bool clearScreen) +{ + setMode(MODE_Wrap ); saveMode(MODE_Wrap ); // wrap at end of margin + resetMode(MODE_Origin); saveMode(MODE_Origin); // position refere to [1,1] + resetMode(MODE_Insert); saveMode(MODE_Insert); // overstroke + setMode(MODE_Cursor); // cursor visible + resetMode(MODE_Screen); // screen not inverse + resetMode(MODE_NewLine); + + tmargin=0; + bmargin=lines-1; + + setDefaultRendition(); + saveCursor(); + + if ( clearScreen ) + clear(); +} + +/*! Clear the entire screen and home the cursor. +*/ + +void Screen::clear() +{ + clearEntireScreen(); + home(); +} + +void Screen::BackSpace() +{ + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuX = qMax(0,cuX-1); + // if (BS_CLEARS) image[loc(cuX,cuY)].character = ' '; + + if (screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX+1) + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+1); + + if (BS_CLEARS) screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' '; +} + +void Screen::Tabulate(int n) +{ + // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); + if (n == 0) n = 1; + while((n > 0) && (cuX < columns-1)) + { + cursorRight(1); while((cuX < columns-1) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorRight(1); + n--; + } +} + +void Screen::backTabulate(int n) +{ + // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); + if (n == 0) n = 1; + while((n > 0) && (cuX > 0)) + { + cursorLeft(1); while((cuX > 0) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorLeft(1); + n--; + } +} + +void Screen::clearTabStops() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = false; +} + +void Screen::changeTabStop(bool set) +{ + if (cuX >= columns) return; + tabstops[cuX] = set; +} + +void Screen::initTabStops() +{ + delete[] tabstops; + tabstops = new bool[columns]; + + // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other. + // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1. + // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware. + for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = (i%8 == 0 && i != 0); +} + +/*! + This behaves either as IND (Screen::Index) or as NEL (Screen::NextLine) + depending on the NewLine Mode (LNM). This mode also + affects the key sequence returned for newline ([CR]LF). +*/ + +void Screen::NewLine() +{ + if (getMode(MODE_NewLine)) Return(); + index(); +} + +/*! put `c' literally onto the screen at the current cursor position. + + VT100 uses the convention to produce an automatic newline (am) + with the *first* character that would fall onto the next line (xenl). +*/ + +void Screen::checkSelection(int from, int to) +{ + if (sel_begin == -1) return; + int scr_TL = loc(0, hist->getLines()); + //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to] + if ( (sel_BR > (from+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (to+scr_TL)) ) + { + clearSelection(); + } +} + +void Screen::ShowCharacter(unsigned short c) +{ + // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character. + // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions. + // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by + // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen. + + int w = konsole_wcwidth(c); + + if (w <= 0) + return; + + if (cuX+w > columns) { + if (getMode(MODE_Wrap)) { + lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED); + NextLine(); + } + else + cuX = columns-w; + } + + // ensure current line vector has enough elements + int size = screenLines[cuY].size(); + if (size == 0 && cuY > 0) + { + screenLines[cuY].resize( qMax(screenLines[cuY-1].size() , cuX+w) ); + } + else + { + if (size < cuX+w) + { + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+w); + } + } + + if (getMode(MODE_Insert)) insertChars(w); + + lastPos = loc(cuX,cuY); + + // check if selection is still valid. + checkSelection(cuX,cuY); + + Character& currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX]; + + currentChar.character = c; + currentChar.foregroundColor = ef_fg; + currentChar.backgroundColor = ef_bg; + currentChar.rendition = ef_re; + + int i = 0; + int newCursorX = cuX + w--; + while(w) + { + i++; + + if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX + i + 1 ) + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+i+1); + + Character& ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i]; + ch.character = 0; + ch.foregroundColor = ef_fg; + ch.backgroundColor = ef_bg; + ch.rendition = ef_re; + + w--; + } + cuX = newCursorX; +} + +void Screen::compose(const QString& /*compose*/) +{ + Q_ASSERT( 0 /*Not implemented yet*/ ); + +/* if (lastPos == -1) + return; + + QChar c(image[lastPos].character); + compose.prepend(c); + //compose.compose(); ### FIXME! + image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode();*/ +} + +int Screen::scrolledLines() const +{ + return _scrolledLines; +} +int Screen::droppedLines() const +{ + return _droppedLines; +} +void Screen::resetDroppedLines() +{ + _droppedLines = 0; +} +void Screen::resetScrolledLines() +{ + //kDebug() << "scrolled lines reset"; + + _scrolledLines = 0; +} + +// Region commands ------------------------------------------------------------- + +void Screen::scrollUp(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + if (tmargin == 0) addHistLine(); // hist.history + scrollUp(tmargin, n); +} + +/*! scroll up `n' lines within current region. + The `n' new lines are cleared. + \sa setRegion \sa scrollDown +*/ + +QRect Screen::lastScrolledRegion() const +{ + return _lastScrolledRegion; +} + +void Screen::scrollUp(int from, int n) +{ + if (n <= 0 || from + n > bmargin) return; + + _scrolledLines -= n; + _lastScrolledRegion = QRect(0,tmargin,columns-1,(bmargin-tmargin)); + + //FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. + moveImage(loc(0,from),loc(0,from+n),loc(columns-1,bmargin)); + clearImage(loc(0,bmargin-n+1),loc(columns-1,bmargin),' '); +} + +void Screen::scrollDown(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + scrollDown(tmargin, n); +} + +/*! scroll down `n' lines within current region. + The `n' new lines are cleared. + \sa setRegion \sa scrollUp +*/ + +void Screen::scrollDown(int from, int n) +{ + + //kDebug() << "Screen::scrollDown( from: " << from << " , n: " << n << ")"; + + _scrolledLines += n; + +//FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. + if (n <= 0) return; + if (from > bmargin) return; + if (from + n > bmargin) n = bmargin - from; + moveImage(loc(0,from+n),loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,bmargin-n)); + clearImage(loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,from+n-1),' '); +} + +void Screen::setCursorYX(int y, int x) +{ + setCursorY(y); setCursorX(x); +} + +void Screen::setCursorX(int x) +{ + if (x == 0) x = 1; // Default + x -= 1; // Adjust + cuX = qMax(0,qMin(columns-1, x)); +} + +void Screen::setCursorY(int y) +{ + if (y == 0) y = 1; // Default + y -= 1; // Adjust + cuY = qMax(0,qMin(lines -1, y + (getMode(MODE_Origin) ? tmargin : 0) )); +} + +void Screen::home() +{ + cuX = 0; + cuY = 0; +} + +void Screen::Return() +{ + cuX = 0; +} + +int Screen::getCursorX() const +{ + return cuX; +} + +int Screen::getCursorY() const +{ + return cuY; +} + +// Erasing --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*! \section Erasing + + This group of operations erase parts of the screen contents by filling + it with spaces colored due to the current rendition settings. + + Althought the cursor position is involved in most of these operations, + it is never modified by them. +*/ + +/*! fill screen between (including) `loca' (start) and `loce' (end) with spaces. + + This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal + addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the + screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. +*/ + +void Screen::clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c) +{ + int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); + //FIXME: check positions + + //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved... + if ( (sel_BR > (loca+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (loce+scr_TL)) ) + { + clearSelection(); + } + + int topLine = loca/columns; + int bottomLine = loce/columns; + + Character clearCh(c,cu_fg,cu_bg,DEFAULT_RENDITION); + + //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the + //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk. + bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character()); + + for (int y=topLine;y<=bottomLine;y++) + { + lineProperties[y] = 0; + + int endCol = ( y == bottomLine) ? loce%columns : columns-1; + int startCol = ( y == topLine ) ? loca%columns : 0; + + QVector<Character>& line = screenLines[y]; + + if ( isDefaultCh && endCol == columns-1 ) + { + line.resize(startCol); + } + else + { + if (line.size() < endCol + 1) + line.resize(endCol+1); + + Character* data = line.data(); + for (int i=startCol;i<=endCol;i++) + data[i]=clearCh; + } + } +} + +/*! move image between (including) `sourceBegin' and `sourceEnd' to 'dest'. + + The 'dest', 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' parameters can be generated using + the loc(column,line) macro. + +NOTE: moveImage() can only move whole lines. + + This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal + addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the + screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. +*/ + +void Screen::moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd) +{ + //kDebug() << "moving image from (" << (sourceBegin/columns) + // << "," << (sourceEnd/columns) << ") to " << + // (dest/columns); + + Q_ASSERT( sourceBegin <= sourceEnd ); + + int lines=(sourceEnd-sourceBegin)/columns; + + //move screen image and line properties: + //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, + //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - + //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise. + //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details) + if (dest < sourceBegin) + { + for (int i=0;i<=lines;i++) + { + screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; + lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; + } + } + else + { + for (int i=lines;i>=0;i--) + { + screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; + lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; + } + } + + if (lastPos != -1) + { + int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount + lastPos += diff; + if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines*columns))) + lastPos = -1; + } + + // Adjust selection to follow scroll. + if (sel_begin != -1) + { + bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); + int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount + int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); + int srca = sourceBegin+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global + int srce = sourceEnd+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global + int desta = srca+diff; + int deste = srce+diff; + + if ((sel_TL >= srca) && (sel_TL <= srce)) + sel_TL += diff; + else if ((sel_TL >= desta) && (sel_TL <= deste)) + sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) + + if ((sel_BR >= srca) && (sel_BR <= srce)) + sel_BR += diff; + else if ((sel_BR >= desta) && (sel_BR <= deste)) + sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) + + if (sel_BR < 0) + { + clearSelection(); + } + else + { + if (sel_TL < 0) + sel_TL = 0; + } + + if (beginIsTL) + sel_begin = sel_TL; + else + sel_begin = sel_BR; + } +} + +void Screen::clearToEndOfScreen() +{ + clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearEntireScreen() +{ + // Add entire screen to history + for (int i = 0; i < (lines-1); i++) + { + addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); + } + + clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); +} + +/*! fill screen with 'E' + This is to aid screen alignment +*/ + +void Screen::helpAlign() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),'E'); +} + +void Screen::clearToEndOfLine() +{ + clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearToBeginOfLine() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearEntireLine() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::setRendition(int re) +{ + cu_re |= re; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +void Screen::resetRendition(int re) +{ + cu_re &= ~re; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +void Screen::setDefaultRendition() +{ + setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); + setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); + cu_re = DEFAULT_RENDITION; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +void Screen::setForeColor(int space, int color) +{ + cu_fg = CharacterColor(space, color); + + if ( cu_fg.isValid() ) + effectiveRendition(); + else + setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); +} + +void Screen::setBackColor(int space, int color) +{ + cu_bg = CharacterColor(space, color); + + if ( cu_bg.isValid() ) + effectiveRendition(); + else + setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Marking & Selection */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void Screen::clearSelection() +{ + sel_BR = -1; + sel_TL = -1; + sel_begin = -1; +} + +void Screen::getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line) +{ + if ( sel_TL != -1 ) + { + column = sel_TL % columns; + line = sel_TL / columns; + } + else + { + column = cuX + getHistLines(); + line = cuY + getHistLines(); + } +} +void Screen::getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line) +{ + if ( sel_BR != -1 ) + { + column = sel_BR % columns; + line = sel_BR / columns; + } + else + { + column = cuX + getHistLines(); + line = cuY + getHistLines(); + } +} +void Screen::setSelectionStart(/*const ScreenCursor& viewCursor ,*/ const int x, const int y, const bool mode) +{ +// kDebug(1211) << "setSelBeginXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; + sel_begin = loc(x,y); //+histCursor) ; + + /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ + if (x == columns) sel_begin--; + + sel_BR = sel_begin; + sel_TL = sel_begin; + columnmode = mode; +} + +void Screen::setSelectionEnd( const int x, const int y) +{ +// kDebug(1211) << "setSelExtentXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; + if (sel_begin == -1) return; + int l = loc(x,y); // + histCursor); + + if (l < sel_begin) + { + sel_TL = l; + sel_BR = sel_begin; + } + else + { + /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ + if (x == columns) l--; + + sel_TL = sel_begin; + sel_BR = l; + } +} + +bool Screen::isSelected( const int x,const int y) const +{ + if (columnmode) { + int sel_Left,sel_Right; + if ( sel_TL % columns < sel_BR % columns ) { + sel_Left = sel_TL; sel_Right = sel_BR; + } else { + sel_Left = sel_BR; sel_Right = sel_TL; + } + return ( x >= sel_Left % columns ) && ( x <= sel_Right % columns ) && + ( y >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y <= sel_BR / columns ); + //( y+histCursor >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y+histCursor <= sel_BR / columns ); + } + else { + //int pos = loc(x,y+histCursor); + int pos = loc(x,y); + return ( pos >= sel_TL && pos <= sel_BR ); + } +} + +QString Screen::selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks) +{ + QString result; + QTextStream stream(&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite); + + PlainTextDecoder decoder; + decoder.begin(&stream); + writeSelectionToStream(&decoder , preserveLineBreaks); + decoder.end(); + + return result; +} + +bool Screen::isSelectionValid() const +{ + return ( sel_TL >= 0 && sel_BR >= 0 ); +} + +void Screen::writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , + bool preserveLineBreaks) +{ + // do nothing if selection is invalid + if ( !isSelectionValid() ) + return; + + int top = sel_TL / columns; + int left = sel_TL % columns; + + int bottom = sel_BR / columns; + int right = sel_BR % columns; + + Q_ASSERT( top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0 ); + + //kDebug() << "sel_TL = " << sel_TL; + //kDebug() << "columns = " << columns; + + for (int y=top;y<=bottom;y++) + { + int start = 0; + if ( y == top || columnmode ) start = left; + + int count = -1; + if ( y == bottom || columnmode ) count = right - start + 1; + + const bool appendNewLine = ( y != bottom ); + copyLineToStream( y, + start, + count, + decoder, + appendNewLine, + preserveLineBreaks ); + } +} + + +void Screen::copyLineToStream(int line , + int start, + int count, + TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, + bool appendNewLine, + bool preserveLineBreaks) +{ + //buffer to hold characters for decoding + //the buffer is static to avoid initialising every + //element on each call to copyLineToStream + //(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway) + static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024; + static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS]; + + assert( count < MAX_CHARS ); + + LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0; + + //determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image + if (line < hist->getLines()) + { + const int lineLength = hist->getLineLen(line); + + // ensure that start position is before end of line + start = qMin(start,qMax(0,lineLength-1)); + + //retrieve line from history buffer + if (count == -1) + { + count = lineLength-start; + } + else + { + count = qMin(start+count,lineLength)-start; + } + + // safety checks + assert( start >= 0 ); + assert( count >= 0 ); + assert( (start+count) <= hist->getLineLen(line) ); + + hist->getCells(line,start,count,characterBuffer); + + if ( hist->isWrappedLine(line) ) + currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED; + } + else + { + if ( count == -1 ) + count = columns - start; + + assert( count >= 0 ); + + const int screenLine = line-hist->getLines(); + + Character* data = screenLines[screenLine].data(); + int length = screenLines[screenLine].count(); + + //retrieve line from screen image + for (int i=start;i < qMin(start+count,length);i++) + { + characterBuffer[i-start] = data[i]; + } + + // count cannot be any greater than length + count = qBound(0,count,length-start); + + Q_ASSERT( screenLine < lineProperties.count() ); + currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine]; + } + + //do not decode trailing whitespace characters + for (int i=count-1 ; i >= 0; i--) + if (QChar(characterBuffer[i].character).isSpace()) + count--; + else + break; + + // add new line character at end + const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) || + !preserveLineBreaks; + + if ( !omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count+1 < MAX_CHARS) ) + { + characterBuffer[count] = '\n'; + count++; + } + + //decode line and write to text stream + decoder->decodeLine( (Character*) characterBuffer , + count, currentLineProperties ); +} + +// Method below has been removed because of its reliance on 'histCursor' +// and I want to restrict the methods which have knowledge of the scroll position +// to just those which deal with selection and supplying final screen images. +// +/*void Screen::writeToStream(QTextStream* stream , TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder) { + sel_begin = 0; + sel_BR = sel_begin; + sel_TL = sel_begin; + setSelectionEnd(columns-1,lines-1+hist->getLines()-histCursor); + + writeSelectionToStream(stream,decoder); + + clearSelection(); +}*/ + +void Screen::writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to) +{ + sel_begin = loc(0,from); + sel_TL = sel_begin; + sel_BR = loc(columns-1,to); + writeSelectionToStream(decoder); + clearSelection(); +} + +QString Screen::getHistoryLine(int no) +{ + sel_begin = loc(0,no); + sel_TL = sel_begin; + sel_BR = loc(columns-1,no); + return selectedText(false); +} + +void Screen::addHistLine() +{ + // add line to history buffer + // we have to take care about scrolling, too... + + if (hasScroll()) + { + int oldHistLines = hist->getLines(); + + hist->addCellsVector(screenLines[0]); + hist->addLine( lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED ); + + int newHistLines = hist->getLines(); + + bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); + + // If the history is full, increment the count + // of dropped lines + if ( newHistLines == oldHistLines ) + _droppedLines++; + + // Adjust selection for the new point of reference + if (newHistLines > oldHistLines) + { + if (sel_begin != -1) + { + sel_TL += columns; + sel_BR += columns; + } + } + + if (sel_begin != -1) + { + // Scroll selection in history up + int top_BR = loc(0, 1+newHistLines); + + if (sel_TL < top_BR) + sel_TL -= columns; + + if (sel_BR < top_BR) + sel_BR -= columns; + + if (sel_BR < 0) + { + clearSelection(); + } + else + { + if (sel_TL < 0) + sel_TL = 0; + } + + if (beginIsTL) + sel_begin = sel_TL; + else + sel_begin = sel_BR; + } + } + +} + +int Screen::getHistLines() +{ + return hist->getLines(); +} + +void Screen::setScroll(const HistoryType& t , bool copyPreviousScroll) +{ + clearSelection(); + + if ( copyPreviousScroll ) + hist = t.scroll(hist); + else + { + HistoryScroll* oldScroll = hist; + hist = t.scroll(0); + delete oldScroll; + } +} + +bool Screen::hasScroll() +{ + return hist->hasScroll(); +} + +const HistoryType& Screen::getScroll() +{ + return hist->getType(); +} + +void Screen::setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable) +{ + if ( enable ) + { + lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | property); + } + else + { + lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] & ~property); + } +} +void Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count) +{ + for (int i=0;i<count;i++) + dest[i] = defaultChar; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Screen.h @@ -0,0 +1,655 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef SCREEN_H +#define SCREEN_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QRect> +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> + +// Konsole +#include "Character.h" +#include "History.h" + +#define MODE_Origin 0 +#define MODE_Wrap 1 +#define MODE_Insert 2 +#define MODE_Screen 3 +#define MODE_Cursor 4 +#define MODE_NewLine 5 +#define MODES_SCREEN 6 + +struct ScreenParm +{ + int mode[MODES_SCREEN]; +}; + +class TerminalCharacterDecoder; + +/** + \brief An image of characters with associated attributes. + + The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of + characters from the program currently running in the terminal. + From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately + rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). Some types of emulation + may have more than one screen image. + + getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image + which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the + terminal. + + The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current + screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output. + The scroll is specified using setScroll() + The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream() + + The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using + setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd(). The selected text can be retrieved + using selectedText(). When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image, + characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted. +*/ +class Screen +{ +public: + /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */ + Screen(int lines, int columns); + ~Screen(); + + // VT100/2 Operations + // Cursor Movement + + /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */ + void cursorUp (int n); + /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */ + void cursorDown (int n); + /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */ + void cursorLeft (int n); + /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */ + void cursorRight (int n); + /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */ + void setCursorY (int y); + /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */ + void setCursorX (int x); + /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */ + void setCursorYX (int y, int x); + /** + * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen. + * + * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. + * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. + */ + void setMargins (int topLine , int bottomLine); + /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ + int topMargin() const; + /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */ + int bottomMargin() const; + + /** + * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines + * of the screen. + */ + void setDefaultMargins(); + + /** + * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode + * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost + * column first. + * + * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set + * or index() otherwise. + */ + void NewLine (); + /** + * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning + * of the line. + */ + void NextLine (); + + /** + * Move the cursor down one line. If the cursor is on the bottom + * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the + * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead. + */ + void index (); + /** + * Move the cursor up one line. If the cursor is on the top line + * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling + * region is scrolled down by one line instead. + */ + void reverseIndex(); + + /** + * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. + * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed + * using setMargins() + */ + void scrollUp(int n); + /** + * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines. + * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed + * using setMargins() + */ + void scrollDown(int n); + + /** + * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. + * Equivalent to setCursorX(0) + */ + void Return (); + /** + * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character + * at the new cursor position. + */ + void BackSpace (); + /** + * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right. + */ + void Tabulate (int n = 1); + /** + * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. + */ + void backTabulate(int n); + + // Editing + + /** + * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. + * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current + * cursor position with spaces. + * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. + */ + void eraseChars (int n); + /** + * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. + * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. + */ + void deleteChars (int n); + /** + * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position. + * The position of the cursor is not altered. + * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted. + */ + void insertChars (int n); + /** + * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position. + * The position of the cursor is not altered. + * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed. + */ + void deleteLines (int n); + /** + * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position. + * The position of the cursor is not altered. + * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted. + */ + void insertLines (int n); + /** Clears all the tab stops. */ + void clearTabStops(); + /** Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ + void changeTabStop(bool set); + + /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */ + void resetMode (int mode); + /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */ + void setMode (int mode); + /** + * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode. It can be restored + * using restoreMode() + */ + void saveMode (int mode); + /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */ + void restoreMode (int mode); + /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/ + bool getMode (int mode) const; + + /** + * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. + * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() + */ + void saveCursor (); + /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor. See saveCursor() */ + void restoreCursor(); + + /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ + void clearEntireScreen(); + /** + * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of + * the screen. + */ + void clearToEndOfScreen(); + /** + * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start + * of the screen. + */ + void clearToBeginOfScreen(); + /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */ + void clearEntireLine(); + /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ + void clearToEndOfLine(); + /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */ + void clearToBeginOfLine(); + + /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */ + void helpAlign (); + + /** + * Enables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence + * of characters on the screen. + * + * @see Character::rendition + */ + void setRendition (int rendition); + /** + * Disables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence + * of characters on the screen. + * + * @see Character::rendition + */ + void resetRendition(int rendition); + + /** + * Sets the cursor's foreground color. + * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument + * @param color The new foreground color. The meaning of this depends on + * the color @p space used. + * + * @see CharacterColor + */ + void setForeColor (int space, int color); + /** + * Sets the cursor's background color. + * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet. + * @param color The new background color. The meaning of this depends on + * the color @p space used. + * + * @see CharacterColor + */ + void setBackColor (int space, int color); + /** + * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the + * character's rendition flags back to the default settings. + */ + void setDefaultRendition(); + + /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */ + int getCursorX() const; + /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */ + int getCursorY() const; + + /** TODO Document me */ + void clear(); + /** + * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left + * corner of the screen (0,0) + */ + void home(); + /** + * Resets the state of the screen. This resets the various screen modes + * back to their default states. The cursor style and colors are reset + * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called) + * + * <ul> + * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li> + * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li> + * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li> + * <li>Cursor mode is enabled. TODO Document me</li> + * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li> + * <li>New line mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li> + * </ul> + * + * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, + * otherwise they are unaltered. + */ + void reset(bool clearScreen = true); + + /** + * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. + * + * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and + * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new + * line below the current one. + * + * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character + * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the + * character already at the current cursor position. + */ + void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c); + + // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4 + void compose(const QString& compose); + + /** + * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns. + * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns, + * existing lines are not truncated. This prevents characters from being lost + * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again. + * + * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were + * truncated when making the screen image smaller) + */ + void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns); + + /** + * Returns the current screen image. + * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which + * must be freed by the caller after use. + * + * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into + * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters + * @param startLine Index of first line to copy + * @param endLine Index of last line to copy + */ + void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const; + + /** + * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image. + * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the + * line is wrapped, + * other attributes control the size of characters in the line. + */ + QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const; + + + /** Return the number of lines. */ + int getLines() { return lines; } + /** Return the number of columns. */ + int getColumns() { return columns; } + /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */ + int getHistLines (); + /** + * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. + * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous + * history buffer are copied into the new scroll. + */ + void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true); + /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */ + const HistoryType& getScroll(); + /** + * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen + * in a history buffer. + */ + bool hasScroll(); + + /** + * Sets the start of the selection. + * + * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection. + * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection. + * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode. + */ + void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode); + + /** + * Sets the end of the current selection. + * + * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection. + * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. + */ + void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line); + + /** + * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there + * is no selection. + */ + void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line); + + /** + * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there + * is no selection. + */ + void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line); + + /** Clears the current selection */ + void clearSelection(); + + void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; } + + /** + * Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the + * current selection. + */ + bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const; + + /** + * Convenience method. Returns the currently selected text. + * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should + * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. + */ + QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks); + + /** + * Copies part of the output to a stream. + * + * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text + * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve + * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve + */ + void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to); + + /** + * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns + * the text of that line from the history buffer. + */ + QString getHistoryLine(int no); + + /** + * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY + * into a stream. + * + * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text. + * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters + * into plain text with no formatting. + * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should + * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. + */ + void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool + preserveLineBreaks = true); + + /** TODO Document me */ + void checkSelection(int from, int to); + + /** + * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line. + * + * @param property The attribute to set or clear + * Possible properties are: + * LINE_WRAPPED: Specifies that the line is wrapped. + * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width. + * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height. + * Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters, + * with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. This allows other parts of the + * code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height. + * + * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it + */ + void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable); + + + /** + * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, + * since the last call to resetScrolledLines(). + * + * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up, + * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. + */ + int scrolledLines() const; + + /** + * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled. + * + * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the + * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred. + */ + QRect lastScrolledRegion() const; + + /** + * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, + * see scrolledLines() + */ + void resetScrolledLines(); + + /** + * Returns the number of lines of output which have been + * dropped from the history since the last call + * to resetDroppedLines() + * + * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop + * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when + * it is full. + */ + int droppedLines() const; + + /** + * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from + * the history. + */ + void resetDroppedLines(); + + /** + * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank) + * Character style. + */ + static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count); + +private: + + //copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a + //specified character decoder + //line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to + // hist->getLines() + lines - 1 + //start - the first column on the line to copy + //count - the number of characters on the line to copy + //decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text + //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line + void copyLineToStream(int line, + int start, + int count, + TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, + bool appendNewLine, + bool preserveLineBreaks); + + //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c' + //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. + //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. + void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c); + + //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'. + //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. + //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. + void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd); + + void scrollUp(int from, int i); + void scrollDown(int from, int i); + + void addHistLine(); + + void initTabStops(); + + void effectiveRendition(); + void reverseRendition(Character& p) const; + + bool isSelectionValid() const; + + // copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest', + // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer + void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; + // copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest', + // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history + void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; + + + // screen image ---------------- + int lines; + int columns; + + typedef QVector<Character> ImageLine; // [0..columns] + ImageLine* screenLines; // [lines] + + int _scrolledLines; + QRect _lastScrolledRegion; + + int _droppedLines; + + QVarLengthArray<LineProperty,64> lineProperties; + + // history buffer --------------- + HistoryScroll *hist; + + // cursor location + int cuX; + int cuY; + + // cursor color and rendition info + CharacterColor cu_fg; // foreground + CharacterColor cu_bg; // background + quint8 cu_re; // rendition + + // margins ---------------- + int tmargin; // top margin + int bmargin; // bottom margin + + // states ---------------- + ScreenParm currParm; + + // ---------------------------- + + bool* tabstops; + + // selection ------------------- + int sel_begin; // The first location selected. + int sel_TL; // TopLeft Location. + int sel_BR; // Bottom Right Location. + bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection. + bool columnmode; // Column selection mode + + // effective colors and rendition ------------ + CharacterColor ef_fg; // These are derived from + CharacterColor ef_bg; // the cu_* variables above + quint8 ef_re; // to speed up operation + + // + // save cursor, rendition & states ------------ + // + + // cursor location + int sa_cuX; + int sa_cuY; + + // rendition info + quint8 sa_cu_re; + CharacterColor sa_cu_fg; + CharacterColor sa_cu_bg; + + // last position where we added a character + int lastPos; + + // modes + ScreenParm saveParm; + + static Character defaultChar; +}; + +#endif // SCREEN_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/ScreenWindow.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "ScreenWindow.h" + +// Qt +#include <QtCore> + +// Konsole +#include "Screen.h" + +ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent) + : QObject(parent) + , _windowBuffer(0) + , _windowBufferSize(0) + , _bufferNeedsUpdate(true) + , _windowLines(1) + , _currentLine(0) + , _trackOutput(true) + , _scrollCount(0) +{ +} + +ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow() +{ + delete[] _windowBuffer; +} +void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen) +{ + Q_ASSERT( screen ); + + _screen = screen; +} + +Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const +{ + return _screen; +} + +Character* ScreenWindow::getImage() +{ + // reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed + int size = windowLines() * windowColumns(); + if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) + { + delete[] _windowBuffer; + _windowBufferSize = size; + _windowBuffer = new Character[size]; + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + } + + if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate) + return _windowBuffer; + + _screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size, + currentLine(),endWindowLine()); + + // this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which + // case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled + // with blank characters + fillUnusedArea(); + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = false; + return _windowBuffer; +} + +void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea() +{ + int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1; + int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1; + + int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine; + int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns(); + + Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); +} + +// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window +// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end +// of the screen. +// +// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should +// never be more than endWindowLine() +// +int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const +{ + return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1, + lineCount() - 1); +} +QVector<LineProperty> ScreenWindow::getLineProperties() +{ + QVector<LineProperty> result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine()); + + if (result.count() != windowLines()) + result.resize(windowLines()); + + return result; +} + +QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const +{ + return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks ); +} + +void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ) +{ + _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line); + line -= currentLine(); +} +void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ) +{ + _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line); + line -= currentLine(); +} +void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ) +{ + _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) , columnMode); + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + emit selectionChanged(); +} + +void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ) +{ + _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + emit selectionChanged(); +} + +bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line ) +{ + return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); +} + +void ScreenWindow::clearSelection() +{ + _screen->clearSelection(); + + emit selectionChanged(); +} + +void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines) +{ + Q_ASSERT(lines > 0); + _windowLines = lines; +} +int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const +{ + return _windowLines; +} + +int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const +{ + return _screen->getColumns(); +} + +int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const +{ + return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines(); +} + +int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const +{ + return _screen->getColumns(); +} + +QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const +{ + QPoint position; + + position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() ); + position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() ); + + return position; +} + +int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const +{ + return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines()); +} + +void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ) +{ + if ( mode == ScrollLines ) + { + scrollTo( currentLine() + amount ); + } + else if ( mode == ScrollPages ) + { + scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); + } +} + +bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const +{ + return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines()); +} + +void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line ) +{ + int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines(); + line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber); + + const int delta = line - _currentLine; + _currentLine = line; + + // keep track of number of lines scrolled by, + // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount() + _scrollCount += delta; + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + + emit scrolled(_currentLine); +} + +void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput) +{ + _trackOutput = trackOutput; +} + +bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const +{ + return _trackOutput; +} + +int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const +{ + return _scrollCount; +} + +void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() +{ + _scrollCount = 0; +} + +QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const +{ + bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines(); + + if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize ) + return _screen->lastScrolledRegion(); + else + return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines()); +} + +void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged() +{ + // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count + // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen + if ( _trackOutput ) + { + _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines(); + _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines())); + } + else + { + // if the history is not unlimited then it may + // have run out of space and dropped the oldest + // lines of output - in this case the screen + // window's current line number will need to + // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll + _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - + _screen->droppedLines()); + + // ensure that the screen window's current position does + // not go beyond the bottom of the screen + _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() ); + } + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + + emit outputChanged(); +} +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/ScreenWindow.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H +#define SCREENWINDOW_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QObject> +#include <QtCore/QPoint> +#include <QtCore/QRect> + +// Konsole +#include "Character.h" + +class Screen; + +/** + * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen. + * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). + * + * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with + * a terminal screen using setScreen(). + * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen. + * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window. + * + * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new + * lines are added to it. + * + * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should + * be called. This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal + * if necessary. + */ +class ScreenWindow : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + /** + * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent. + * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties(). + * + * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method + * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view. This allows the emulation + * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates + * between all views on a session. + */ + ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0); + virtual ~ScreenWindow(); + + /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */ + void setScreen(Screen* screen); + /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */ + Screen* screen() const; + + /** + * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window + * onto the screen. + * + * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be + * deleted by the caller. + */ + Character* getImage(); + + /** + * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which + * are currently visible through this window + */ + QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties(); + + /** + * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window + * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call + * to resetScrollCount(). scrollRegion() is in most cases the + * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications + * which provide split-screen facilities. + * + * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise + * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that + * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. + */ + int scrollCount() const; + + /** + * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount() + */ + void resetScrollCount(); + + /** + * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is + * usually the whole window area. + * + * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate, + * but allows views to optimise rendering. + */ + QRect scrollRegion() const; + + /** + * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within + * the window. + */ + void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ); + /** + * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within + * the window. + */ + void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); + /** + * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window. + */ + void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ); + /** + * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window. + */ + void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ); + /** + * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection. + */ + bool isSelected( int column , int line ); + /** + * Clears the current selection + */ + void clearSelection(); + + /** Sets the number of lines in the window */ + void setWindowLines(int lines); + /** Returns the number of lines in the window */ + int windowLines() const; + /** Returns the number of columns in the window */ + int windowColumns() const; + + /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */ + int lineCount() const; + /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */ + int columnCount() const; + + /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */ + int currentLine() const; + + /** + * Returns the position of the cursor + * within the window. + */ + QPoint cursorPosition() const; + + /** + * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom + * of the screen. + */ + bool atEndOfOutput() const; + + /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */ + void scrollTo( int line ); + + enum RelativeScrollMode + { + ScrollLines, + ScrollPages + }; + + /** + * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen. + * + * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number + * of pages to scroll. + * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by. If + * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down. If this number is negative, the view + * is scrolled up. + */ + void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ); + + /** + * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom + * of the screen when new output is added. + * + * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see + * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called. + */ + void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput); + /** + * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as + * new output is added. See setTrackOutput() + */ + bool trackOutput() const; + + /** + * Returns the text which is currently selected. + * + * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText() + */ + QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const; + +public slots: + /** + * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed. + * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes + * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted. + */ + void notifyOutputChanged(); + +signals: + /** + * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. + */ + void outputChanged(); + + /** + * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position. + * + * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window. + */ + void scrolled(int line); + + /** + * Emitted when the selection is changed. + */ + void selectionChanged(); + +private: + int endWindowLine() const; + void fillUnusedArea(); + + Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen() + Character* _windowBuffer; + int _windowBufferSize; + bool _bufferNeedsUpdate; + + int _windowLines; + int _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine() + bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() + int _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since + // the last call to resetScrollCount() +}; + +#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/SelfListener.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "SelfListener.h" + +SelfListener::SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent) : + QThread(parent) { + _a = a; +} + +void SelfListener::run() { + char buf[1025]; + int len; + + while(1) { + len = ::read(_a, buf, 1024); + if (len > 0) { + buf[len] = 0; // Just in case. + emit recvData(buf, len); + } + } +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/SelfListener.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#ifndef SELFLISTENER_H +#define SELFLISTENER_H + +#include <QThread> + +class SelfListener : public QThread +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent = 0); + +signals: + void recvData(const char* stdOutBuffer, int stdOutlen); + +public slots: + +protected: + void run(); + int _a; +}; + +#endif // SELFLISTENER_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> + +PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder() + : _output(0) + , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true) +{ + +} +void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable) +{ + _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable; +} +bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const +{ + return _includeTrailingWhitespace; +} +void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) +{ + _output = output; +} +void PlainTextDecoder::end() +{ + _output = 0; +} +void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ + ) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _output ); + + //TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property? + + //note: we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text + //stream a character at a time because it is more efficient. + //(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway) + QString plainText; + plainText.reserve(count); + + int outputCount = count; + + // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the + // line + if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace ) + { + for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--) + { + if ( characters[i].character != ' ' ) + break; + else + outputCount--; + } + } + + for (int i=0;i<outputCount;i++) + { + plainText.append( QChar(characters[i].character) ); + } + + *_output << plainText; +} + +HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder() : + _output(0) + ,_colorTable(base_color_table) + ,_innerSpanOpen(false) + ,_lastRendition(DEFAULT_RENDITION) +{ + +} + +void HTMLDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) +{ + _output = output; + + QString text; + + //open monospace span + openSpan(text,"font-family:monospace"); + + *output << text; +} + +void HTMLDecoder::end() +{ + Q_ASSERT( _output ); + + QString text; + + closeSpan(text); + + *_output << text; + + _output = 0; + +} + +//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height) +void HTMLDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ + ) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _output ); + + QString text; + + int spaceCount = 0; + + for (int i=0;i<count;i++) + { + QChar ch(characters[i].character); + + //check if appearance of character is different from previous char + if ( characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition || + characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor || + characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor ) + { + if ( _innerSpanOpen ) + closeSpan(text); + + _lastRendition = characters[i].rendition; + _lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor; + _lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor; + + //build up style string + QString style; + + if ( _lastRendition & RE_BOLD || + (_colorTable && characters[i].isBold(_colorTable)) ) + style.append("font-weight:bold;"); + + + if ( _lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE ) + style.append("font-decoration:underline;"); + + //colours - a colour table must have been defined first + if ( _colorTable ) + { + style.append( QString("color:%1;").arg(_lastForeColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) ); + + if (!characters[i].isTransparent(_colorTable)) + { + style.append( QString("background-color:%1;").arg(_lastBackColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) ); + } + } + + //open the span with the current style + openSpan(text,style); + _innerSpanOpen = true; + } + + //handle whitespace + if (ch.isSpace()) + spaceCount++; + else + spaceCount = 0; + + + //output current character + if (spaceCount < 2) + { + //escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are + if ( ch == '<' ) + text.append("<"); + else if (ch == '>') + text.append(">"); + else + text.append(ch); + } + else + { + text.append(" "); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead + } + + } + + //close any remaining open inner spans + if ( _innerSpanOpen ) + closeSpan(text); + + //start new line + text.append("<br>"); + + *_output << text; +} + +void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style) +{ + text.append( QString("<span style=\"%1\">").arg(style) ); +} + +void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text) +{ + text.append("</span>"); +} + +void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table) +{ + _colorTable = table; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H +#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H + +#include "Character.h" + +class QTextStream; + +/** + * Base class for terminal character decoders + * + * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground + * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings. + * + * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or + * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. + */ +class TerminalCharacterDecoder +{ +public: + virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {} + + /** Begin decoding characters. The resulting text is appended to @p output. */ + virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0; + /** End decoding. */ + virtual void end() = 0; + + /** + * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string + * and writes the string into an output QTextStream. + * + * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count. + * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line + * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text + */ + virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, + int count, + LineProperty properties) = 0; +}; + +/** + * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related + * properties of the original characters. + */ +class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder +{ +public: + PlainTextDecoder(); + + /** + * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included + * in the output. + * Defaults to true. + */ + void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable); + /** + * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included + * in the output. + */ + bool trailingWhitespace() const; + + virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); + virtual void end(); + + virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, + int count, + LineProperty properties); + + +private: + QTextStream* _output; + bool _includeTrailingWhitespace; +}; + +/** + * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup + */ +class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme. + */ + HTMLDecoder(); + + /** + * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its + * output + */ + void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table ); + + virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, + int count, + LineProperty properties); + + virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); + virtual void end(); + +private: + void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style); + void closeSpan(QString& text); + + QTextStream* _output; + const ColorEntry* _colorTable; + bool _innerSpanOpen; + quint8 _lastRendition; + CharacterColor _lastForeColor; + CharacterColor _lastBackColor; + +}; + +#endif
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalModel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole + + Copyright (C) 2006-2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "TerminalModel.h" + +// Standard +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtCore/QByteRef> +#include <QtCore/QDir> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtCore/QRegExp> +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore> + +#include "TerminalView.h" +#include "Vt102Emulation.h" + +TerminalModel::TerminalModel(KPty *kpty) : + _shellProcess(0) + , _emulation(0) + , _monitorActivity(false) + , _monitorSilence(false) + , _notifiedActivity(false) + , _autoClose(true) + , _wantedClose(false) + , _silenceSeconds(10) + , _addToUtmp(false) + , _fullScripting(false) + , _hasDarkBackground(false) +{ + _kpty = kpty; + + //create emulation backend + _emulation = new Vt102Emulation(); + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( stateSet(int) ), + this, SLOT( activityStateSet(int) ) ); + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ), + this, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ) ); + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)), + this, SIGNAL( profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)) ); + // TODO + // connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(imageSizeChanged(int,int)) , this , + // SLOT(onEmulationSizeChange(int,int)) ); + + _selfListener = new SelfListener(kpty->masterFd()); + _selfListener->start(); + connect( _selfListener, SIGNAL(recvData(const char*,int)), + this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection); + + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)) + ,this,SLOT(sendData(const char*,int))); + + //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(lockPtyRequest(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(lockPty(bool)) ); + //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(useUtf8Request(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(setUtf8Mode(bool)) ); + + + //connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(done(int)), this, SLOT(done(int)) ); + + //setup timer for monitoring session activity + _monitorTimer = new QTimer(this); + _monitorTimer->setSingleShot(true); + connect(_monitorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(monitorTimerDone())); +} + +void TerminalModel::setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground) +{ + _hasDarkBackground = darkBackground; +} +bool TerminalModel::hasDarkBackground() const +{ + return _hasDarkBackground; +} + +void TerminalModel::setCodec(QTextCodec* codec) +{ + emulation()->setCodec(codec); +} + +QList<TerminalView*> TerminalModel::views() const +{ + return _views; +} + +void TerminalModel::addView(TerminalView* widget) +{ + Q_ASSERT( !_views.contains(widget) ); + + _views.append(widget); + + if ( _emulation != 0 ) + { + // connect emulation - view signals and slots + connect( widget , SIGNAL(keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent*)) , _emulation , + SLOT(sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*)) ); + connect( widget , SIGNAL(mouseSignal(int,int,int,int)) , _emulation , + SLOT(sendMouseEvent(int,int,int,int)) ); + connect( widget , SIGNAL(sendStringToEmu(const char*)) , _emulation , + SLOT(sendString(const char*)) ); + + // allow emulation to notify view when the foreground process + // indicates whether or not it is interested in mouse signals + connect( _emulation , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , widget , + SLOT(setUsesMouse(bool)) ); + + widget->setUsesMouse( _emulation->programUsesMouse() ); + + widget->setScreenWindow(_emulation->createWindow()); + } + + //connect view signals and slots + QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(changedContentSizeSignal(int,int)),this, + SLOT(onViewSizeChange(int,int))); + + QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)) , this , + SLOT(viewDestroyed(QObject*)) ); + //slot for close + //QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(finished()), widget, SLOT(close())); +} + +void TerminalModel::viewDestroyed(QObject* view) +{ + TerminalView* display = (TerminalView*)view; + + Q_ASSERT( _views.contains(display) ); + + removeView(display); +} + +void TerminalModel::sendData(const char *buf, int len) +{ + ssize_t bytesWritten = ::write(_kpty->masterFd(), buf, len); + (void)bytesWritten; +} + +void TerminalModel::removeView(TerminalView* widget) +{ + _views.removeAll(widget); + + disconnect(widget,0,this,0); + + if ( _emulation != 0 ) + { + // disconnect + // - key presses signals from widget + // - mouse activity signals from widget + // - string sending signals from widget + // + // ... and any other signals connected in addView() + disconnect( widget, 0, _emulation, 0); + + // disconnect state change signals emitted by emulation + disconnect( _emulation , 0 , widget , 0); + } + + // close the session automatically when the last view is removed + if ( _views.count() == 0 ) + { + close(); + } +} + +void TerminalModel::run() +{ + emit started(); +} + +void TerminalModel::monitorTimerDone() +{ + //FIXME: The idea here is that the notification popup will appear to tell the user than output from + //the terminal has stopped and the popup will disappear when the user activates the session. + // + //This breaks with the addition of multiple views of a session. The popup should disappear + //when any of the views of the session becomes active + + + //FIXME: Make message text for this notification and the activity notification more descriptive. + if (_monitorSilence) { + // KNotification::event("Silence", ("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), + // QApplication::activeWindow(), + // KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); + emit stateChanged(NOTIFYSILENCE); + } + else + { + emit stateChanged(NOTIFYNORMAL); + } + + _notifiedActivity=false; +} + +void TerminalModel::activityStateSet(int state) +{ + if (state==NOTIFYBELL) + { + emit bellRequest(""); + } + else if (state==NOTIFYACTIVITY) + { + if (_monitorSilence) { + _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); + } + + if ( _monitorActivity ) { + //FIXME: See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone() + if (!_notifiedActivity) { + // KNotification::event("Activity", ("Activity in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), + // QApplication::activeWindow(), + // KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); + _notifiedActivity=true; + } + } + } + + if ( state==NOTIFYACTIVITY && !_monitorActivity ) + state = NOTIFYNORMAL; + if ( state==NOTIFYSILENCE && !_monitorSilence ) + state = NOTIFYNORMAL; + + emit stateChanged(state); +} + +void TerminalModel::onViewSizeChange(int /*height*/, int /*width*/) +{ + updateTerminalSize(); +} +void TerminalModel::onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns) +{ + setSize( QSize(lines,columns) ); +} + +void TerminalModel::updateTerminalSize() +{ + QListIterator<TerminalView*> viewIter(_views); + + int minLines = -1; + int minColumns = -1; + + // minimum number of lines and columns that views require for + // their size to be taken into consideration ( to avoid problems + // with new view widgets which haven't yet been set to their correct size ) + const int VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD = 2; + const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2; + + //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views + while ( viewIter.hasNext() ) + { + TerminalView* view = viewIter.next(); + if ( view->isHidden() == false && + view->lines() >= VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD && + view->columns() >= VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD ) + { + minLines = (minLines == -1) ? view->lines() : qMin( minLines , view->lines() ); + minColumns = (minColumns == -1) ? view->columns() : qMin( minColumns , view->columns() ); + } + } + + // backend emulation must have a _terminal of at least 1 column x 1 line in size + if ( minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0 ) + { + _emulation->setImageSize( minLines , minColumns ); + //_shellProcess->setWindowSize( minLines , minColumns ); + } +} + +void TerminalModel::refresh() +{ +} + +void TerminalModel::close() +{ + _autoClose = true; + _wantedClose = true; +} + +void TerminalModel::sendText(const QString &text) const +{ + _emulation->sendText(text); +} + +TerminalModel::~TerminalModel() +{ + delete _emulation; +} + +void TerminalModel::setProfileKey(const QString& key) +{ + _profileKey = key; + emit profileChanged(key); +} +QString TerminalModel::profileKey() const { return _profileKey; } + +void TerminalModel::done(int) +{ + emit finished(); +} + +Emulation* TerminalModel::emulation() const +{ + return _emulation; +} + +QString TerminalModel::keyBindings() const +{ + return _emulation->keyBindings(); +} + +void TerminalModel::setKeyBindings(const QString &id) +{ + _emulation->setKeyBindings(id); +} + +void TerminalModel::setHistoryType(const HistoryType &hType) +{ + _emulation->setHistory(hType); +} + +const HistoryType& TerminalModel::historyType() const +{ + return _emulation->history(); +} + +void TerminalModel::clearHistory() +{ + _emulation->clearHistory(); +} + +// unused currently +bool TerminalModel::isMonitorActivity() const { return _monitorActivity; } +// unused currently +bool TerminalModel::isMonitorSilence() const { return _monitorSilence; } + +void TerminalModel::setMonitorActivity(bool _monitor) +{ + _monitorActivity=_monitor; + _notifiedActivity=false; + + activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); +} + +void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilence(bool _monitor) +{ + if (_monitorSilence==_monitor) + return; + + _monitorSilence=_monitor; + if (_monitorSilence) + { + _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); + } + else + _monitorTimer->stop(); + + activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); +} + +void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds) +{ + _silenceSeconds=seconds; + if (_monitorSilence) { + _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); + } +} + +void TerminalModel::setAddToUtmp(bool set) +{ + _addToUtmp = set; +} + +void TerminalModel::onReceiveBlock(const char* buf, int len ) +{ + _emulation->receiveData( buf, len ); + emit receivedData( QString::fromLatin1( buf, len ) ); +} + +QSize TerminalModel::size() +{ + return _emulation->imageSize(); +} + +void TerminalModel::setSize(const QSize& size) +{ + if ((size.width() <= 1) || (size.height() <= 1)) + return; + + emit resizeRequest(size); +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalModel.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef TERMINALMODEL_H +#define TERMINALMODEL_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore> +#include <QWidget> + +#include "SelfListener.h" + +// Konsole +#include "History.h" +#include "kpty.h" + +class KProcess; + +class Emulation; +class PseudoTerminal; +class TerminalView; + +/** + * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation. + * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole. + * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the + * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session. + * + * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method. + * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal + * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse + * activity. + */ +class TerminalModel : public QObject { +Q_OBJECT + +public: + Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize) + + /** + * Constructs a new session. + * + * To start the terminal process, call the run() method, + * after specifying the program and arguments + * using setProgram() and setArguments() + * + * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session + * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment + * variable. + */ + TerminalModel(KPty *kpty); + ~TerminalModel(); + + + /** + * Sets the profile associated with this session. + * + * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current + * profile settings from the SessionManager + */ + void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey); + /** + * Returns the profile key associated with this session. + * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current + * profile settings. + */ + QString profileKey() const; + + /** + * Adds a new view for this session. + * + * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and + * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.) + * will be sent to the terminal. + * + * Views can be removed using removeView(). The session is automatically + * closed when the last view is removed. + */ + void addView(TerminalView* widget); + /** + * Removes a view from this session. When the last view is removed, + * the session will be closed automatically. + * + * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input + * to the terminal + */ + void removeView(TerminalView* widget); + + /** + * Returns the views connected to this session + */ + QList<TerminalView*> views() const; + + /** + * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode + * characters to / from the process. + */ + Emulation* emulation() const; + + + + /** + * Sets the type of history store used by this session. + * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added + * to the history store. The type of history store + * used affects the number of lines which can be + * remembered before they are lost and the storage + * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used. + */ + void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type); + /** + * Returns the type of history store used by this session. + */ + const HistoryType& historyType() const; + /** + * Clears the history store used by this session. + */ + void clearHistory(); + + /** + * Enables monitoring for activity in the session. + * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted + * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is + * received from the terminal. + */ + void setMonitorActivity(bool); + /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */ + bool isMonitorActivity() const; + + /** + * Enables monitoring for silence in the session. + * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted + * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not + * received from the terminal for a certain period of + * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds() + */ + void setMonitorSilence(bool); + /** + * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence) + * in the session is enabled. + */ + bool isMonitorSilence() const; + /** See setMonitorSilence() */ + void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds); + + /** + * Sets the key bindings used by this session. The bindings + * specify how input key sequences are translated into + * the character stream which is sent to the terminal. + * + * @param id The name of the key bindings to use. The + * names of available key bindings can be determined using the + * KeyboardTranslatorManager class. + */ + void setKeyBindings(const QString& id); + /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */ + QString keyBindings() const; + + + /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */ + void setAddToUtmp(bool); + + /** + * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal + * process terminates. + */ + void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; } + + /** + * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program. + */ + void sendText(const QString& text) const; + + + /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */ + QSize size(); + /** + * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate + * the specified window size. + * + * @param size The size in lines and columns to request. + */ + void setSize(const QSize& size); + + /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */ + void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec); + + /** + * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not. The session + * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's + * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine + * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default. + * + * This has no effect once the session is running. + */ + void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground); + /** + * Returns true if the session has a dark background. + * See setDarkBackground() + */ + bool hasDarkBackground() const; + + /** + * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area. + * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the + * shell to redraw the prompt line. + */ + void refresh(); + +public slots: + + /** + * Starts the terminal session. + * + * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it. + */ + void run(); + + /** + * Closes the terminal session. This sends a hangup signal + * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*) + * signal to be emitted. + */ + void close(); + +signals: + + /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */ + void started(); + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal process exits. + */ + void finished(); + + /** + * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process. + */ + void receivedData( const QString& text ); + + /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */ + void titleChanged(); + + /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */ + void profileChanged(const QString& profile); + + /** + * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes. + * + * @param state The new state of the session. This may be one + * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY + */ + void stateChanged(int state); + + /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */ + void bellRequest( const QString& message ); + + /** + * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with + * this session should be changed; + * + * TODO: Document what the parameter does + */ + void changeTabTextColorRequest(int); + + /** + * Requests that the background color of views on this session + * should be changed. + */ + void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&); + + /** TODO: Document me. */ + void openUrlRequest(const QString& url); + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change + * in the size of the terminal window. + * + * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns. + */ + void resizeRequest(const QSize& size); + + /** + * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal. + * + * @param text The text of the command. This is a string of the form + * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..." + */ + void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); + +private slots: + void done(int); + + void onReceiveBlock(const char* buffer, int len ); + void monitorTimerDone(); + + void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width); + void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns); + + void activityStateSet(int); + + //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed + void viewDestroyed(QObject* view); + + void sendData(const char* buf, int len); + +private: + + void updateTerminalSize(); + WId windowId() const; + + int _uniqueIdentifier; + + PseudoTerminal* _shellProcess; + Emulation* _emulation; + + QList<TerminalView*> _views; + + bool _monitorActivity; + bool _monitorSilence; + bool _notifiedActivity; + bool _masterMode; + bool _autoClose; + bool _wantedClose; + QTimer* _monitorTimer; + + int _silenceSeconds; + + bool _addToUtmp; + bool _fullScripting; + + int _masterFd; + int _slaveFd; + + SelfListener *_selfListener; + KPty * _kpty; + + + QColor _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007 + + QString _profileKey; + + bool _hasDarkBackground; +}; + + +#endif // TERMINALMODEL_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalView.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2718 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE. + + Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "TerminalView.h" + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QBoxLayout> +#include <QtGui/QClipboard> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QEvent> +#include <QtCore/QTime> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtGui/QGridLayout> +#include <QtGui/QLabel> +#include <QtGui/QLayout> +#include <QtGui/QPainter> +#include <QtGui/QPixmap> +#include <QtGui/QScrollBar> +#include <QtGui/QStyle> +#include <QtCore> +#include <QtGui> + +#include "Filter.h" +#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" +#include "ScreenWindow.h" +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +#ifndef loc +#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X)) +#endif + +#define yMouseScroll 1 + +#define REPCHAR "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \ + "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \ + "0123456789./+@" + +// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window. + +// static +bool TerminalView::_antialiasText = true; +bool TerminalView::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false; + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Colors */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb) + + Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- + ANSI (bgr) Black Red Green Yellow Blue Magenta Cyan White + IBMPC (rgb) Black Blue Green Cyan Red Magenta Yellow White +*/ + +ScreenWindow* TerminalView::screenWindow() const +{ + return _screenWindow; +} +void TerminalView::setScreenWindow(ScreenWindow* window) +{ + // disconnect existing screen window if any + if ( _screenWindow ) + { + disconnect( _screenWindow , 0 , this , 0 ); + } + + _screenWindow = window; + + if ( window ) + { +//#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?" + connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateLineProperties()) ); + connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateImage()) ); + window->setWindowLines(_lines); + } +} + +const ColorEntry* TerminalView::colorTable() const +{ + return _colorTable; +} + +void TerminalView::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++) + _colorTable[i] = table[i]; + + QPalette p = palette(); + p.setColor( backgroundRole(), _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color ); + setPalette( p ); + + // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar + _scrollBar->setPalette( QApplication::palette() ); + + update(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Font */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended + xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f. + + QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals + come in here as proper unicode characters. + + We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping + from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the + QCodec. +*/ + +static inline bool isLineChar(quint16 c) { return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);} +static inline bool isLineCharString(const QString& string) +{ + return (string.length() > 0) && (isLineChar(string.at(0).unicode())); +} + + +// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i. + +unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] = +{ // 0/8 1/9 2/10 3/11 4/12 5/13 6/14 7/15 + 0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0, + 0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c, + 0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534, + 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7 +}; + +void TerminalView::fontChange(const QFont&) +{ + QFontMetrics fm(font()); + _fontHeight = fm.height() + _lineSpacing; + + + // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123: + // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide + // characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters." + // Get the width from representative normal width characters + _fontWidth = qRound((double)fm.width(REPCHAR)/(double)strlen(REPCHAR)); + + _fixedFont = true; + + int fw = fm.width(REPCHAR[0]); + for(unsigned int i=1; i< strlen(REPCHAR); i++) + { + if (fw != fm.width(REPCHAR[i])) + { + _fixedFont = false; + break; + } + } + + if (_fontWidth < 1) + _fontWidth=1; + + _fontAscent = fm.ascent(); + + emit changedFontMetricSignal( _fontHeight, _fontWidth ); + propagateSize(); + update(); +} + +void TerminalView::setVTFont(const QFont& f) +{ + QFont font = f; + + QFontMetrics metrics(font); + + if ( metrics.height() < height() && metrics.maxWidth() < width() ) + { + // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing. + // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected + if (!_antialiasText) + font.setStyleStrategy( QFont::NoAntialias ); + + // experimental optimization. Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a + // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect. + // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text. + font.setKerning(false); + + QWidget::setFont(font); + fontChange(font); + } +} + +void TerminalView::setFont(const QFont &) +{ + // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Constructor / Destructor */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +TerminalView::TerminalView(QWidget *parent) +:QWidget(parent) +,_screenWindow(0) +,_allowBell(true) +,_gridLayout(0) +,_fontHeight(1) +,_fontWidth(1) +,_fontAscent(1) +,_lines(1) +,_columns(1) +,_usedLines(1) +,_usedColumns(1) +,_contentHeight(1) +,_contentWidth(1) +,_image(0) +,_randomSeed(0) +,_resizing(false) +,_terminalSizeHint(false) +,_terminalSizeStartup(true) +,_bidiEnabled(false) +,_actSel(0) +,_wordSelectionMode(false) +,_lineSelectionMode(false) +,_preserveLineBreaks(false) +,_columnSelectionMode(false) +,_scrollbarLocation(NoScrollBar) +,_wordCharacters(":@-./_~") +,_bellMode(SystemBeepBell) +,_blinking(false) +,_cursorBlinking(false) +,_hasBlinkingCursor(false) +,_ctrlDrag(false) +,_tripleClickMode(SelectWholeLine) +,_isFixedSize(false) +,_possibleTripleClick(false) +,_resizeWidget(0) +,_resizeTimer(0) +,_outputSuspendedLabel(0) +,_lineSpacing(0) +,_colorsInverted(false) +,_blendColor(qRgba(0,0,0,0xff)) +,_filterChain(new TerminalImageFilterChain()) +,_cursorShape(BlockCursor) +,_readonly(false) +{ + // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind, + // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right + setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight); + + // The offsets are not yet calculated. + // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing + // konsole in opaque mode. + _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + + // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down + // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially + _scrollBar = new QScrollBar(this); + setScroll(0,0); + _scrollBar->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor ); + connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, + SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); + + // setup timers for blinking cursor and text + _blinkTimer = new QTimer(this); + connect(_blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent())); + _blinkCursorTimer = new QTimer(this); + connect(_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkCursorEvent())); + +// QCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true ); + + setUsesMouse(true); + setColorTable(base_color_table); + setMouseTracking(true); + + // Enable drag and drop + setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt + dragInfo.state = diNone; + + setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus ); + + // enable input method support + setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true); + + // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt + // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area. + setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); + + _gridLayout = new QGridLayout(this); + _gridLayout->setMargin(0); + + setLayout( _gridLayout ); +} + +TerminalView::~TerminalView() +{ + qApp->removeEventFilter( this ); + + delete[] _image; + + delete _gridLayout; + delete _outputSuspendedLabel; + delete _filterChain; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Display Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/** + A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars. + It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it. + if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered + 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit. + + Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation: + _|||_ + -...- + -...- + -...- + _|||_ + +where _ = none + | = vertical line. + - = horizontal line. + */ + + +enum LineEncode +{ + TopL = (1<<1), + TopC = (1<<2), + TopR = (1<<3), + + LeftT = (1<<5), + Int11 = (1<<6), + Int12 = (1<<7), + Int13 = (1<<8), + RightT = (1<<9), + + LeftC = (1<<10), + Int21 = (1<<11), + Int22 = (1<<12), + Int23 = (1<<13), + RightC = (1<<14), + + LeftB = (1<<15), + Int31 = (1<<16), + Int32 = (1<<17), + Int33 = (1<<18), + RightB = (1<<19), + + BotL = (1<<21), + BotC = (1<<22), + BotR = (1<<23) +}; + +#include "LineFont.h" + +static void drawLineChar(QPainter& paint, int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar code) +{ + //Calculate cell midpoints, end points. + int cx = x + w/2; + int cy = y + h/2; + int ex = x + w - 1; + int ey = y + h - 1; + + quint32 toDraw = LineChars[code]; + + //Top _lines: + if (toDraw & TopL) + paint.drawLine(cx-1, y, cx-1, cy-2); + if (toDraw & TopC) + paint.drawLine(cx, y, cx, cy-2); + if (toDraw & TopR) + paint.drawLine(cx+1, y, cx+1, cy-2); + + //Bot _lines: + if (toDraw & BotL) + paint.drawLine(cx-1, cy+2, cx-1, ey); + if (toDraw & BotC) + paint.drawLine(cx, cy+2, cx, ey); + if (toDraw & BotR) + paint.drawLine(cx+1, cy+2, cx+1, ey); + + //Left _lines: + if (toDraw & LeftT) + paint.drawLine(x, cy-1, cx-2, cy-1); + if (toDraw & LeftC) + paint.drawLine(x, cy, cx-2, cy); + if (toDraw & LeftB) + paint.drawLine(x, cy+1, cx-2, cy+1); + + //Right _lines: + if (toDraw & RightT) + paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy-1, ex, cy-1); + if (toDraw & RightC) + paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy, ex, cy); + if (toDraw & RightB) + paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy+1, ex, cy+1); + + //Intersection points. + if (toDraw & Int11) + paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy-1); + if (toDraw & Int12) + paint.drawPoint(cx, cy-1); + if (toDraw & Int13) + paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy-1); + + if (toDraw & Int21) + paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy); + if (toDraw & Int22) + paint.drawPoint(cx, cy); + if (toDraw & Int23) + paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy); + + if (toDraw & Int31) + paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy+1); + if (toDraw & Int32) + paint.drawPoint(cx, cy+1); + if (toDraw & Int33) + paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy+1); + +} + +void TerminalView::drawLineCharString( QPainter& painter, int x, int y, const QString& str, + const Character* attributes) +{ + const QPen& currentPen = painter.pen(); + + if ( attributes->rendition & RE_BOLD ) + { + QPen boldPen(currentPen); + boldPen.setWidth(3); + painter.setPen( boldPen ); + } + + for (int i=0 ; i < str.length(); i++) + { + uchar code = str[i].cell(); + if (LineChars[code]) + drawLineChar(painter, x + (_fontWidth*i), y, _fontWidth, _fontHeight, code); + } + + painter.setPen( currentPen ); +} + +void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape) +{ + _cursorShape = shape; +} +TerminalView::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalView::keyboardCursorShape() const +{ + return _cursorShape; +} +void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor, const QColor& color) +{ + if (useForegroundColor) + _cursorColor = QColor(); // an invalid color means that + // the foreground color of the + // current character should + // be used + + else + _cursorColor = color; +} +QColor TerminalView::keyboardCursorColor() const +{ + return _cursorColor; +} + +void TerminalView::setOpacity(qreal opacity) +{ + QColor color(_blendColor); + color.setAlphaF(opacity); + + // enable automatic background filling to prevent the display + // flickering if there is no transparency + if ( color.alpha() == 255 ) + { + setAutoFillBackground(true); + } + else + { + setAutoFillBackground(false); + } + + _blendColor = color.rgba(); +} + +void TerminalView::drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& backgroundColor, bool useOpacitySetting ) +{ + // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn + // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable() + // + // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background + // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar + // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE + // applications. + // + QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible() ? + rect.intersected(_scrollBar->geometry()) : + QRect(); + QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion(rect).subtracted(scrollBarArea); + QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect(); + + if ( HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha(_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting ) + { + QColor color(backgroundColor); + color.setAlpha(qAlpha(_blendColor)); + + painter.save(); + painter.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); + painter.fillRect(contentsRect, color); + painter.restore(); + } + else { + painter.fillRect(contentsRect, backgroundColor); + } + + painter.fillRect(scrollBarArea,_scrollBar->palette().background()); +} + +void TerminalView::drawCursor(QPainter& painter, + const QRect& rect, + const QColor& foregroundColor, + const QColor& /*backgroundColor*/, + bool& invertCharacterColor) +{ + QRect cursorRect = rect; + cursorRect.setHeight(_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1); + + if (!_cursorBlinking) + { + if ( _cursorColor.isValid() ) + painter.setPen(_cursorColor); + else { + painter.setPen(foregroundColor); + } + + if ( _cursorShape == BlockCursor ) + { + // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that + // it is draw entirely inside 'rect' + int penWidth = qMax(1,painter.pen().width()); + + painter.drawRect(cursorRect.adjusted(penWidth/2, + penWidth/2, + - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2, + - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2)); + if ( hasFocus() ) + { + painter.fillRect(cursorRect, _cursorColor.isValid() ? _cursorColor : foregroundColor); + + if ( !_cursorColor.isValid() ) + { + // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at + // the cursor position is readable + invertCharacterColor = true; + } + } + } + else if ( _cursorShape == UnderlineCursor ) + painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), + cursorRect.bottom(), + cursorRect.right(), + cursorRect.bottom()); + else if ( _cursorShape == IBeamCursor ) + painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), + cursorRect.top(), + cursorRect.left(), + cursorRect.bottom()); + + } +} + +void TerminalView::drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, + const QRect& rect, + const QString& text, + const Character* style, + bool invertCharacterColor) +{ + // don't draw text which is currently blinking + if ( _blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK) ) + return; + + // setup bold and underline + bool useBold = style->rendition & RE_BOLD || style->isBold(_colorTable) || font().bold(); + bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font().underline(); + + QFont font = painter.font(); + if ( font.bold() != useBold + || font.underline() != useUnderline ) + { + font.setBold(useBold); + font.setUnderline(useUnderline); + painter.setFont(font); + } + + const CharacterColor& textColor = ( invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor ); + const QColor color = textColor.color(_colorTable); + + QPen pen = painter.pen(); + if ( pen.color() != color ) + { + pen.setColor(color); + painter.setPen(color); + } + // draw text + if ( isLineCharString(text) ) { + drawLineCharString(painter,rect.x(),rect.y(),text,style); + } + else + { + // the drawText(rect,flags,string) overload is used here with null flags + // instead of drawText(rect,string) because the (rect,string) overload causes + // the application's default layout direction to be used instead of + // the widget-specific layout direction, which should always be + // Qt::LeftToRight for this widget + painter.drawText(rect,0,text); + } +} + +void TerminalView::drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter , + const QRect& rect, + const QString& text, + const Character* style) +{ + painter.save(); + + // setup painter + const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color(_colorTable); + const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color(_colorTable); + + // draw background if different from the display's background color + if ( backgroundColor != palette().background().color() ) + drawBackground(painter,rect,backgroundColor, false /* do not use transparency */); + + // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor + // this may alter the foreground and background colors + bool invertCharacterColor = false; + + if ( style->rendition & RE_CURSOR ) + drawCursor(painter,rect,foregroundColor,backgroundColor,invertCharacterColor); + // draw text + drawCharacters(painter,rect,text,style,invertCharacterColor); + + painter.restore(); +} + +void TerminalView::setRandomSeed(uint randomSeed) { _randomSeed = randomSeed; } +uint TerminalView::randomSeed() const { return _randomSeed; } + +#if 0 +/*! + Set XIM Position +*/ +void TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos(const int curx, const int cury) +{ + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); + int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + + int xpos, ypos; + ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight*(cury-1) + _fontAscent; + xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth*curx; + //setMicroFocusHint(xpos, ypos, 0, _fontHeight); //### ??? + // fprintf(stderr, "x/y = %d/%d\txpos/ypos = %d/%d\n", curx, cury, xpos, ypos); + _cursorLine = cury; + _cursorCol = curx; +} +#endif + +// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise. +// +// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character +// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() +// with the final scroll amount. this improves performance because scrolling the +// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the +// part of the image which has moved up or down. +// Instead only new lines have to be drawn +// +// note: it is important that the area of the display which is +// scrolled aligns properly with the character grid - +// which has a top left point at (_leftMargin,_topMargin) , +// a cell width of _fontWidth and a cell height of _fontHeight). +void TerminalView::scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& screenWindowRegion) +{ + // if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the + // scrolling optimisations and cause artifacts. the simple solution here + // is to just disable the optimisation whilst it is visible + if ( _outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible() ) { + return; + } + + // constrain the region to the display + // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's + // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less + // than the height of the internal image. + QRect region = screenWindowRegion; + region.setBottom( qMin(region.bottom(),this->_lines-2) ); + + if ( lines == 0 + || _image == 0 + || !region.isValid() + || (region.top() + abs(lines)) >= region.bottom() + || this->_lines <= region.height() ) return; + + QRect scrollRect; + + void* firstCharPos = &_image[ region.top() * this->_columns ]; + void* lastCharPos = &_image[ (region.top() + abs(lines)) * this->_columns ]; + + int top = _topMargin + (region.top() * _fontHeight); + int linesToMove = region.height() - abs(lines); + int bytesToMove = linesToMove * + this->_columns * + sizeof(Character); + + Q_ASSERT( linesToMove > 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( bytesToMove > 0 ); + + //scroll internal image + if ( lines > 0 ) + { + // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid + Q_ASSERT( (char*)lastCharPos + bytesToMove < + (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); + + Q_ASSERT( (lines*this->_columns) < _imageSize ); + + //scroll internal image down + memmove( firstCharPos , lastCharPos , bytesToMove ); + + //set region of display to scroll, making sure that + //the region aligns correctly to the character grid + scrollRect = QRect( _leftMargin , top, + this->_usedColumns * _fontWidth , + linesToMove * _fontHeight ); + } + else + { + // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid + Q_ASSERT( (char*)firstCharPos + bytesToMove < + (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); + + //scroll internal image up + memmove( lastCharPos , firstCharPos , bytesToMove ); + + //set region of the display to scroll, making sure that + //the region aligns correctly to the character grid + QPoint topPoint( _leftMargin , top + abs(lines)*_fontHeight ); + + scrollRect = QRect( topPoint , + QSize( this->_usedColumns*_fontWidth , + linesToMove * _fontHeight )); + } + + //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image + scroll( 0 , _fontHeight * (-lines) , scrollRect ); +} + +QRegion TerminalView::hotSpotRegion() const +{ + QRegion region; + foreach( Filter::HotSpot* hotSpot , _filterChain->hotSpots() ) + { + QRect rect; + rect.setLeft(hotSpot->startColumn()); + rect.setTop(hotSpot->startLine()); + rect.setRight(hotSpot->endColumn()); + rect.setBottom(hotSpot->endLine()); + + region |= imageToWidget(rect); + } + return region; +} + +void TerminalView::processFilters() +{ + if (!_screenWindow) + return; + + QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); + + // use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because + // other classes may call processFilters() when this display's + // ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before + // updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is + // out of date at this point + _filterChain->setImage( _screenWindow->getImage(), + _screenWindow->windowLines(), + _screenWindow->windowColumns(), + _screenWindow->getLineProperties() ); + _filterChain->process(); + + QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); + + update( preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots ); +} + +void TerminalView::updateImage() +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + updateLineProperties(); + + // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and + // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that + // can simply be moved up or down + scrollImage( _screenWindow->scrollCount() , + _screenWindow->scrollRegion() ); + _screenWindow->resetScrollCount(); + + Character* const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage(); + int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines() + 1; + int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns(); + + setScroll( _screenWindow->currentLine() , _screenWindow->lineCount() ); + + if (!_image) + updateImageSize(); // Create _image + + Q_ASSERT( this->_usedLines <= this->_lines ); + Q_ASSERT( this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns ); + + int y,x,len; + + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); + + int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + _hasBlinker = false; + + CharacterColor cf; // undefined + CharacterColor _clipboard; // undefined + int cr = -1; // undefined + + const int linesToUpdate = qMin(this->_lines, qMax(0,lines )); + const int columnsToUpdate = qMin(this->_columns,qMax(0,columns)); + + QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate]; + char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate+2]; + QRegion dirtyRegion; + + // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to + // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and + // which therefore need to be repainted + int dirtyLineCount = 0; + + for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; y++) + { + const Character* currentLine = &_image[y*this->_columns]; + const Character* const newLine = &newimg[y*columns]; + + bool updateLine = false; + + // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also + // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds + // its cell boundaries + memset(dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate+2); + + for( x = 0 ; x < columnsToUpdate ; x++) + { + if ( newLine[x] != currentLine[x] ) + { + dirtyMask[x] = true; + } + } + + if (!_resizing) // not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent + for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; x++) + { + _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK); + + // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs. + // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation + // where characters exceed their cell width. + if (dirtyMask[x]) + { + quint16 c = newLine[x+0].character; + if ( !c ) + continue; + int p = 0; + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); + bool doubleWidth = (x+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+1].character == 0); + cr = newLine[x].rendition; + _clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor; + if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf) cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor; + int lln = columnsToUpdate - x; + for (len = 1; len < lln; len++) + { + const Character& ch = newLine[x+len]; + + if (!ch.character) + continue; // Skip trailing part of multi-col chars. + + bool nextIsDoubleWidth = (x+len+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+len+1].character == 0); + + if ( ch.foregroundColor != cf || + ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard || + ch.rendition != cr || + !dirtyMask[x+len] || + isLineChar(c) != lineDraw || + nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth ) + break; + + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + } + + QString unistr(disstrU, p); + + bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont; + if (lineDraw) + _fixedFont = false; + if (doubleWidth) + _fixedFont = false; + + updateLine = true; + + _fixedFont = saveFixedFont; + x += len - 1; + } + + } + + //both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn + //although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only + //the top one is actually + //drawn. + if (_lineProperties.count() > y) + updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT); + + // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image + // then this line must be repainted. + if (updateLine) + { + dirtyLineCount++; + + // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be + // repainted + QRect dirtyRect = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , + _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , + _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate , + _fontHeight ); + + dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect; + } + + // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the + // current line of the new _image + memcpy((void*)currentLine,(const void*)newLine,columnsToUpdate*sizeof(Character)); + } + + // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area + // outside the new _image is cleared + if ( linesToUpdate < _usedLines ) + { + dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , + _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*linesToUpdate , + _fontWidth * this->_columns , + _fontHeight * (_usedLines-linesToUpdate) ); + } + _usedLines = linesToUpdate; + + if ( columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns ) + { + dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+columnsToUpdate*_fontWidth , + _topMargin+tLy , + _fontWidth * (_usedColumns-columnsToUpdate) , + _fontHeight * this->_lines ); + } + _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate; + + dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect; + + // update the parts of the display which have changed + update(dirtyRegion); + + if ( _hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive()) _blinkTimer->start( BLINK_DELAY ); + if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive()) { _blinkTimer->stop(); _blinking = false; } + delete[] dirtyMask; + delete[] disstrU; + +} + +void TerminalView::showResizeNotification() +{ + if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible()) + { + if (_terminalSizeStartup) { + _terminalSizeStartup=false; + return; + } + if (!_resizeWidget) + { + _resizeWidget = new QLabel(("Size: XXX x XXX"), this); + _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth(_resizeWidget->fontMetrics().width(("Size: XXX x XXX"))); + _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight(_resizeWidget->sizeHint().height()); + _resizeWidget->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter); + + _resizeWidget->setStyleSheet("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)"); + + _resizeTimer = new QTimer(this); + _resizeTimer->setSingleShot(true); + connect(_resizeTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), _resizeWidget, SLOT(hide())); + + } + QString sizeStr; + sizeStr.sprintf("Size: %d x %d", _columns, _lines); + _resizeWidget->setText(sizeStr); + _resizeWidget->move((width()-_resizeWidget->width())/2, + (height()-_resizeWidget->height())/2+20); + _resizeWidget->show(); + _resizeTimer->start(1000); + } +} + +void TerminalView::setBlinkingCursor(bool blink) +{ + _hasBlinkingCursor=blink; + + if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) + _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); + + if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) + { + _blinkCursorTimer->stop(); + if (_cursorBlinking) + blinkCursorEvent(); + else + _cursorBlinking = false; + } +} + +void TerminalView::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe ) +{ + updateImage(); +//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent", __FILE__, __LINE__); + QPainter paint(this); +//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent %d %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, paint.window().top(), paint.window().right()); + + foreach (QRect rect, (pe->region() & contentsRect()).rects()) + { + drawBackground(paint,rect,palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); + drawContents(paint, rect); + } +// drawBackground(paint,contentsRect(),palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); +// drawContents(paint, contentsRect()); + drawInputMethodPreeditString(paint,preeditRect()); + paintFilters(paint); + + paint.end(); +} + +QPoint TerminalView::cursorPosition() const +{ + if (_screenWindow) + return _screenWindow->cursorPosition(); + else + return QPoint(0,0); +} + +QRect TerminalView::preeditRect() const +{ + const int preeditLength = string_width(_inputMethodData.preeditString); + + if ( preeditLength == 0 ) + return QRect(); + + return QRect(_leftMargin + _fontWidth*cursorPosition().x(), + _topMargin + _fontHeight*cursorPosition().y(), + _fontWidth*preeditLength, + _fontHeight); +} + +void TerminalView::drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect) +{ + if ( _inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty() ) { + return; + } + const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition(); + + bool invertColors = false; + const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color; + const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color; + const Character* style = &_image[loc(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y())]; + + drawBackground(painter,rect,background,true); + drawCursor(painter,rect,foreground,background,invertColors); + drawCharacters(painter,rect,_inputMethodData.preeditString,style,invertColors); + + _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect; +} + +FilterChain* TerminalView::filterChain() const +{ + return _filterChain; +} + +void TerminalView::paintFilters(QPainter& painter) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d paintFilters", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw + // lines for filters + QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()); + int cursorLine; + int cursorColumn; + getCharacterPosition( cursorPos , cursorLine , cursorColumn ); + Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc(cursorColumn,cursorLine)]; + + painter.setPen( QPen(cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color(colorTable())) ); + + // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters + // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot + + QList<Filter::HotSpot*> spots = _filterChain->hotSpots(); + QListIterator<Filter::HotSpot*> iter(spots); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + Filter::HotSpot* spot = iter.next(); + + for ( int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++ ) + { + int startColumn = 0; + int endColumn = _columns-1; // TODO use number of _columns which are actually + // occupied on this line rather than the width of the + // display in _columns + + // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines + while ( QChar(_image[loc(endColumn,line)].character).isSpace() && endColumn > 0 ) + endColumn--; + + // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to + // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line + endColumn++; + + if ( line == spot->startLine() ) + startColumn = spot->startColumn(); + if ( line == spot->endLine() ) + endColumn = spot->endColumn(); + + // subtract one pixel from + // the right and bottom so that + // we do not overdraw adjacent + // hotspots + // + // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where + // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined + // because the check below for the position of the cursor + // finds it on the border of the target area + QRect r; + r.setCoords( startColumn*_fontWidth + 1, line*_fontHeight + 1, + endColumn*_fontWidth - 1, (line+1)*_fontHeight - 1 ); + + // Underline link hotspots + if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link ) + { + QFontMetrics metrics(font()); + + // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on, + // with some having tails dangling below) + int baseline = r.bottom() - metrics.descent(); + // find the position of the underline below that + int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos(); + + if ( r.contains( mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ) ) + painter.drawLine( r.left() , underlinePos , + r.right() , underlinePos ); + } + // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape + // drawn on top of them + else if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Marker ) + { + //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this + painter.fillRect(r,QBrush(QColor(255,0,0,120))); + } + } + } +} +void TerminalView::drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d drawContents and rect x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d", __FILE__, __LINE__, rect.x(), rect.y(),rect.width(),rect.height()); + + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); +// int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + + int tLx = (_contentWidth - _usedColumns * _fontWidth)/2; +// int tLy = (_contentHeight - _usedLines * _fontHeight)/2; +//qDebug("%d %d %d %d", tLx, tLy, _contentWidth, _usedColumns * _fontWidth); + + int lux = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0,(rect.left() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); + int luy = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.top() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); + int rlx = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0, (rect.right() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); + int rly = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.bottom() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); + + const int bufferSize = _usedColumns; + QChar *disstrU = new QChar[bufferSize]; + for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++) + { + quint16 c = _image[loc(lux,y)].character; + int x = lux; + if(!c && x) + x--; // Search for start of multi-column character + for (; x <= rlx; x++) + { + int len = 1; + int p = 0; + + // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ? + if ( _image[loc(x,y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR ) + { + // sequence of characters + ushort extendedCharLength = 0; + ushort* chars = ExtendedCharTable::instance + .lookupExtendedChar(_image[loc(x,y)].charSequence,extendedCharLength); + for ( int index = 0 ; index < extendedCharLength ; index++ ) + { + Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); + disstrU[p++] = chars[index]; + } + } + else + { + // single character + c = _image[loc(x,y)].character; + if (c) + { + Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + } + } + + bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); + bool doubleWidth = (_image[ qMin(loc(x,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0); + CharacterColor currentForeground = _image[loc(x,y)].foregroundColor; + CharacterColor currentBackground = _image[loc(x,y)].backgroundColor; + quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc(x,y)].rendition; + + while (x+len <= rlx && + _image[loc(x+len,y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground && + _image[loc(x+len,y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground && + _image[loc(x+len,y)].rendition == currentRendition && + (_image[ qMin(loc(x+len,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0) == doubleWidth && + isLineChar( c = _image[loc(x+len,y)].character) == lineDraw) // Assignment! + { + if (c) + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + if (doubleWidth) // assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition + len++; // Skip trailing part of multi-column character + len++; + } + if ((x+len < _usedColumns) && (!_image[loc(x+len,y)].character)) + len++; // Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character + + bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont; + if (lineDraw) + _fixedFont = false; + if (doubleWidth) + _fixedFont = false; + QString unistr(disstrU,p); + + if (y < _lineProperties.size()) + { + if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH) { + paint.scale(2,1); + } + + if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) { + paint.scale(1,2); + } + } + + //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn + QRect textArea = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+_fontWidth*x , + _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , + _fontWidth*len, + _fontHeight); + + //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter. + //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled + //by the opposite of whatever + //transformation has been applied to the painter. this ensures that + //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft() + //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale) + QMatrix inverted = paint.matrix().inverted(); +// textArea.moveTopLeft( inverted.map(textArea.topLeft()) ); + textArea.moveCenter( inverted.map(textArea.center()) ); + + + //paint text fragment + drawTextFragment( paint, + textArea, + unistr, + &_image[loc(x,y)] ); //, + //0, + //!_isPrinting ); + + _fixedFont = save__fixedFont; + + //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines + paint.resetMatrix(); + + if (y < _lineProperties.size()-1) + { + //double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines + //containing the same characters + //both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. + //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute, + //we can therefore skip the next line + if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) + y++; + } + + x += len - 1; + } + } + delete [] disstrU; +} + +void TerminalView::blinkEvent() +{ + _blinking = !_blinking; + + //TODO: Optimise to only repaint the areas of the widget + // where there is blinking text + // rather than repainting the whole widget. + update(); +} + +QRect TerminalView::imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const +{ +//qDebug("%s %d imageToWidget", __FILE__, __LINE__); + QRect result; + result.setLeft( _leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left() ); + result.setTop( _topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top() ); + result.setWidth( _fontWidth * imageArea.width() ); + result.setHeight( _fontHeight * imageArea.height() ); + + return result; +} + +void TerminalView::blinkCursorEvent() +{ + _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking; + + QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget( QRect(cursorPosition(),QSize(1,1)) ); + + update(cursorRect); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Resizing */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalView::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) +{ + updateImageSize(); +} + +void TerminalView::propagateSize() +{ + if (_isFixedSize) + { + setSize(_columns, _lines); + QWidget::setFixedSize(sizeHint()); + parentWidget()->adjustSize(); + parentWidget()->setFixedSize(parentWidget()->sizeHint()); + return; + } + if (_image) + updateImageSize(); +} + +void TerminalView::updateImageSize() +{ +//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); + Character* oldimg = _image; + int oldlin = _lines; + int oldcol = _columns; + + makeImage(); + + + // copy the old image to reduce flicker + int lines = qMin(oldlin,_lines); + int columns = qMin(oldcol,_columns); + +//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); + if (oldimg) + { + for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) + { + memcpy((void*)&_image[_columns*line], + (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*line],columns*sizeof(Character)); + } + delete[] oldimg; + } + +//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); + if (_screenWindow) + _screenWindow->setWindowLines(_lines); + + _resizing = (oldlin!=_lines) || (oldcol!=_columns); + + if ( _resizing ) + { +//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); + showResizeNotification(); + emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight, _contentWidth); // expose resizeEvent + } +//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + _resizing = false; +} + +//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the +//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown. +// +//this allows +//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using +//the same signal as the one for a content size change +void TerminalView::showEvent(QShowEvent*) +{ + emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); +} +void TerminalView::hideEvent(QHideEvent*) +{ + emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Scrollbar */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalView::scrollBarPositionChanged(int) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + _screenWindow->scrollTo( _scrollBar->value() ); + + // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set + // the display to automatically track new output, + // that is, scroll down automatically + // to how new _lines as they are added + const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value() == _scrollBar->maximum()); + _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( atEndOfOutput ); + + updateImage(); +} + +void TerminalView::setScroll(int cursor, int slines) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d setScroll", __FILE__, __LINE__); + // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed, + // otherwise return + // + // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger + // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary + if ( _scrollBar->minimum() == 0 && + _scrollBar->maximum() == (slines - _lines) && + _scrollBar->value() == cursor ) + { + return; + } + + disconnect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); + _scrollBar->setRange(0,slines - _lines); + _scrollBar->setSingleStep(1); + _scrollBar->setPageStep(_lines); + _scrollBar->setValue(cursor); + connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); +} + +void TerminalView::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position) +{ + if (_scrollbarLocation == position) { +// return; + } + + if ( position == NoScrollBar ) + _scrollBar->hide(); + else + _scrollBar->show(); + + _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1; + _scrollbarLocation = position; + + propagateSize(); + update(); +} + +void TerminalView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( _possibleTripleClick && (ev->button()==Qt::LeftButton) ) { + mouseTripleClickEvent(ev); + return; + } + + if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return; + + if ( !_screenWindow ) return; + + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + QPoint pos = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); + + if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) + { + _lineSelectionMode = false; + _wordSelectionMode = false; + + emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... + // Drag only when the Control key is hold + bool selected = false; + + // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust + // 'selected' accordingly. + //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected); + + selected = _screenWindow->isSelected(pos.x(),pos.y()); + + if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected ) { + // The user clicked inside selected text + dragInfo.state = diPending; + dragInfo.start = ev->pos(); + } + else { + // No reason to ever start a drag event + dragInfo.state = diNone; + + _preserveLineBreaks = !( ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) ); + _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); + + if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + + //emit clearSelectionSignal(); + pos.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos; + _actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet. + + } + else + { + emit mouseSignal( 0, charColumn + 1, charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } + } + } + else if ( ev->button() == Qt::MidButton ) + { + if ( _mouseMarks || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) ) + emitSelection(true,ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); + else + emit mouseSignal( 1, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } + else if ( ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ) + { + if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + emit configureRequest( this, + ev->modifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier|Qt::ControlModifier), + ev->pos() + ); + } + else + emit mouseSignal( 2, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } +} + +QList<QAction*> TerminalView::filterActions(const QPoint& position) +{ + int charLine, charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(position,charLine,charColumn); + + Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); + + return spot ? spot->actions() : QList<QAction*>(); +} + +void TerminalView::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + int charLine = 0; + int charColumn = 0; + + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + + // handle filters + // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over + Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); + if ( spot && spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link) + { + QRect previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea; + _mouseOverHotspotArea.setCoords( qMin(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontWidth, + spot->startLine() * _fontHeight, + qMax(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontHeight, + (spot->endLine()+1) * _fontHeight ); + + // display tooltips when mousing over links + // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links + const QString& tooltip = spot->tooltip(); + if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() ) + { + QToolTip::showText( mapToGlobal(ev->pos()) , tooltip , this , _mouseOverHotspotArea ); + } + + update( _mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea ); + } + else if ( _mouseOverHotspotArea.isValid() ) + { + update( _mouseOverHotspotArea ); + // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle + _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRect(); + } + + // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking + if (ev->buttons() == Qt::NoButton ) return; + + // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements + // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift + // key is being held down, which overrides this. + if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + int button = 3; + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) + button = 0; + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) + button = 1; + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::RightButton) + button = 2; + + + emit mouseSignal( button, + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), + 1 ); + + return; + } + + if (dragInfo.state == diPending) + { + // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet + // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm + + int distance = 10; //KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay(); + if ( ev->x() > dragInfo.start.x() + distance || ev->x() < dragInfo.start.x() - distance || + ev->y() > dragInfo.start.y() + distance || ev->y() < dragInfo.start.y() - distance) + { + // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now + emit isBusySelecting(false); // Ok.. we can breath again. + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + doDrag(); + } + return; + } + else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging) + { + // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during + // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent + return; + } + + if (_actSel == 0) return; + + // don't extend selection while pasting + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) return; + + extendSelection( ev->pos() ); +} + +#if 0 +void TerminalDisplay::setSelectionEnd() +{ + extendSelection( _configureRequestPoint ); +} +#endif + +void TerminalView::extendSelection(const QPoint& position) { + QPoint pos = position; + + if (!_screenWindow) { + return; + } + + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); + int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + int scroll = _scrollBar->value(); + + // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed + // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in + // this widget. + + // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above. + if (pos.x() < tLx + _leftMargin) { + pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin); + } + if (pos.x() > tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth - 1) { + pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth); + } + if (pos.y() < tLy + _topMargin) { + pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin); + } + if (pos.y() > tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) { + pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1); + } + + if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) { + _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() + yMouseScroll); // scrollforward + } + if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin) { + _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() - yMouseScroll); // scrollback + } + + int charColumn = 0; + int charLine = 0; + getCharacterPosition(pos, charLine, charColumn); + + QPoint here = QPoint(charColumn, charLine); + QPoint ohere(here); + QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel; + _iPntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); + QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel; + _pntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); + bool swapping = false; + + if (_wordSelectionMode) { + // Extend to word boundaries + int i = 0; + int selClass = 0; + + bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); + bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); + swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) + QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; + i = loc(left.x(), left.y()); + if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) { + selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + while (((left.x() > 0) || (left.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[left.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED))) + && charClass(_image[i - 1].character) == selClass) { + i--; + if (left.x() > 0) { + left.rx()--; + } else { + left.rx() = _usedColumns - 1; + left.ry()--; + } + } + } + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) + QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + i = loc(right.x(), right.y()); + if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) { + selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + while (((right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) || (right.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED))) + && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass) { + i++; + if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) { + right.rx()++; + } else { + right.rx() = 0; + right.ry()++; + } + } + } + + // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) + if (left_not_right) { + here = left; + ohere = right; + } else { + here = right; + ohere = left; + } + ohere.rx()++; + } + + if (_lineSelectionMode) { + // Extend to complete line + bool above_not_below = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y()); + + QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr; + QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + + while (above.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[above.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)) { + above.ry()--; + } + while (below.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[below.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) { + below.ry()++; + } + + above.setX(0); + below.setX(_usedColumns - 1); + + // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) + if (above_not_below) { + here = above; + ohere = below; + } else { + here = below; + ohere = above; + } + + QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint(ohere.x(), ohere.y()); + swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin == newSelBegin); + _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin; + + ohere.rx()++; + } + + int offset = 0; + if (!_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode) { + int i = 0; + int selClass = 0; + + bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); + bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x())); + swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) + QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) + QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + if (right.x() > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode) { + i = loc(right.x(), right.y()); + if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) { + selClass = charClass(_image[i - 1].character); + if (selClass == ' ') { + while (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1 && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass && (right.y() < _usedLines - 1) && + !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) { + i++; + right.rx()++; + } + if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) { + right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + } else { + right.rx()++; // will be balanced later because of offset=-1; + } + } + } + } + + // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) + if (left_not_right) { + here = left; + ohere = right; + offset = 0; + } else { + here = right; + ohere = left; + offset = -1; + } + } + + if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value())) { + return; // not moved + } + + if (here == ohere) { + return; // It's not left, it's not right. + } + + if (_actSel < 2 || swapping) { + if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) { + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x(), ohere.y(), true); + } else { + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x() - 1 - offset , ohere.y(), false); + } + + } + + _actSel = 2; // within selection + _pntSel = here; + _pntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + + if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) { + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x(), here.y()); + } else { + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x() + offset, here.y()); + } +} + +void TerminalView::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + + if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) + { + emit isBusySelecting(false); + if(dragInfo.state == diPending) + { + // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed. Kill selection + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + //emit clearSelectionSignal(); + } + else + { + if ( _actSel > 1 ) + { + setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); + } + + _actSel = 0; + + //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is + // outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent' + // applies here, too. + + if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + emit mouseSignal( 3, // release + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } + dragInfo.state = diNone; + } + + + if ( !_mouseMarks && + ((ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + || ev->button() == Qt::MidButton) ) + { + emit mouseSignal( 3, + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , + 0); + } +} + +void TerminalView::getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const +{ + + column = (widgetPoint.x() + _fontWidth/2 -contentsRect().left()-_leftMargin) / _fontWidth; + line = (widgetPoint.y()-contentsRect().top()-_topMargin) / _fontHeight; + + if ( line < 0 ) + line = 0; + if ( column < 0 ) + column = 0; + + if ( line >= _usedLines ) + line = _usedLines-1; + + // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which + // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line. + // + // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most + // column (or left-most for right-to-left input) + if ( column > _usedColumns ) + column = _usedColumns; +} + +void TerminalView::updateLineProperties() +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties(); +} + +void TerminalView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( ev->button() != Qt::LeftButton) return; + if ( !_screenWindow ) return; + + int charLine = 0; + int charColumn = 0; + + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + + QPoint pos(charColumn,charLine); + + // pass on double click as two clicks. + if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click + // was already sent by the click handler + emit mouseSignal( 0, + pos.x()+1, + pos.y()+1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), + 0 ); // left button + return; + } + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + QPoint bgnSel = pos; + QPoint endSel = pos; + int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y()); + _iPntSel = bgnSel; + _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + + _wordSelectionMode = true; + + // find word boundaries... + int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + { + // find the start of the word + int x = bgnSel.x(); + while ( ((x>0) || (bgnSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) + && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) + { + i--; + if (x>0) + x--; + else + { + x=_usedColumns-1; + bgnSel.ry()--; + } + } + + bgnSel.setX(x); + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( bgnSel.x() , bgnSel.y() , false ); + + // find the end of the word + i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() ); + x = endSel.x(); + while( ((x<_usedColumns-1) || (endSel.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[endSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) + && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass ) + { + i++; + if (x<_usedColumns-1) + x++; + else + { + x=0; + endSel.ry()++; + } + } + + endSel.setX(x); + + // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word. + if ( ( QChar( _image[i].character ) == '@' ) && ( ( endSel.x() - bgnSel.x() ) > 0 ) ) + endSel.setX( x - 1 ); + + + _actSel = 2; // within selection + + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( endSel.x() , endSel.y() ); + + setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); + } + + _possibleTripleClick=true; + + QTimer::singleShot(QApplication::doubleClickInterval(),this, + SLOT(tripleClickTimeout())); +} + +void TerminalView::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ev ) +{ + if (ev->orientation() != Qt::Vertical) + return; + + if ( _mouseMarks ) + _scrollBar->event(ev); + else + { + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition( ev->pos() , charLine , charColumn ); + + emit mouseSignal( ev->delta() > 0 ? 4 : 5, + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , + 0); + } +} + +void TerminalView::tripleClickTimeout() +{ + _possibleTripleClick=false; +} + +void TerminalView::mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) return; + + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + _iPntSel = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + + _lineSelectionMode = true; + _wordSelectionMode = false; + + _actSel = 2; // within selection + emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... + + while (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + _iPntSel.ry()--; + + if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor) { + // find word boundary start + int i = loc(_iPntSel.x(),_iPntSel.y()); + int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + int x = _iPntSel.x(); + + while ( ((x>0) || + (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + ) + && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) + { + i--; + if (x>0) + x--; + else + { + x=_columns-1; + _iPntSel.ry()--; + } + } + + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( x , _iPntSel.y() , false ); + _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( x, _iPntSel.y() ); + } + else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine) { + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( 0 , _iPntSel.y() , false ); + _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( 0, _iPntSel.y() ); + } + + while (_iPntSel.y()<_lines-1 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + _iPntSel.ry()++; + + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( _columns - 1 , _iPntSel.y() ); + + setSelection(_screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks)); + + _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + + emit tripleClicked( _screenWindow->selectedText( _preserveLineBreaks ) ); +} + + +bool TerminalView::focusNextPrevChild( bool next ) +{ + if (next) + return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror + // when pressing Tab + return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( next ); +} + + +int TerminalView::charClass(quint16 ch) const +{ + QChar qch=QChar(ch); + if ( qch.isSpace() ) return ' '; + + if ( qch.isLetterOrNumber() || _wordCharacters.contains(qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) ) + return 'a'; + + // Everything else is weird + return 1; +} + +void TerminalView::setWordCharacters(const QString& wc) +{ + _wordCharacters = wc; +} + +void TerminalView::setUsesMouse(bool on) +{ + _mouseMarks = on; + setCursor( _mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor ); +} +bool TerminalView::usesMouse() const +{ + return _mouseMarks; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Clipboard */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#undef KeyPress + +void TerminalView::emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events + QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text(useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection : + QClipboard::Clipboard); + if(appendReturn) + text.append("\r"); + if ( ! text.isEmpty() ) + { + text.replace("\n", "\r"); + QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text); + emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + } +} + +void TerminalView::setSelection(const QString& t) +{ + QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, QClipboard::Selection); +} + +void TerminalView::copyClipboard() +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks); + QApplication::clipboard()->setText(text); +} + +void TerminalView::pasteClipboard() +{ + emitSelection(false,false); +} + +void TerminalView::pasteSelection() +{ + emitSelection(true,false); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Keyboard */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalView::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent and key is %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, event->key()); + + bool emitKeyPressSignal = true; + + // Keyboard-based navigation + if ( event->modifiers() == Qt::ShiftModifier ) + { + bool update = true; + + if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d pageup", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , -1 ); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d pagedown", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , 1 ); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Up ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d keyup", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , -1 ); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Down ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d keydown", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , 1 ); + } + else { + update = false; + } + + if ( update ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d updating", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( _screenWindow->atEndOfOutput() ); + + updateLineProperties(); + updateImage(); + + // do not send key press to terminal + emitKeyPressSignal = false; + } + } + + _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( true ); + + _actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't + // know where the current selection is. + + if (_hasBlinkingCursor) + { + _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); + if (_cursorBlinking) + blinkCursorEvent(); + else + _cursorBlinking = false; + } + + if ( emitKeyPressSignal && !_readonly ) + emit keyPressedSignal(event); + + if (_readonly) { + event->ignore(); + } + else { + event->accept(); + } +} + +void TerminalView::inputMethodEvent( QInputMethodEvent* event ) +{ + QKeyEvent keyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress,0,Qt::NoModifier,event->commitString()); + emit keyPressedSignal(&keyEvent); + + _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString(); + update(preeditRect() | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect); + + event->accept(); +} +QVariant TerminalView::inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const +{ + const QPoint cursorPos = _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition() : QPoint(0,0); + switch ( query ) + { + case Qt::ImMicroFocus: + return imageToWidget(QRect(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y(),1,1)); + break; + case Qt::ImFont: + return font(); + break; + case Qt::ImCursorPosition: + // return the cursor position within the current line + return cursorPos.x(); + break; + case Qt::ImSurroundingText: + { + // return the text from the current line + QString lineText; + QTextStream stream(&lineText); + PlainTextDecoder decoder; + decoder.begin(&stream); + decoder.decodeLine(&_image[loc(0,cursorPos.y())],_usedColumns,_lineProperties[cursorPos.y()]); + decoder.end(); + return lineText; + } + break; + case Qt::ImCurrentSelection: + return QString(); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return QVariant(); +} + +bool TerminalView::event( QEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->type() == QEvent::ShortcutOverride ) + { + QKeyEvent* keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e ); + + // a check to see if keyEvent->text() is empty is used + // to avoid intercepting the press of the modifier key on its own. + // + // this is important as it allows a press and release of the Alt key + // on its own to focus the menu bar, making it possible to + // work with the menu without using the mouse + if ( (keyEvent->modifiers() == Qt::AltModifier) && + !keyEvent->text().isEmpty() ) + { + keyEvent->accept(); + return true; + } + + // Override any of the following shortcuts because + // they are needed by the terminal + int keyCode = keyEvent->key() | keyEvent->modifiers(); + switch ( keyCode ) + { + // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code + case Qt::Key_Tab: + case Qt::Key_Delete: + case Qt::Key_Home: + case Qt::Key_End: + case Qt::Key_Backspace: + case Qt::Key_Left: + case Qt::Key_Right: + keyEvent->accept(); + return true; + } + } + return QWidget::event( e ); +} + +void TerminalView::setBellMode(int mode) +{ + _bellMode=mode; +} + +void TerminalView::enableBell() +{ + _allowBell = true; +} + +void TerminalView::bell(const QString&) +{ + if (_bellMode==NoBell) return; + + //limit the rate at which bells can occur + //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence + //produce a horrible noise + if ( _allowBell ) + { + _allowBell = false; + QTimer::singleShot(500,this,SLOT(enableBell())); + + if (_bellMode==SystemBeepBell) + { +// KNotification::beep(); + } + else if (_bellMode==NotifyBell) + { +// KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this); + } + else if (_bellMode==VisualBell) + { + swapColorTable(); + QTimer::singleShot(200,this,SLOT(swapColorTable())); + } + } +} + +void TerminalView::swapColorTable() +{ + ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1]; + _colorTable[1]=_colorTable[0]; + _colorTable[0]= color; + _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted; + update(); +} + +void TerminalView::clearImage() +{ + // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage() + for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++) + { + _image[i].character = ' '; + _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, + DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); + _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, + DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); + _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION; + } +} + +void TerminalView::calcGeometry() +{ + _scrollBar->resize(QApplication::style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent), + contentsRect().height()); + switch(_scrollbarLocation) + { + case NoScrollBar : + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + break; + case ScrollBarLeft : + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width(); + _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); + _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topLeft()); + break; + case ScrollBarRight: + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); + _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(_scrollBar->width()-1,0)); + break; + } + + _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; + _contentHeight = contentsRect().height() - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1; + + if (!_isFixedSize) + { + // ensure that display is always at least one column wide + _columns = qMax(1,_contentWidth / _fontWidth); + _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); + + // ensure that display is always at least one line high + _lines = qMax(1,_contentHeight / _fontHeight); + _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); + } +} + +void TerminalView::makeImage() +{ +//qDebug("%s %d makeImage", __FILE__, __LINE__); + calcGeometry(); + + // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code + // assumes a non-zero array length + Q_ASSERT( _lines > 0 && _columns > 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( _usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns ); + + _imageSize=_lines*_columns; + + // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with + // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position + _image = new Character[_imageSize+1]; + + clearImage(); +} + +// calculate the needed size +void TerminalView::setSize(int columns, int lines) +{ + //FIXME - Not quite correct, a small amount of additional space + // will be used for margins, the scrollbar etc. + // we need to allow for this so that '_size' does allow + // enough room for the specified number of columns and lines to fit + + QSize newSize = QSize( columns * _fontWidth , + lines * _fontHeight ); + + if ( newSize != size() ) + { + _size = newSize; + updateGeometry(); + } +} + +void TerminalView::setFixedSize(int cols, int lins) +{ + _isFixedSize = true; + + //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size + _columns = qMax(1,cols); + _lines = qMax(1,lins); + _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); + _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); + + if (_image) + { + delete[] _image; + makeImage(); + } + setSize(cols, lins); + QWidget::setFixedSize(_size); +} + +QSize TerminalView::sizeHint() const +{ + return _size; +} + + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Drag & Drop */ +/* */ +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) +{ + if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) + event->acceptProposedAction(); +} + +void TerminalView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) +{ +// KUrl::List urls = KUrl::List::fromMimeData(event->mimeData()); + + QString dropText; +/* if (!urls.isEmpty()) + { + for ( int i = 0 ; i < urls.count() ; i++ ) + { + KUrl url = KIO::NetAccess::mostLocalUrl( urls[i] , 0 ); + QString urlText; + + if (url.isLocalFile()) + urlText = url.path(); + else + urlText = url.url(); + + // in future it may be useful to be able to insert file names with drag-and-drop + // without quoting them (this only affects paths with spaces in) + urlText = KShell::quoteArg(urlText); + + dropText += urlText; + + if ( i != urls.count()-1 ) + dropText += ' '; + } + } + else + { + dropText = event->mimeData()->text(); + } +*/ + if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) + { + emit sendStringToEmu(dropText.toLocal8Bit()); + } +} + +void TerminalView::doDrag() +{ + dragInfo.state = diDragging; + dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag(this); + QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData; + mimeData->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Selection)); + dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData(mimeData); + dragInfo.dragObject->start(Qt::CopyAction); + // Don't delete the QTextDrag object. Qt will delete it when it's done with it. +} + +void TerminalView::outputSuspended(bool suspended) +{ + //create the label when this function is first called + if (!_outputSuspendedLabel) + { + //This label includes a link to an English language website + //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost + //all terminal emulators. + //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link + //can simply be removed. + _outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel( ("<qt>Output has been " + "<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XON\">suspended</a>" + " by pressing Ctrl+S." + " Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume.</qt>"), + this ); + + QPalette palette(_outputSuspendedLabel->palette()); + + palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::WindowText, QColor(Qt::white)); + palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window, QColor(Qt::black)); +// KColorScheme::adjustForeground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralText); +// KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette(palette); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground(true); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont(QApplication::font()); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setMargin(5); + + //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label + _outputSuspendedLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | + Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(false); + + _gridLayout->addWidget(_outputSuspendedLabel); + _gridLayout->addItem( new QSpacerItem(0,0,QSizePolicy::Expanding, + QSizePolicy::Expanding), + 1,0); + + } + + _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(suspended); +} + +uint TerminalView::lineSpacing() const +{ + return _lineSpacing; +} + +void TerminalView::setLineSpacing(uint i) +{ + _lineSpacing = i; + setVTFont(font()); // Trigger an update. +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalView.h @@ -0,0 +1,753 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef TERMINALVIEW_H +#define TERMINALVIEW_H + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QColor> +#include <QtCore/QPointer> +#include <QtGui/QWidget> + +// Konsole +#include "Filter.h" +#include "Character.h" + +class QDrag; +class QDragEnterEvent; +class QDropEvent; +class QLabel; +class QTimer; +class QEvent; +class QFrame; +class QGridLayout; +class QKeyEvent; +class QScrollBar; +class QShowEvent; +class QHideEvent; +class QWidget; + +extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; + +class ScreenWindow; + +/** + * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity + * to the terminal. + * + * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, + * it will update the display by calling updateImage(). + * + * TODO More documentation + */ +class TerminalView : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */ + TerminalView(QWidget *parent = 0); + virtual ~TerminalView(); + + /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */ + const ColorEntry* colorTable() const; + /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */ + void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]); + /** + * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display + * (in color schemes that support them). + */ + void setRandomSeed(uint seed); + /** + * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display + * (in color schemes that support them). + */ + uint randomSeed() const; + + /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */ + void setOpacity(qreal opacity); + + /** + * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget. + */ + enum ScrollBarPosition + { + /** Do not show the scroll bar. */ + NoScrollBar=0, + /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */ + ScrollBarLeft=1, + /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */ + ScrollBarRight=2 + }; + /** + * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it + * is shown on the left or right side of the display. + */ + void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position); + + /** + * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar. + * + * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb. + * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar. + */ + void setScroll(int cursor, int lines); + + /** + * Returns the display's filter chain. When the image for the display is updated, + * the text is passed through each filter in the chain. Each filter can define + * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words). + * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() ) + * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent + * rectangles for markers. + * + * To add a new filter to the view, call: + * viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject ); + */ + FilterChain* filterChain() const; + + /** + * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain. This will cause + * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image. + * + * WARNING: This function can be expensive depending on the + * image size and number of filters in the filterChain() + * + * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage. Revise it so + * that the processing can be done in a better way. + * + * eg: + * - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering + * over an area ) + */ + void processFilters(); + + /** + * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content + * at the given @p position. + */ + QList<QAction*> filterActions(const QPoint& position); + + /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */ + bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; } + /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */ + void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink); + + void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; } + bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; } + + /** + * This enum describes the methods for selecting text when + * the user triple-clicks within the display. + */ + enum TripleClickMode + { + /** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */ + SelectWholeLine, + /** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ + SelectForwardsFromCursor + }; + /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */ + void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; } + /** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */ + TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; } + + void setLineSpacing(uint); + uint lineSpacing() const; + + void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn); + + /** + * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor. + * See setKeyboardCursorShape() + */ + enum KeyboardCursorShape + { + /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */ + BlockCursor, + /** + * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor + * character's area. + */ + UnderlineCursor, + /** + * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam + * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors. + */ + IBeamCursor + }; + /** + * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor. This is the cursor drawn + * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear. + * + * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for + * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor() + * method. + * + * Defaults to BlockCursor + */ + void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape); + /** + * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor. See setKeyboardCursorShape() + */ + KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const; + + /** + * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor. + * + * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character + * underneath it. + * + * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match + * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this + * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character + * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable. + * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor. This is only taken into + * account if @p useForegroundColor is false. + */ + void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color); + + /** + * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard + * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character + * underneath it. + */ + QColor keyboardCursorColor() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget. + * + * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font. + * See fontHeight() + */ + int lines() { return _lines; } + /** + * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on + * each line in the widget. + * + * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font. + * See fontWidth() + */ + int columns() { return _columns; } + + /** + * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display. + */ + int fontHeight() { return _fontHeight; } + /** + * Returns the width of the characters in the display. + * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font. + */ + int fontWidth() { return _fontWidth; } + + void setSize(int cols, int lins); + void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins); + + // reimplemented + QSize sizeHint() const; + + /** + * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, + * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes + * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them. + * + * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which + * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc + * + * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts + * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ). + */ + void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc); + /** + * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the + * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse. + * + * @see setWordCharacters() + */ + QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; } + + /** + * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the + * terminal session. + * + * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with + * the alert message. + */ + void setBellMode(int mode); + /** + * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in + * the terminal session. + * + * See setBellMode() + */ + int bellMode() { return _bellMode; } + + /** + * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which + * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal + * session. + */ + enum BellMode + { + /** A system beep. */ + SystemBeepBell=0, + /** + * KDE notification. This may play a sound, show a passive popup + * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings. + */ + NotifyBell=1, + /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */ + VisualBell=2, + /** No bell effects */ + NoBell=3 + }; + + void setSelection(const QString &t); + + /** + * Reimplemented. Has no effect. Use setVTFont() to change the font + * used to draw characters in the display. + */ + virtual void setFont(const QFont &); + + + /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */ + QFont getVTFont() { return font(); } + + /** + * Sets the font used to draw the display. Has no effect if @p font + * is larger than the size of the display itself. + */ + void setVTFont(const QFont& font); + + + /** + * Specified whether terminal widget should be at read-only mode + * Defaults to false. + */ + void setReadOnly( bool readonly) { _readonly = readonly; } + + /** + * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display + * is enabled or not. Defaults to enabled. + */ + static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; } + /** + * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled. + */ + static bool antialias() { return _antialiasText; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the + * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget + * is being resized. + */ + void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; } + /** + * Returns whether or not the current height and width of + * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget + * is being resized. + */ + bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; } + /** + * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly + * after the widget is first shown. + * + * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint() + */ + void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; } + + void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; } + bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; } + + /** + * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. + * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the + * the associated terminal screen window. + * + * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered + * by the TerminalDisplay. + */ + void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window ); + /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. See setScreenWindow() */ + ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const; + + static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY; + +public slots: + + /** + * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated + * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display. + */ + void updateImage(); + /** + * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the + * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ). + */ + void updateLineProperties(); + + /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */ + void copyClipboard(); + /** + * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the + * display. + */ + void pasteClipboard(); + /** + * Pastes the content of the selection into the + * display. + */ + void pasteSelection(); + + /** + * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal + * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S) + * + * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should + * be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that + * the warning message should disappear. + */ + void outputSuspended(bool suspended); + + /** + * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view + * is interested in mouse events. + * + * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags + * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view. + * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required + * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the + * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse + * events itself. + * + * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events + * or false otherwise. + */ + void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse); + + /** See setUsesMouse() */ + bool usesMouse() const; + + /** + * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal. + * TODO: More documentation here + */ + void bell(const QString& message); + +signals: + + /** + * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus. + */ + void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e); + + /** + * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations + * + * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or + * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination) + */ + void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend); + + /** + * A mouse event occurred. + * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release) + * @param column The character column where the event occurred + * @param line The character row where the event occurred + * @param eventType The type of event. 0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion + */ + void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType); + void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width); + void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width); + + /** + * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift + * key held down if usesMouse() is true. + * + * This can be used to display a context menu. + */ + void configureRequest( TerminalView*, int state, const QPoint& position ); + + void isBusySelecting(bool); + void sendStringToEmu(const char*); + + void tripleClicked( const QString& text ); + +protected: + virtual bool event( QEvent * ); + + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + + virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*); + virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*); + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*); + + virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font); + + virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event); + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); + virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* ); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* ); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* ); + virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos ); + virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ); + + virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next ); + + // drag and drop + virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event); + virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event); + void doDrag(); + enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging }; + + struct _dragInfo { + DragState state; + QPoint start; + QDrag *dragObject; + } dragInfo; + + virtual int charClass(quint16) const; + + void clearImage(); + + void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); + + // reimplemented + virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event ); + virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const; + +protected slots: + + void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value); + void blinkEvent(); + void blinkCursorEvent(); + + //Renables bell noises and visuals. Used to disable further bells for a short period of time + //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events. + void enableBell(); + +private slots: + + void swapColorTable(); + void tripleClickTimeout(); // resets possibleTripleClick + +private: + + // -- Drawing helpers -- + + // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into + // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls + // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments + void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect); + // draws a section of text, all the text in this section + // has a common color and style + void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, + const QString& text, const Character* style); + // draws the background for a text fragment + // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to + // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background + // will be drawn fully opaque + void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color, + bool useOpacitySetting); + // draws the cursor character + void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, + const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors); + // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment + void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QString& text, + const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor); + // draws a string of line graphics + void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, + const QString& str, const Character* attributes); + + // draws the preedit string for input methods + void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect); + + // -- + + // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget + QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const; + + // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) + // of the character at that point. + void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const; + + // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw + QRect preeditRect() const; + + // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's + // current size in columns and lines + void showResizeNotification(); + + // scrolls the image by a number of lines. + // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) + // or negative ( to scroll the image up ) + // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only + // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account, + // the left and right are ignored. + void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region); + + void calcGeometry(); + void propagateSize(); + void updateImageSize(); + void makeImage(); + + void paintFilters(QPainter& painter); + + // returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain + // a hotspot + QRegion hotSpotRegion() const; + + // returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines + QPoint cursorPosition() const; + + // the window onto the terminal screen which this display + // is currently showing. + QPointer<ScreenWindow> _screenWindow; + + bool _allowBell; + + QGridLayout* _gridLayout; + + bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch + int _fontHeight; // height + int _fontWidth; // width + int _fontAscent; // ascend + + int _leftMargin; // offset + int _topMargin; // offset + + int _lines; // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget + int _columns; // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget + + int _usedLines; // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less + // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller + // than the maximum image size which can be displayed + + int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less + // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller + // than the maximum image size which can be displayed + + int _contentHeight; + int _contentWidth; + Character* _image; // [lines][columns] + // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data + + int _imageSize; + QVector<LineProperty> _lineProperties; + + ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS]; + uint _randomSeed; + + bool _resizing; + bool _terminalSizeHint; + bool _terminalSizeStartup; + bool _bidiEnabled; + bool _mouseMarks; + + QPoint _iPntSel; // initial selection point + QPoint _pntSel; // current selection point + QPoint _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker + int _actSel; // selection state + bool _wordSelectionMode; + bool _lineSelectionMode; + bool _preserveLineBreaks; + bool _columnSelectionMode; + + QClipboard* _clipboard; + QScrollBar* _scrollBar; + ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation; + QString _wordCharacters; + int _bellMode; + + bool _blinking; // hide text in paintEvent + bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink + bool _cursorBlinking; // hide cursor in paintEvent + bool _hasBlinkingCursor; // has blinking cursor enabled + bool _ctrlDrag; // require Ctrl key for drag + TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode; + bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked. + QTimer* _blinkTimer; // active when hasBlinker + QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer; // active when hasBlinkingCursor + +// KMenu* _drop; + QString _dropText; + int _dndFileCount; + + bool _possibleTripleClick; // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted + // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay + + + QLabel* _resizeWidget; + QTimer* _resizeTimer; + + bool _flowControlWarningEnabled; + + //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend + //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output + QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; + + uint _lineSpacing; + + bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell + + QSize _size; + + QRgb _blendColor; + + // list of filters currently applied to the display. used for links and + // search highlight + TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain; + QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea; + + KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape; + + // custom cursor color. if this is invalid then the foreground + // color of the character under the cursor is used + QColor _cursorColor; + + + struct InputMethodData + { + QString preeditString; + QRect previousPreeditRect; + }; + InputMethodData _inputMethodData; + + static bool _antialiasText; // do we antialias or not + + //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text + static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500; + static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1; + static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1; + + bool _readonly; + +public: + static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable) + { + HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable; + } +}; + +#endif // TERMINALVIEW_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Vt102Emulation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1265 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Vt102Emulation.h" + +#if defined(__osf__) || defined(__APPLE__) +#define AVOID_XKB +#endif + +// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions +// even though it might be available on a particular system. +#if defined(AVOID_XKB) +#undef HAVE_XKB +#endif + +// Standard +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <assert.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QEvent> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QByteRef> + +// KDE +//#include <kdebug.h> +//#include <klocale.h> + +// Konsole +#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" +#include "Screen.h" + +#if defined(HAVE_XKB) +void scrolllock_set_off(); +void scrolllock_set_on(); +#endif + + +/* VT102 Terminal Emulation + + This class puts together the screens, the pty and the widget to a + complete terminal emulation. Beside combining it's componentes, it + handles the emulations's protocol. + + This module consists of the following sections: + + - Constructor/Destructor + - Incoming Bytes Event pipeline + - Outgoing Bytes + - Mouse Events + - Keyboard Events + - Modes and Charset State + - Diagnostics +*/ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Constructor / Destructor */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + + +Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation() + : Emulation(), + _titleUpdateTimer(new QTimer(this)) +{ + _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true); + + QObject::connect(_titleUpdateTimer , SIGNAL(timeout()) , this , SLOT(updateTitle())); + + initTokenizer(); + reset(); +} + +Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation() +{ +} + +void Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen() +{ + _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen(); + + bufferedUpdate(); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::reset() +{ + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetToken()"; + resetToken(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetModes()"; + resetModes(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; + resetCharset(0); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset screen0()"; + _screen[0]->reset(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; + resetCharset(1); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset _screen 1"; + _screen[1]->reset(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() setCodec()"; + setCodec(LocaleCodec); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() done"; + + bufferedUpdate(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Processing the incoming byte stream */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline + + This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. + Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' + which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the + `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself. + + The pipeline proceeds as follows: + + - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar) + - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset) + - Interpretation of ESC codes (tau) + + The escape codes and their meaning are described in the + technical reference of this program. +*/ + +// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- + +/* + Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them + in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the + terminals operations as byte sequences. + + They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later + switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional + argument variables are filled with parameter values. + + The tokens are defined below: + + - CHR - Printable characters (32..255 but DEL (=127)) + - CTL - Control characters (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL) + - ESC - Escape codes of the form <ESC><CHR but `[]()+*#'> + - ESC_DE - Escape codes of the form <ESC><any of `()+*#%'> C + - CSI_PN - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' {Pn} ';' {Pn} C + - CSI_PS - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' {Pn} ';' ... C + - CSI_PR - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '?' {Pn} ';' ... C + - CSI_PE - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '!' {Pn} ';' ... C + - VT52 - VT52 escape codes + - <ESC><Chr> + - <ESC>'Y'{Pc}{Pc} + - XTE_HA - Xterm hacks <ESC>`]' {Pn} `;' {Text} <BEL> + note that this is handled differently + + The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of + the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed + as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the + meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers), + they are includes within the token ('N'). + +*/ + +#define TY_CONSTR(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) ) + +#define TY_CHR( ) TY_CONSTR(0,0,0) +#define TY_CTL(A ) TY_CONSTR(1,A,0) +#define TY_ESC(A ) TY_CONSTR(2,A,0) +#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B) TY_CONSTR(3,A,B) +#define TY_ESC_DE(A ) TY_CONSTR(4,A,0) +#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N) TY_CONSTR(5,A,N) +#define TY_CSI_PN(A ) TY_CONSTR(6,A,0) +#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N) TY_CONSTR(7,A,N) + +#define TY_VT52(A ) TY_CONSTR(8,A,0) + +#define TY_CSI_PG(A ) TY_CONSTR(9,A,0) + +#define TY_CSI_PE(A ) TY_CONSTR(10,A,0) + +// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +/* The tokenizers state + + The state is represented by the buffer (pbuf, ppos), + and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc). + Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer. +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::resetToken() +{ + ppos = 0; argc = 0; argv[0] = 0; argv[1] = 0; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::addDigit(int dig) +{ + argv[argc] = 10*argv[argc] + dig; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::addArgument() +{ + argc = qMin(argc+1,MAXARGS-1); + argv[argc] = 0; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::pushToToken(int cc) +{ + pbuf[ppos] = cc; + ppos = qMin(ppos+1,MAXPBUF-1); +} + +// Character Classes used while decoding + +#define CTL 1 +#define CHR 2 +#define CPN 4 +#define DIG 8 +#define SCS 16 +#define GRP 32 +#define CPS 64 + +void Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer() +{ int i; quint8* s; + for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] = 0; + for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) tbl[ i] |= CTL; + for(i = 32; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] |= CHR; + for(s = (quint8*)"@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPN; +// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t + for(s = (quint8*)"t"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPS; + for(s = (quint8*)"0123456789" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= DIG; + for(s = (quint8*)"()+*%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= SCS; + for(s = (quint8*)"()+*#[]%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= GRP; + resetToken(); +} + +/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder. + + Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the + token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with + the current character to form a scanning decision. + + This is done by the following defines. + + - P is the length of the token scanned so far. + - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision. + - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'tbl'). + + Note that they need to applied in proper order. +*/ + +#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[(L)] == (C)) +#define lun( ) (p == 1 && cc >= 32 ) +#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256 && (tbl[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C)) +#define eec(C) (p >= 3 && cc == (C)) +#define ees(C) (p >= 3 && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) +#define eps(C) (p >= 3 && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) +#define epp( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '?' ) +#define epe( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '!' ) +#define egt( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '>' ) +#define Xpe (ppos>=2 && pbuf[1] == ']' ) +#define Xte (Xpe && cc == 7 ) +#define ces(C) ( cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte) + +#define ESC 27 +#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@') + +// process an incoming unicode character + +void Vt102Emulation::receiveChar(int cc) +{ + int i; + if (cc == 127) return; //VT100: ignore. + + if (ces( CTL)) + { // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100 + // This means, they do neither a resetToken nor a pushToToken. Some of them, do + // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on + // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level. + if (cc == CNTL('X') || cc == CNTL('Z') || cc == ESC) resetToken(); //VT100: CAN or SUB + if (cc != ESC) { tau( TY_CTL(cc+'@' ), 0, 0); return; } + } + + pushToToken(cc); // advance the state + + int* s = pbuf; + int p = ppos; + + if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) // decide on proper action + { + if (lec(1,0,ESC)) { return; } + if (lec(1,0,ESC+128)) { s[0] = ESC; receiveChar('['); return; } + if (les(2,1,GRP)) { return; } + if (Xte ) { XtermHack(); resetToken(); return; } + if (Xpe ) { return; } + if (lec(3,2,'?')) { return; } + if (lec(3,2,'>')) { return; } + if (lec(3,2,'!')) { return; } + if (lun( )) { tau( TY_CHR(), applyCharset(cc), 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (lec(2,0,ESC)) { tau( TY_ESC(s[1]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (les(3,1,SCS)) { tau( TY_ESC_CS(s[1],s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (lec(3,1,'#')) { tau( TY_ESC_DE(s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (eps( CPN)) { tau( TY_CSI_PN(cc), argv[0],argv[1]); resetToken(); return; } + +// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t + if (eps( CPS)) { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]); resetToken(); return; } + + if (epe( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PE(cc), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (ees( DIG)) { addDigit(cc-'0'); return; } + if (eec( ';')) { addArgument(); return; } + for (i=0;i<=argc;i++) + if ( epp( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PR(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } + else if(egt( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PG(cc ), 0, 0); } // spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c + else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 2) + { // ESC[ ... 48;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m + i += 2; + tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB, (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i+1] << 8) | argv[i+2]); + i += 2; + } + else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 5) + { // ESC[ ... 48;5;<index> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5;<index> ... m + i += 2; + tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_256, argv[i]); + } + else { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } + resetToken(); + } + else // mode VT52 + { + if (lec(1,0,ESC)) return; + if (les(1,0,CHR)) { tau( TY_CHR( ), s[0], 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (lec(2,1,'Y')) return; + if (lec(3,1,'Y')) return; + if (p < 4) { tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), s[2],s[3]); resetToken(); return; + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::XtermHack() +{ int i,arg = 0; + for (i = 2; i < ppos && '0'<=pbuf[i] && pbuf[i]<'9' ; i++) + arg = 10*arg + (pbuf[i]-'0'); + if (pbuf[i] != ';') { ReportErrorToken(); return; } + QChar *str = new QChar[ppos-i-2]; + for (int j = 0; j < ppos-i-2; j++) str[j] = pbuf[i+1+j]; + QString unistr(str,ppos-i-2); + + // arg == 1 doesn't change the title. In XTerm it only changes the icon name + // (btw: arg=0 changes title and icon, arg=1 only icon, arg=2 only title +// emit changeTitle(arg,unistr); + _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] = unistr; + _titleUpdateTimer->start(20); + + delete [] str; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::updateTitle() +{ + QListIterator<int> iter( _pendingTitleUpdates.keys() ); + while (iter.hasNext()) { + int arg = iter.next(); + emit titleChanged( arg , _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] ); + } + + _pendingTitleUpdates.clear(); +} + +// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized, + meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of + the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself. + + The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word + possibly accompanied by two parameters. + + Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two + arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table + from the function below. + + The technical reference manual provides more information + about this mapping. +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::tau( int token, int p, int q ) +{ +#if 0 +int N = (token>>0)&0xff; +int A = (token>>8)&0xff; +switch( N ) +{ + case 0: printf("%c", (p < 128) ? p : '?'); + break; + case 1: if (A == 'J') printf("\r"); + else if (A == 'M') printf("\n"); + else printf("CTL-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 2: printf("ESC-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 3: printf("ESC_CS-%c-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff); + break; + case 4: printf("ESC_DE-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 5: printf("CSI-PS-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); + break; + case 6: printf("CSI-PN-%c [%d]", (token>>8)&0xff, p); + break; + case 7: printf("CSI-PR-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); + break; + case 8: printf("VT52-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 9: printf("CSI-PG-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 10: printf("CSI-PE-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; +} +#endif + + switch (token) + { + + case TY_CHR( ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter (p ); break; //UTF16 + + // 127 DEL : ignored on input + + case TY_CTL('@' ) : /* NUL: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('A' ) : /* SOH: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('B' ) : /* STX: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('C' ) : /* ETX: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('D' ) : /* EOT: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('E' ) : reportAnswerBack ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('F' ) : /* ACK: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('G' ) : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); + break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('H' ) : _currentScreen->BackSpace ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('J' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('K' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('L' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('M' ) : _currentScreen->Return ( ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CTL('N' ) : useCharset ( 1); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('O' ) : useCharset ( 0); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CTL('P' ) : /* DLE: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('Q' ) : /* DC1: XON continue */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('R' ) : /* DC2: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('S' ) : /* DC3: XOFF halt */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('T' ) : /* DC4: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('U' ) : /* NAK: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('V' ) : /* SYN: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('W' ) : /* ETB: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('X' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('Y' ) : /* EM : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('Z' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('[' ) : /* ESC: cannot be seen here. */ break; + case TY_CTL('\\' ) : /* FS : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL(']' ) : /* GS : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('^' ) : /* RS : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('_' ) : /* US : ignored */ break; + + case TY_ESC('D' ) : _currentScreen->index ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('E' ) : _currentScreen->NextLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('H' ) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (true ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('M' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; + case TY_ESC('c' ) : reset ( ); break; + + case TY_ESC('n' ) : useCharset ( 2); break; + case TY_ESC('o' ) : useCharset ( 3); break; + case TY_ESC('7' ) : saveCursor ( ); break; + case TY_ESC('8' ) : restoreCursor ( ); break; + + case TY_ESC('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; + case TY_ESC('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; + case TY_ESC('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('(', '0') : setCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'A') : setCharset (0, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'B') : setCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS(')', '0') : setCharset (1, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'A') : setCharset (1, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'B') : setCharset (1, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('*', '0') : setCharset (2, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'A') : setCharset (2, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'B') : setCharset (2, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('+', '0') : setCharset (3, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'A') : setCharset (3, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'B') : setCharset (3, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('%', 'G') : setCodec (Utf8Codec ); break; //LINUX + case TY_ESC_CS('%', '@') : setCodec (LocaleCodec ); break; //LINUX + + case TY_ESC_DE('3' ) : /* Double height line, top half */ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('4' ) : /* Double height line, bottom half */ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('5' ) : /* Single width, single height line*/ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , false); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('6' ) : /* Double width, single height line*/ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('8' ) : _currentScreen->helpAlign ( ); break; + +// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t + case TY_CSI_PS('t', 8) : setImageSize( q /* colums */, p /* lines */ ); break; + +// change tab text color : \e[28;<color>t color: 0-16,777,215 + case TY_CSI_PS('t', 28) : emit changeTabTextColorRequest ( p ); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('K', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('K', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('K', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireLine ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('J', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('J', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('J', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('g', 0) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (false ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('g', 3) : _currentScreen->clearTabStops ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('h', 4) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Insert ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('h', 20) : setMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('i', 0) : /* IGNORE: attached printer */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('l', 4) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Insert ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('l', 20) : resetMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('s', 0) : saveCursor ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('u', 0) : restoreCursor ( ); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 0) : _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 1) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 4) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 5) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 7) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 10) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 11) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 12) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 22) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 24) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 25) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 27) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 30) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 31) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 32) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 33) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 34) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 35) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 36) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 37) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 38) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (p, q); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 39) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 0); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 40) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 41) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 42) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 43) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 44) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 45) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 46) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 47) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 48) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (p, q); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 49) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 1); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 90) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 91) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 92) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 93) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 94) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 95) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 96) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 97) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 100) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 101) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 102) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 103) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 104) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 105) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 106) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 107) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('n', 5) : reportStatus ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('n', 6) : reportCursorPosition ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 0) : /* IGNORED: LEDs off */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 1) : /* IGNORED: LED1 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 2) : /* IGNORED: LED2 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 3) : /* IGNORED: LED3 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 4) : /* IGNORED: LED4 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('x', 0) : reportTerminalParms ( 2); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('x', 1) : reportTerminalParms ( 3); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PN('@' ) : _currentScreen->insertChars (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('G' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorX (p ); break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PN('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('L' ) : _currentScreen->insertLines (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('M' ) : _currentScreen->deleteLines (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('P' ) : _currentScreen->deleteChars (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('S' ) : _currentScreen->scrollUp (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('T' ) : _currentScreen->scrollDown (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('X' ) : _currentScreen->eraseChars (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('Z' ) : _currentScreen->backTabulate (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('c' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('d' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorY (p ); break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PN('f' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('r' ) : setMargins (p, q); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('y' ) : /* IGNORED: Confidence test */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1) : setMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1) : resetMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1) : saveMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1) : restoreMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME + + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 2) : resetMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(132); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(80); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 5) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 5) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 6) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 6) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 6) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 6) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 7) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 7) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 7) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 7) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 25) : setMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 25) : resetMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 25) : saveMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 25) : restoreMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 47) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 47) : resetMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 47) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 47) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + + // XTerm defines the following modes: + // SET_VT200_MOUSE 1000 + // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE 1001 + // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE 1002 + // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE 1003 + // + + //Note about mouse modes: + //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003 + //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse). + //TODO: Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and + //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse) + // + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1000) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1000) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1000) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1000) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1001) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1001); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1002) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1002) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1002) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1002) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1003) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1003) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1003) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1003) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1047) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1047) : _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1047) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1047) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + + //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + + //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm. + // Here's a guess of what they could mean. + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1049) : saveCursor(); _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); setMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1049) : resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); restoreCursor(); break; //XTERM + + //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence + case TY_CSI_PE('p' ) : /* IGNORED: reset ( ) */ break; + + //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting. + case TY_VT52('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp ( 1); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown ( 1); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight ( 1); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft ( 1); break; //VT52 + + case TY_VT52('F' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('G' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT52 + + case TY_VT52('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (1,1 ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('I' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('J' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('K' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('Y' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p-31,q-31 ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 + + case TY_CSI_PG('c' ) : reportSecondaryAttributes( ); break; //VT100 + + default : ReportErrorToken(); break; + }; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount) +{ + setImageSize(_currentScreen->getLines(),columnCount); + clearEntireScreen(); + setDefaultMargins(); + _currentScreen->setCursorYX(0,0); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Terminal to Host protocol */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Outgoing bytes originate from several sources: + + - Replies to Enquieries. + - Mouse Events + - Keyboard Events +*/ + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::sendString(const char* s , int length) +{ + if ( length >= 0 ) + emit sendData(s,length); + else + emit sendData(s,strlen(s)); +} + +// Replies ----------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +// This section copes with replies send as response to an enquiery control code. + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition() +{ char tmp[20]; + sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;%dR",_currentScreen->getCursorY()+1,_currentScreen->getCursorX()+1); + sendString(tmp); +} + +/* + What follows here is rather obsolete and faked stuff. + The correspondent enquieries are neverthenless issued. +*/ + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType() +{ + // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide)) + // VT220: ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c (list deps on emul. capabilities) + // VT100: ^[[?1;2c + // VT101: ^[[?1;0c + // VT102: ^[[?6v + if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) + sendString("\033[?1;2c"); // I'm a VT100 + else + sendString("\033/Z"); // I'm a VT52 +} + +void Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes() +{ + // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c) + if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) + sendString("\033[>0;115;0c"); // Why 115? ;) + else + sendString("\033/Z"); // FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for + // konsoles backward compatibility. +} + +void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms(int p) +// DECREPTPARM +{ char tmp[100]; + sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x",p); // not really true. + sendString(tmp); +} + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::reportStatus() +{ + sendString("\033[0n"); //VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready. +} + +/*! +*/ + +#define ANSWER_BACK "" // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff. + +void Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack() +{ + sendString(ANSWER_BACK); +} + +// Mouse Handling ---------------------------------------------------------- -- + +/*! + Mouse clicks are possibly reported to the client + application if it has issued interest in them. + They are normally consumed by the widget for copy + and paste, but may be propagated from the widget + when gui->setMouseMarks is set via setMode(MODE_Mouse1000). + + `x',`y' are 1-based. + `ev' (event) indicates the button pressed (0-2) + or a general mouse release (3). + + eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred: + 0 = Mouse button press or release + 1 = Mouse drag +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent( int cb, int cx, int cy , int eventType ) +{ char tmp[20]; + if ( cx<1 || cy<1 ) return; + // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button, + // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button + if (cb >= 4) cb += 0x3c; + + //Mouse motion handling + if ( (getMode(MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode(MODE_Mouse1003)) && eventType == 1 ) + cb += 0x20; //add 32 to signify motion event + + sprintf(tmp,"\033[M%c%c%c",cb+0x20,cx+0x20,cy+0x20); + sendString(tmp); +} + +// Keyboard Handling ------------------------------------------------------- -- + +#define encodeMode(M,B) BITS(B,getMode(M)) +#define encodeStat(M,B) BITS(B,((ev->modifiers() & (M)) == (M))) + +void Vt102Emulation::sendText( const QString& text ) +{ + if (!text.isEmpty()) { + QKeyEvent event(QEvent::KeyPress, + 0, + Qt::NoModifier, + text); + sendKeyEvent(&event); // expose as a big fat keypress event + } + +} + +void Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) +{ + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers(); + KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + + // get current states + if ( getMode(MODE_NewLine) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; + if ( getMode(MODE_Ansi) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; + if ( getMode(MODE_AppCuKeys)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; + if ( getMode(MODE_AppScreen)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; + + // lookup key binding + if ( _keyTranslator ) + { + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( + event->key() , + modifiers, + states ); + + // send result to terminal + QByteArray textToSend; + + // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier. pressing + // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent + // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination + // in the keyboard modifier) + bool wantsAltModifier = entry.modifiers() & entry.modifierMask() & Qt::AltModifier; + bool wantsAnyModifier = entry.state() & entry.stateMask() & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; + + if ( modifiers & Qt::AltModifier && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier) + && !event->text().isEmpty() ) + { + textToSend.prepend("\033"); + } + + if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) + { + if (entry.command() & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand) + textToSend += getErase(); + // TODO command handling + } + else if ( !entry.text().isEmpty() ) + { + textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(entry.text(true,modifiers)); + } + else + textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(event->text()); + + sendData( textToSend.constData() , textToSend.length() ); + } + else + { + // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been + // set + QString translatorError = ("No keyboard translator available. " + "The information needed to convert key presses " + "into characters to send to the terminal " + "is missing."); + + reset(); + receiveData( translatorError.toAscii().constData() , translatorError.count() ); + } +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* VT100 Charsets */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ -- + +/* + The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer. + It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics. + + These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe) + normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also + appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion + does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it + in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent + plain characters. + + This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since + it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these + particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page. +*/ + +#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]] + +// Apply current character map. + +unsigned short Vt102Emulation::applyCharset(unsigned short c) +{ + if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e) return vt100_graphics[c-0x5f]; + if (CHARSET.pound && c == '#' ) return 0xa3; //This mode is obsolete + return c; +} + +/* + "Charset" related part of the emulation state. + This configures the VT100 _charset filter. + + While most operation work on the current _screen, + the following two are different. +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::resetCharset(int scrno) +{ + _charset[scrno].cu_cs = 0; + strncpy(_charset[scrno].charset,"BBBB",4); + _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false; + _charset[scrno].sa_pound = false; + _charset[scrno].graphic = false; + _charset[scrno].pound = false; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setCharset(int n, int cs) // on both screens. +{ + _charset[0].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[0].cu_cs); + _charset[1].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[1].cu_cs); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs) +{ + CHARSET.charset[n&3] = cs; + useCharset(n&3); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::useCharset(int n) +{ + CHARSET.cu_cs = n&3; + CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == '0'); + CHARSET.pound = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == 'A'); //This mode is obsolete +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins() +{ + _screen[0]->setDefaultMargins(); + _screen[1]->setDefaultMargins(); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setMargins(int t, int b) +{ + _screen[0]->setMargins(t, b); + _screen[1]->setMargins(t, b); +} + +/*! Save the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ + +void Vt102Emulation::saveCursor() +{ + CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic; + CHARSET.sa_pound = CHARSET.pound; //This mode is obsolete + // we are not clear about these + //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset]; + //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset; + _currentScreen->saveCursor(); +} + +/*! Restore the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ + +void Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor() +{ + CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic; + CHARSET.pound = CHARSET.sa_pound; //This mode is obsolete + _currentScreen->restoreCursor(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Mode Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens. + + This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to + located the mode either to the current _screen or to both. + + For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over + all screens and not over the actual _screen. + + We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow. +*/ + +// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans. + +void Vt102Emulation::resetModes() +{ + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1000); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1000); + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1001); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1001); + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1002); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1002); + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1003); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1003); + + resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); saveMode(MODE_AppScreen); + // here come obsolete modes + resetMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); saveMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); + resetMode(MODE_NewLine ); + setMode(MODE_Ansi ); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setMode(int m) +{ + _currParm.mode[m] = true; + switch (m) + { + case MODE_Mouse1000: + case MODE_Mouse1001: + case MODE_Mouse1002: + case MODE_Mouse1003: + emit programUsesMouseChanged(false); + break; + + case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[1]->clearSelection(); + setScreen(1); + break; + } + if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) + { + _screen[0]->setMode(m); + _screen[1]->setMode(m); + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::resetMode(int m) +{ + _currParm.mode[m] = false; + switch (m) + { + case MODE_Mouse1000 : + case MODE_Mouse1001 : + case MODE_Mouse1002 : + case MODE_Mouse1003 : + emit programUsesMouseChanged(true); + break; + + case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[0]->clearSelection(); + setScreen(0); + break; + } + if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) + { + _screen[0]->resetMode(m); + _screen[1]->resetMode(m); + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::saveMode(int m) +{ + _saveParm.mode[m] = _currParm.mode[m]; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::restoreMode(int m) +{ + if (_saveParm.mode[m]) + setMode(m); + else + resetMode(m); +} + +bool Vt102Emulation::getMode(int m) +{ + return _currParm.mode[m]; +} + +char Vt102Emulation::getErase() const +{ + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( + Qt::Key_Backspace, + 0, + 0); + if ( entry.text().count() > 0 ) + return entry.text()[0]; + else + return '\b'; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Diagnostic */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/*! shows the contents of the scan buffer. + + This functions is used for diagnostics. It is called by \e ReportErrorToken + to inform about strings that cannot be decoded or handled by the emulation. + + \sa ReportErrorToken +*/ + +static void hexdump(int* s, int len) +{ int i; + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + if (s[i] == '\\') + printf("\\\\"); + else + if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127) + printf("%c",s[i]); + else + printf("\\%04x(hex)",s[i]); + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::scan_buffer_report() { + if (ppos == 0 || (ppos == 1 && (pbuf[0] & 0xff) >= 32)) { + return; + } + printf("token: "); + hexdump(pbuf,ppos); + printf("\n"); +} + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::ReportErrorToken() +{ +#ifndef NDEBUG + printf("undecodable "); scan_buffer_report(); +#endif +} + +//#include "moc_Vt102Emulation.cpp" +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/Vt102Emulation.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H +#define VT102EMULATION_H + +// Standard Library +#include <stdio.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore/QTimer> + +// Konsole +#include "Emulation.h" +#include "Screen.h" + +#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0) +#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1) +#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2) +#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3) +#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4) +#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5) +#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6) +#define MODE_Ansi (MODES_SCREEN+7) +#define MODE_total (MODES_SCREEN+8) + +struct DECpar +{ + bool mode[MODE_total]; +}; + +struct CharCodes +{ + // coding info + char charset[4]; // + int cu_cs; // actual charset. + bool graphic; // Some VT100 tricks + bool pound ; // Some VT100 tricks + bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic + bool sa_pound; // saved pound +}; + +/** + * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal. + * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/ + * + * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide + * features such as mouse input handling. + * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape + * sequences. + * + */ +class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + + /** Constructs a new emulation */ + Vt102Emulation(); + ~Vt102Emulation(); + + // reimplemented + virtual void clearEntireScreen(); + virtual void reset(); + + // reimplemented + virtual char getErase() const; + +public slots: + + // reimplemented + virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1); + virtual void sendText(const QString& text); + virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); + virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType ); + +protected: + // reimplemented + virtual void setMode (int mode); + virtual void resetMode (int mode); + + // reimplemented + virtual void receiveChar(int cc); + + +private slots: + + //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates + //used to buffer multiple title updates + void updateTitle(); + + +private: + unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c); + void setCharset(int n, int cs); + void useCharset(int n); + void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs); + void saveCursor(); + void restoreCursor(); + void resetCharset(int scrno); + + void setMargins(int top, int bottom); + //set margins for all screens back to their defaults + void setDefaultMargins(); + + // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise + bool getMode (int mode); + // saves the current boolean value of 'mode' + void saveMode (int mode); + // restores the boolean value of 'mode' + void restoreMode(int mode); + // resets all modes + void resetModes(); + + void resetToken(); +#define MAXPBUF 80 + void pushToToken(int cc); + int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow? + int ppos; +#define MAXARGS 15 + void addDigit(int dig); + void addArgument(); + int argv[MAXARGS]; + int argc; + void initTokenizer(); + int tbl[256]; + + void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename + void ReportErrorToken(); //FIXME: rename + + void tau(int code, int p, int q); + void XtermHack(); + + void reportTerminalType(); + void reportSecondaryAttributes(); + void reportStatus(); + void reportAnswerBack(); + void reportCursorPosition(); + void reportTerminalParms(int p); + + void onScrollLock(); + void scrollLock(const bool lock); + + // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified + // number of columns + void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount); + + CharCodes _charset[2]; + + DECpar _currParm; + DECpar _saveParm; + + //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance + //to update the name of the session + //or window title. + //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the + //output from the terminal + QHash<int,QString> _pendingTitleUpdates; + QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer; + +}; + +#endif // VT102EMULATION_H
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/konsole_wcwidth.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */ +/* + * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in + * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997" + * <http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html> + * + * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain + */ + +#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" + +struct interval { + unsigned short first; + unsigned short last; +}; + +/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */ +static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) { + int min = 0; + int mid; + + if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last) + return 0; + while (max >= min) { + mid = (min + max) / 2; + if (ucs > table[mid].last) + min = mid + 1; + else if (ucs < table[mid].first) + max = mid - 1; + else + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + + +/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646 + * character as follows: + * + * - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0. + * + * - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return + * value of -1. + * + * - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general + * category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a + * column width of 0. + * + * - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode + * database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0. + * + * - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF) + * have a column width of 0. + * + * - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian + * FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical + * Report #11 have a column width of 2. + * + * - All remaining characters (including all printable + * ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters, + * etc.) have a column width of 1. + * + * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded + * in ISO 10646. + */ + +int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs) +{ + /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */ + static const struct interval combining[] = { + { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 }, + { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 }, + { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 }, + { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 }, + { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED }, + { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A }, + { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C }, + { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 }, + { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC }, + { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 }, + { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 }, + { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 }, + { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 }, + { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 }, + { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 }, + { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 }, + { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 }, + { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 }, + { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD }, + { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA }, + { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 }, + { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 }, + { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD }, + { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 }, + { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 }, + { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC }, + { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 }, + { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 }, + { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 }, + { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 }, + { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F }, + { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A }, + { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF }, + { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB } + }; + + /* test for 8-bit control characters */ + if (ucs == 0) + return 0; + if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0)) + return -1; + + /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ + if (bisearch(ucs, combining, + sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) + return 0; + + /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */ + + return 1 + + (ucs >= 0x1100 && + (ucs <= 0x115f || /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */ + (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a && + ucs != 0x303f) || /* CJK ... Yi */ + (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */ + (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ + (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ + (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */ + (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 || + (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */)); +} + +#if 0 +/* + * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that + * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as + * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2. + * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy + * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise + * recommended for general use. + */ +int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs) +{ + /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous + * characters */ + static const struct interval ambiguous[] = { + { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 }, + { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 }, + { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 }, + { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 }, + { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED }, + { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA }, + { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 }, + { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B }, + { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 }, + { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 }, + { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 }, + { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE }, + { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 }, + { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA }, + { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 }, + { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD }, + { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD }, + { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 }, + { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F }, + { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 }, + { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 }, + { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 }, + { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 }, + { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC }, + { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 }, + { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 }, + { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B }, + { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 }, + { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 }, + { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 }, + { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 }, + { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 }, + { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C }, + { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D }, + { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 }, + { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B }, + { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 }, + { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 }, + { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF }, + { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 }, + { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 }, + { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 }, + { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 }, + { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 }, + { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 }, + { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E }, + { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 }, + { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D }, + { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B }, + { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD } + }; + + /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ + if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous, + sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) + return 2; + + return konsole_wcwidth(ucs); +} +#endif + +// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2 +int string_width( const QString &txt ) +{ + int w = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i ) + w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() ); + return w; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/konsole_wcwidth.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */ + +/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */ +/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> */ +/* + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net> +*/ + + +#ifndef _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ +#define _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QBool> +#include <QtCore/QString> + +int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs); +#if 0 +int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs); +#endif + +int string_width( const QString &txt ); + +#endif
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/kpty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,641 @@ +/* + + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> + Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#include "kpty_p.h" + +#ifdef __sgi +#define __svr4__ +#endif + +#ifdef __osf__ +#define _OSF_SOURCE +#include <float.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _AIX +#define _ALL_SOURCE +#endif + +// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC +// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt()) +#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER +# ifndef __USE_XOPEN +# define __USE_XOPEN +# endif +#endif + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <grp.h> + +#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H) +# include <pty.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H +# include <libutil.h> +#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H) +# include <util.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER +extern "C" { +# include <utempter.h> +} +#else +# include <utmp.h> +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX +# include <utmpx.h> +# endif +# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE) +# define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE +# endif +# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE) +# define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE +# endif +#endif + +/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other + platforms it doesn't hurt */ +extern "C" { +#include <termios.h> +#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H) +# include <termio.h> // struct winsize on some systems +#endif +} + +#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE) +# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED +# include <bsdtty.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H +# include <sys/stropts.h> // Defines I_PUSH +# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL +#endif + +#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) +# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode) +#else +# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) +# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) +# else +# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode) +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) +# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode) +#else +# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode) +# else +# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode) +# endif +#endif + +#include <QtCore> + +// not defined on HP-UX for example +#ifndef CTRL +# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037) +#endif + +#define TTY_GROUP "tty" + +/////////////////////// +// private functions // +/////////////////////// + +////////////////// +// private data // +////////////////// + +KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent) : + masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent) +{ +} + +KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty *parent, int _masterFd, int _slaveFd): + masterFd(_masterFd), slaveFd(_slaveFd), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent) +{ +} + + +KPtyPrivate::~KPtyPrivate() +{ +} + +bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool) +{ +// return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"), +// QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd)); + return true; +} + +///////////////////////////// +// public member functions // +///////////////////////////// + +KPty::KPty() : + d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this)) +{ +} + +KPty::KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd) : + d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this, masterFd, slaveFd)) +{ +} + +KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) : + d_ptr(d) +{ + d_ptr->q_ptr = this; +} + +KPty::~KPty() +{ + close(); + delete d_ptr; +} + +bool KPty::open() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + if (d->masterFd >= 0) { + return true; + } + + d->ownMaster = true; + + QByteArray ptyName; + + // Find a master pty that we can open //////////////////////////////// + + // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to + // be opened by several different methods. + + // We try, as we know them, one by one. + +#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY + + char ptsn[PATH_MAX]; + if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0)) + { + d->masterFd = -1; + d->slaveFd = -1; + qWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; + return false; + } + d->ttyName = ptsn; + +#else + +#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix + + char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0); + if (ptsn) { + d->ttyName = ptsn; + goto grantedpt; + } + +#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN) + +#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT + d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); +#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT) + d->masterFd = ::getpt(); +#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE) + d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); +#else +# error No method to open a PTY master detected. +#endif + if (d->masterFd >= 0) + { +#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME + char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd); + if (ptsn) { + d->ttyName = ptsn; +#else + int ptyno; + if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "/dev/pts/%d", ptyno); + d->ttyName = buf; +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT + if (!grantpt(d->masterFd)) + goto grantedpt; +#else + goto gotpty; +#endif + } + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + } +#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN + + // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems? + for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++) + { + for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++) + { + ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); + d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); + + d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR); + if (d->masterFd >= 0) + { +#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS + /* Need to check the process group of the pty. + * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use, + * and we need to get another one. + */ + int pgrp_rtn; + if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) { + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + continue; + } +#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */ + if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits + { + if (!geteuid()) + { + struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP); + if (!p) + p = getgrnam("wheel"); + gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid (); + + if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid)) { + chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP); + } + } + goto gotpty; + } + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + } + } + } + + qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; + return false; + + gotpty: + struct stat st; + if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) + return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough* Yeah right, I just + // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated. I guess + // there was some sort of leak? I only had a few open. + if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) || + (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) && + !d->chownpty(true)) + { + qWarning() + << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName + << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl; + } + +#if defined(HAVE_GRANTPT) || defined(HAVE__GETPTY) + grantedpt: +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE + revoke(d->ttyName.data()); +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT + unlockpt(d->masterFd); +#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK) + int flag = 0; + ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag); +#endif + + d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY); + if (d->slaveFd < 0) + { + qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype"; + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + return false; + } + +#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__)) + // Solaris + ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem"); + ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm"); +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */ + fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + + struct ::termios t; + tcGetAttr(&t); + t.c_lflag &= ~ECHOCTL; + tcSetAttr(&t); + return true; +} + +void KPty::closeSlave() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + if (d->slaveFd < 0) + return; + ::close(d->slaveFd); + d->slaveFd = -1; +} + +void KPty::close() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + if (d->masterFd < 0) + return; + closeSlave(); + // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway. + if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) { + if (!geteuid()) { + struct stat st; + if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) { + if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1)) { + chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); + } + } + } else { + fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0); + d->chownpty(false); + } + } + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; +} + +void KPty::setCTty() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + // Setup job control ////////////////////////////////// + + // Become session leader, process group leader, + // and get rid of the old controlling terminal. + setsid(); + + // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal. +#ifdef TIOCSCTTY + ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0); +#else + // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty + ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0)); +#endif + + // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty + int pgrp = getpid(); +#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__) + tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp); +#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP) + ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp); +#endif +} + +void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER + Q_D(KPty); + + addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd); + Q_UNUSED(user); +#else +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + struct utmpx l_struct; +# else + struct utmp l_struct; +# endif + memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); + // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp + + if (user) + strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name)); + + if (remotehost) { + strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN + l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); +# endif + } + +# ifndef __GLIBC__ + Q_D(KPty); + const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); + if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) + str_ptr += 5; + strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID + strncpy(l_struct.ut_id, + str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id), + sizeof(l_struct.ut_id)); +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0); +# else + l_struct.ut_time = time(0); +# endif + +# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN +# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX + ::loginx(&l_struct); +# else + ::login(&l_struct); +# endif +# else +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE + l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS; +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID + l_struct.ut_pid = getpid(); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION + l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0); +# endif +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); + setutxent(); + pututxline(&l_struct); + endutxent(); + updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct); +# else + utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); + setutent(); + pututline(&l_struct); + endutent(); + updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct); +# endif +# endif +#endif +} + +void KPty::logout() +{ +#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER + Q_D(KPty); + + removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd); +#else + Q_D(KPty); + + const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); + if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) + str_ptr += 5; +# ifdef __GLIBC__ + else { + const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/'); + if (sl_ptr) + str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1; + } +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN +# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX + ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS); +# else + ::logout(str_ptr); +# endif +# else +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + struct utmpx l_struct, *ut; +# else + struct utmp l_struct, *ut; +# endif + memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); + + strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); + +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); + setutxent(); + if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) { +# else + utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); + setutent(); + if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) { +# endif + memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name)); + memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host)); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN + ut->ut_syslen = 0; +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE + ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS; +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0); + pututxline(ut); + } + endutxent(); +# else + ut->ut_time = time(0); + pututline(ut); + } + endutent(); +# endif +# endif +#endif +} + +// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris. +// Please verify. + +bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; +} + +bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; +} + +bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns) +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + struct winsize winSize; + memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize)); + winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines; + winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns; + return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0; +} + +bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo) +{ + struct ::termios ttmode; + if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode)) + return false; + if (!echo) + ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO; + else + ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO; + return tcSetAttr(&ttmode); +} + +const char *KPty::ttyName() const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return d->ttyName.data(); +} + +int KPty::masterFd() const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return d->masterFd; +} + +int KPty::slaveFd() const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return d->slaveFd; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/kpty.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + + Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef kpty_h +#define kpty_h + +#include <QtCore> + +struct KPtyPrivate; +struct termios; + +/** + * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the + * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes. + */ +class KPty { + Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty) + +public: + + /** + * Constructor + */ + KPty(); + KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd); + + /** + * Destructor: + * + * If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that + * an utmp registration is @em not undone. + */ + ~KPty(); + + /** + * Create a pty master/slave pair. + * + * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened + */ + bool open(); + + /** + * Close the pty master/slave pair. + */ + void close(); + + /** + * Close the pty slave descriptor. + * + * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open. + * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification. + * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be + * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases + * pipe-alike behavior might be desired. + * + * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be + * used. + */ + void closeSlave(); + + /** + * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the + * controlling tty. + */ + void setCTty(); + + /** + * Creates an utmp entry for the tty. + * This function must be called after calling setCTty and + * making this pty the stdin. + * @param user the user to be logged on + * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is + * @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname + * of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should + * be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty. + */ + void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0); + + /** + * Removes the utmp entry for this tty. + */ + void logout(); + + /** + * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3). + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * You will need an #include <termios.h> to do anything useful + * with it. + * + * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. + * Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used - + * without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares + * the struct in your class, in your method. + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise + */ + bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const; + + /** + * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW. + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * + * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means + * that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set. + */ + bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode); + + /** + * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty. + * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns. + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * + * @param lines the number of rows + * @param columns the number of columns + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise + */ + bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns); + + /** + * Set whether the pty should echo input. + * + * Echo is on by default. + * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients + * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler. + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * + * @param echo true if input should be echoed. + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise + */ + bool setEcho(bool echo); + + /** + * @return the name of the slave pty device. + * + * This function should be called only while the pty is open. + */ + const char *ttyName() const; + + /** + * @return the file descriptor of the master pty + * + * This function should be called only while the pty is open. + */ + int masterFd() const; + + /** + * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty + * + * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open. + */ + int slaveFd() const; + +protected: + /** + * @internal + */ + KPty(KPtyPrivate *d); + + /** + * @internal + */ + KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr; +}; + +#endif +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/unix/kpty_p.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + + Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef kpty_p_h +#define kpty_p_h + +#include "kpty.h" + +#include <QtCore/QByteArray> + +struct KPtyPrivate { + Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty) + + KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent); + KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent, int masterFd, int slaveFd); + + virtual ~KPtyPrivate(); +#ifndef HAVE_OPENPTY + bool chownpty(bool grant); +#endif + + int masterFd; + int slaveFd; + bool ownMaster:1; + + QByteArray ttyName; + + KPty *q_ptr; +}; + +#endif
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/win32/QTerminalColors.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + +Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul. + +This file is part of QConsole. + +Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Foobar. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +*/ + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> + +#include "QConsoleColors.h" + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +QConsoleColors::QConsoleColors (void) + : QMap<int, QColor> () +{ + (*this)[0] = Qt::black; + (*this)[1] = Qt::darkBlue; + (*this)[2] = Qt::darkGreen; + (*this)[3] = Qt::darkCyan; + (*this)[4] = Qt::darkRed; + (*this)[5] = Qt::darkMagenta; + (*this)[6] = Qt::darkYellow; + (*this)[7] = Qt::lightGray; + (*this)[8] = Qt::darkGray; + (*this)[9] = Qt::blue; + (*this)[10] = Qt::green; + (*this)[11] = Qt::cyan; + (*this)[12] = Qt::red; + (*this)[13] = Qt::magenta; + (*this)[14] = Qt::yellow; + (*this)[15] = Qt::white; +}
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/win32/QTerminalColors.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* + +Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul. + +This file is part of QConsole. + +Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Foobar. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +*/ + +#ifndef __QConsoleColors_h__ +#define __QConsoleColors_h__ 1 + +#include <QColor> +#include <QMap> + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class QConsoleColors : public QMap<int, QColor> +{ +public: + QConsoleColors (void); +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#endif // __QConsoleColors_h__
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/win32/QWinTerminalImpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,874 @@ +/* + +Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul. + +This file is part of QConsole. + +Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Foobar. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +*/ + +#include <QApplication> +#include <QColor> +#include <QFont> +#include <QHBoxLayout> +#include <QPaintEvent> +#include <QPainter> +#include <QResizeEvent> +#include <QScrollBar> +#include <QtDebug> +#include <QThread> +#include <QTimer> + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <io.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> +#include <cstring> + +#include "QConsole.h" +#include "QConsoleColors.h" + +// Uncomment to log activity to LOGFILENAME +// #define DEBUG_QCONSOLE +#define LOGFILENAME "QConsole.log" +// Uncomment to create hidden console window +#define HIDDEN_CONSOLE + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class QConsoleView : public QWidget +{ +public: + QConsoleView (QConsole* parent = 0) : QWidget (parent), q (parent) { } + ~QConsoleView (void) { } + +protected: + void paintEvent (QPaintEvent* event) { q->viewPaintEvent (this, event); } + void resizeEvent (QResizeEvent* event) { q->viewResizeEvent (this, event); } + +private: + QConsole* q; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class QConsoleThread : public QThread +{ +public: + QConsoleThread (QConsole* console) : QThread (console), q (console) { } + +protected: + void run (void) + { q->start (); } + +private: + QConsole* q; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class QConsolePrivate +{ + friend class QConsole; + +public: + QConsolePrivate (QConsole* parent, const QString& cmd = QString ()); + ~QConsolePrivate (void); + + void updateConsoleSize (bool sync = false); + void syncConsoleParameters (void); + void grabConsoleBuffer (CHAR_INFO* buf = 0); + void updateScrollBar (void); + void setScrollValue (int value); + void updateConsoleView (bool grab = true); + void monitorConsole (void); + void startCommand (void); + void sendConsoleText (const QString& s); + + void log (const char* fmt, ...); + + void closeStandardIO (int fd, DWORD stdHandleId, const char* name); + void setupStandardIO (DWORD stdHandleId, int fd, const char* name, + const char* devName); + +private: + QConsole* q; + +private: + QFont m_font; + QColor m_backgroundColor; + QString m_command; + QConsoleColors m_colors; + bool m_inWheelEvent; + QString m_title; + + QSize m_charSize; + QSize m_bufferSize; + QRect m_consoleRect; + QPoint m_cursorPos; + + HANDLE m_stdOut; + HWND m_consoleWindow; + CHAR_INFO* m_buffer; + CHAR_INFO* m_tmpBuffer; + HANDLE m_process; + + QConsoleView* m_consoleView; + QScrollBar* m_scrollBar; + QTimer* m_consoleWatcher; + QConsoleThread *m_consoleThread; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +QConsolePrivate::QConsolePrivate (QConsole* parent, const QString& cmd) + : q (parent), m_command (cmd), m_process (NULL), m_inWheelEvent (false) +{ + log (NULL); + + // Possibly detach from any existing console + log ("Detaching from existing console (if any)...\n"); + FreeConsole (); + log ("Closing standard IO...\n"); + closeStandardIO (0, STD_INPUT_HANDLE, "STDIN"); + closeStandardIO (1, STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE, "STDOUT"); + closeStandardIO (2, STD_ERROR_HANDLE, "STDERR"); + +#ifdef HIDDEN_CONSOLE + HWINSTA hOrigSta, hNewSta; + + // Create new (hidden) console + hOrigSta = GetProcessWindowStation (); + hNewSta = CreateWindowStation (NULL, 0, GENERIC_ALL, NULL); + log ("Current Windows station: %p.\nNew Windows station: %p.\n", hOrigSta, + hNewSta); + if (! SetProcessWindowStation (hNewSta)) + log ("Failed to switch to new Windows station.\n"); +#endif + if (! AllocConsole ()) + log ("Failed to create new console.\n"); +#ifdef HIDDEN_CONSOLE + if (! SetProcessWindowStation (hOrigSta)) + log ("Failed to restore original Windows station.\n"); + if (! CloseWindowStation (hNewSta)) + log ("Failed to close new Windows station.\n"); +#endif + + log ("New (hidden) console created.\n"); + + setupStandardIO (STD_INPUT_HANDLE, 0, "STDIN", "CONIN$"); + setupStandardIO (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE, 1, "STDOUT", "CONOUT$"); + setupStandardIO (STD_ERROR_HANDLE, 2, "STDERR", "CONOUT$"); + + log ("Standard input/output/error set up.\n"); + + *stdin = *(fdopen (0, "rb")); + *stdout = *(fdopen (1, "wb")); + *stderr = *(fdopen (2, "wb")); + + log ("POSIX standard streams created.\n"); + + setvbuf (stdin, NULL, _IONBF, 0); + setvbuf (stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0); + setvbuf (stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0); + + log ("POSIX standard stream buffers adjusted.\n"); + + HANDLE hStdOut = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); + + log ("Console allocated: hStdOut: %p\n", hStdOut); + + m_stdOut = hStdOut; + m_consoleWindow = GetConsoleWindow (); + + // In case the console window hasn't been created hidden... + ShowWindow (m_consoleWindow, SW_HIDE); + + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi; + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hStdOut, &sbi); + m_bufferSize = QSize (sbi.dwSize.X, qMax (sbi.dwSize.Y, (SHORT)500)); + m_consoleRect = QRect (sbi.srWindow.Left, sbi.srWindow.Top, + sbi.srWindow.Right - sbi.srWindow.Left + 1, + sbi.srWindow.Bottom - sbi.srWindow.Top + 1); + m_cursorPos = QPoint (sbi.dwCursorPosition.X, sbi.dwCursorPosition.Y); + + log ("Initial console parameters:\n"); + log (" buffer size: %d x %d\n", m_bufferSize.width (), + m_bufferSize.height ()); + log (" window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d) [%d x %d]\n", + m_consoleRect.left (), m_consoleRect.top (), + m_consoleRect.right (), m_consoleRect.bottom (), + m_consoleRect.width (), m_consoleRect.height ()); + + wchar_t titleBuf[260]; + GetConsoleTitleW (titleBuf, sizeof (titleBuf)); + q->setWindowTitle (QString::fromWCharArray (titleBuf)); + + m_font.setFamily ("Lucida Console"); + m_font.setPointSize (9); + m_font.setStyleHint (QFont::TypeWriter); + m_backgroundColor = Qt::black; + + m_buffer = m_tmpBuffer = 0; + + m_consoleView = new QConsoleView (parent); + m_scrollBar = new QScrollBar (Qt::Vertical, parent); + + QHBoxLayout* l = new QHBoxLayout (parent); + l->setContentsMargins (0, 0, 0, 0); + l->setSpacing (0); + l->addWidget (m_consoleView, 1); + l->addWidget (m_scrollBar, 0); + + m_consoleView->setPalette (QPalette (m_backgroundColor)); + m_consoleView->setAutoFillBackground (true); + m_consoleView->setFont (m_font); + parent->setFocusPolicy (Qt::StrongFocus); + parent->winId (); + + updateScrollBar (); + + m_consoleWatcher = new QTimer (parent); + m_consoleWatcher->setInterval (10); + m_consoleWatcher->setSingleShot (false); + + QObject::connect (m_scrollBar, SIGNAL (valueChanged (int)), + q, SLOT (scrollValueChanged (int))); + QObject::connect (m_consoleWatcher, SIGNAL (timeout (void)), + q, SLOT (monitorConsole (void))); + + m_consoleWatcher->start (); + + if (m_command.isEmpty ()) + m_consoleThread = 0; + else + { + m_consoleThread = new QConsoleThread (q); + QObject::connect (m_consoleThread, SIGNAL (finished (void)), + q, SIGNAL (terminated (void))); + m_consoleThread->start (); + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +QConsolePrivate::~QConsolePrivate (void) +{ + if (m_consoleThread && m_consoleThread->isRunning () && m_process) + { + TerminateProcess (m_process, (UINT)-1); + m_consoleThread->wait (); + } + if (m_buffer) + delete [] m_buffer; + if (m_tmpBuffer) + delete [] m_tmpBuffer; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::setupStandardIO (DWORD stdHandleId, int targetFd, + const char* name, const char* devName) +{ + log ("Opening %s...\n", devName); + + int fd = open (devName, _O_RDWR | _O_BINARY); + + if (fd != -1) + { + if (fd != targetFd) + { + log ("Opened %s is not at target file descriptor %d, " + "duplicating...\n", name, targetFd); + if (dup2 (fd, targetFd) == -1) + log ("Failed to duplicate file descriptor: errno=%d.\n", errno); + if (close (fd) == -1) + log ("Failed to close original file descriptor: errno=%d.\n", + errno); + } + else + log ("%s opened and assigned to file descriptor %d.\n", devName, fd); + if (! SetStdHandle (stdHandleId, (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (targetFd))) + log ("Failed to re-assign %s: error=%08x.\n", name, GetLastError ()); + } + else + log ("Failed to open %s: errno=%d.\n", devName, errno); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::closeStandardIO (int fd, DWORD stdHandleId, + const char* name) +{ + if (close (fd) == -1) + log ("Failed to close file descriptor %d: errno=%d.\n", fd, errno); + if (! CloseHandle (GetStdHandle (stdHandleId))) + log ("Failed to close Win32 %s: error=%08x.\n", name, GetLastError ()); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::log (const char* fmt, ...) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG_QCONSOLE + if (fmt) + { + va_list l; + FILE* flog = fopen (LOGFILENAME, "ab"); + + va_start (l, fmt); + vfprintf (flog, fmt, l); + va_end (l); + fclose (flog); + } + else + { + // Special case to re-initialize the log file + FILE* flog = fopen (LOGFILENAME, "w"); + fclose (flog); + } +#endif +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::updateConsoleSize (bool sync) +{ + QFontMetrics fm (m_font); + QSize winSize = m_consoleView->size (); + + m_charSize.rwidth () = fm.maxWidth (); + m_charSize.rheight () = fm.lineSpacing (); + + m_consoleRect.setWidth (winSize.width () / fm.maxWidth ()); + m_consoleRect.setHeight (winSize.height () / fm.lineSpacing ()); + + m_bufferSize.rwidth () = m_consoleRect.width (); + m_bufferSize.rheight () = qMax (m_bufferSize.height (), + m_consoleRect.height ()); + + m_consoleRect.moveLeft (0); + if (m_consoleRect.bottom () >= m_bufferSize.height ()) + m_consoleRect.moveTop (m_bufferSize.height () - m_consoleRect.height ()); + + log ("Console resized:\n"); + log (" widget size: %d x %d\n", winSize.width (), winSize.height ()); + log (" buffer size: %d x %d\n", m_bufferSize.width (), + m_bufferSize.height ()); + log (" window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d) [%d x %d]\n", + m_consoleRect.left (), m_consoleRect.top (), + m_consoleRect.right (), m_consoleRect.bottom (), + m_consoleRect.width (), m_consoleRect.height ()); + + if (sync) + syncConsoleParameters (); + + updateScrollBar (); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::syncConsoleParameters (void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi; + HANDLE hStdOut = m_stdOut; + + GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hStdOut, &sbi); + + COORD bs; + SMALL_RECT sr; + + bs.X = sbi.dwSize.X; + bs.Y = m_bufferSize.height (); + sr.Left = sbi.srWindow.Left; + sr.Right = sbi.srWindow.Right; + sr.Top = m_consoleRect.top (); + sr.Bottom = m_consoleRect.bottom (); + + if (bs.Y > sbi.dwSize.Y) + { + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs); + SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr); + } + else + { + SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr); + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs); + } + + bs.X = m_bufferSize.width (); + sr.Left = m_consoleRect.left (); + sr.Right = m_consoleRect.right (); + + if (bs.X > sbi.dwSize.X) + { + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs); + SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr); + } + else + { + SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr); + SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs); + } + + log ("Sync'ing console parameters:\n"); + log (" buffer size: %d x %d\n", bs.X, bs.Y); + log (" window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d)\n", + sr.Left, sr.Top, sr.Right, sr.Bottom); + + if (m_buffer) + delete [] m_buffer; + if (m_tmpBuffer) + delete [] m_tmpBuffer; + + int bufSize = m_consoleRect.width () * m_consoleRect.height (); + + m_buffer = new CHAR_INFO[bufSize]; + m_tmpBuffer = new CHAR_INFO[bufSize]; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::grabConsoleBuffer (CHAR_INFO* buf) +{ + COORD bs, bc; + SMALL_RECT r; + + bs.X = m_consoleRect.width (); + bs.Y = m_consoleRect.height (); + bc.X = 0; + bc.Y = 0; + + r.Left = m_consoleRect.left (); + r.Top = m_consoleRect.top (); + r.Right = m_consoleRect.right (); + r.Bottom = m_consoleRect.bottom (); + + if (! ReadConsoleOutput (m_stdOut, (buf ? buf : m_buffer), bs, bc, &r)) + qCritical ("cannot read console output"); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::updateScrollBar (void) +{ + m_scrollBar->setMinimum (0); + if (m_bufferSize.height () > m_consoleRect.height ()) + m_scrollBar->setMaximum (m_bufferSize.height () - m_consoleRect.height ()); + else + m_scrollBar->setMaximum (0); + m_scrollBar->setSingleStep (1); + m_scrollBar->setPageStep (m_consoleRect.height ()); + m_scrollBar->setValue (m_consoleRect.top ()); + + log ("Scrollbar parameters updated: %d/%d/%d/%d\n", + m_scrollBar->minimum (), m_scrollBar->maximum (), + m_scrollBar->singleStep (), m_scrollBar->pageStep ()); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::setScrollValue (int value) +{ + if (value == m_consoleRect.top ()) + return; + + SMALL_RECT r; + HANDLE hStdOut = m_stdOut; + + if (value + m_consoleRect.height () > m_bufferSize.height ()) + value = m_bufferSize.height () - m_consoleRect.height (); + + r.Left = m_consoleRect.left (); + r.Top = value; + r.Right = m_consoleRect.right (); + r.Bottom = value + m_consoleRect.height () - 1; + + log ("Scrolling window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d) [%d x %d]\n", + r.Left, r.Top, r.Right, r.Bottom, + r.Right - r.Left + 1, r.Bottom - r.Top + 1); + + if (SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &r)) + { + m_consoleRect.moveTop (value); + updateConsoleView (); + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::updateConsoleView (bool grab) +{ + if (grab) + grabConsoleBuffer (); + m_consoleView->update (); + m_consoleWatcher->start (); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::monitorConsole (void) +{ + CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi; + HANDLE hStdOut = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); + + static wchar_t titleBuf[260]; + + GetConsoleTitleW (titleBuf, sizeof (titleBuf)); + QString title = QString::fromWCharArray (titleBuf); + + if (title != m_title) + { + q->setWindowTitle (title); + emit q->titleChanged (title); + } + + if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hStdOut, &sbi)) + { + if (m_bufferSize.width () != sbi.dwSize.X + || m_bufferSize.height () != sbi.dwSize.Y) + { + // Buffer size changed + m_bufferSize.rwidth () = sbi.dwSize.X; + m_bufferSize.rheight () = sbi.dwSize.Y; + updateScrollBar (); + } + + if (m_cursorPos.x () != sbi.dwCursorPosition.X + || m_cursorPos.y () != sbi.dwCursorPosition.Y) + { + // Cursor position changed + m_consoleView->update + ((m_cursorPos.x () - sbi.srWindow.Left) * m_charSize.width (), + (m_cursorPos.y () - sbi.srWindow.Top) * m_charSize.height (), + m_charSize.width (), m_charSize.height ()); + m_cursorPos.rx () = sbi.dwCursorPosition.X; + m_cursorPos.ry () = sbi.dwCursorPosition.Y; + m_consoleView->update + ((m_cursorPos.x () - sbi.srWindow.Left) * m_charSize.width (), + (m_cursorPos.y () - sbi.srWindow.Top) * m_charSize.height (), + m_charSize.width (), m_charSize.height ()); + } + + if (m_consoleRect.left () != sbi.srWindow.Left + || m_consoleRect.right () != sbi.srWindow.Right + || m_consoleRect.top () != sbi.srWindow.Top + || m_consoleRect.bottom () != sbi.srWindow.Bottom) + { + // Console window changed + m_consoleRect = QRect (sbi.srWindow.Left, sbi.srWindow.Top, + sbi.srWindow.Right - sbi.srWindow.Left + 1, + sbi.srWindow.Bottom - sbi.srWindow.Top + 1); + updateScrollBar (); + updateConsoleView (); + return; + } + + if (m_tmpBuffer && m_buffer) + { + grabConsoleBuffer (m_tmpBuffer); + if (memcmp (m_tmpBuffer, m_buffer, + sizeof (CHAR_INFO) * m_consoleRect.width () * + m_consoleRect.height ())) + { + // FIXME: compute the area to update based on the + // difference between the 2 buffers. + qSwap (m_buffer, m_tmpBuffer); + updateConsoleView (false); + } + } + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::startCommand (void) +{ + if (! m_command.isEmpty ()) + { + STARTUPINFO si; + PROCESS_INFORMATION pi; + + ZeroMemory (&si, sizeof (si)); + si.cb = sizeof (si); + ZeroMemory (&pi, sizeof (pi)); + + if (CreateProcessW (NULL, + (LPWSTR)m_command.unicode (), + NULL, + NULL, + TRUE, + 0, + NULL, + NULL, + &si, + &pi)) + { + CloseHandle (pi.hThread); + m_process = pi.hProcess; + WaitForSingleObject (m_process, INFINITE); + CloseHandle (m_process); + m_process = NULL; + } + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsolePrivate::sendConsoleText (const QString& s) +{ + // Send the string in chunks of 512 characters. Each character is + // translated into an equivalent keypress event. + +#define TEXT_CHUNK_SIZE 512 + + int len = s.length (); + INPUT_RECORD events[TEXT_CHUNK_SIZE]; + DWORD nEvents = 0, written; + HANDLE hStdIn = GetStdHandle (STD_INPUT_HANDLE); + + ZeroMemory (events, sizeof (events)); + + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + QChar c = s.at (i); + + if (c == L'\r' || c == L'\n') + { + if (c == L'\r' && i < (len - 1) && s.at (i+1) == L'\n') + i++; + if (nEvents) + { + WriteConsoleInput (hStdIn, events, nEvents, &written); + nEvents = 0; + ZeroMemory (events, sizeof (events)); + } + PostMessage (m_consoleWindow, WM_KEYDOWN, VK_RETURN, 0x001C0001); + PostMessage (m_consoleWindow, WM_KEYDOWN, VK_RETURN, 0xC01C0001); + } + else + { + events[nEvents].EventType = KEY_EVENT; + events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown = TRUE; + events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount = 1; + events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode = + LOBYTE (VkKeyScan (c.unicode ())); + events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualScanCode = 0; + events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.uChar.UnicodeChar = c.unicode (); + events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.dwControlKeyState = 0; + nEvents++; + } + + if (nEvents == TEXT_CHUNK_SIZE + || (nEvents > 0 && i == (len - 1))) + { + WriteConsoleInput (hStdIn, events, nEvents, &written); + nEvents = 0; + ZeroMemory (events, sizeof (events)); + } + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +QConsole::QConsole (QWidget* parent) + : d (new QConsolePrivate (this)) +{ +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +QConsole::QConsole (const QString& cmd, QWidget* parent) + : d (new QConsolePrivate (this, cmd)) +{ +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +QConsole::~QConsole (void) +{ + delete d; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::viewResizeEvent (QConsoleView*, QResizeEvent*) +{ + d->updateConsoleSize (true); + d->grabConsoleBuffer (); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::viewPaintEvent (QConsoleView* w, QPaintEvent* event) +{ + QPainter p (w); + int cw = d->m_charSize.width (), ch = d->m_charSize.height (); + int ascent, stride, cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, x, y; + WORD attr = 0; + QString s; + bool hasChar = false; + + QRect updateRect = event->rect (); + + cx1 = updateRect.left () / cw; + cy1 = updateRect.top () / ch; + cx2 = qMin (d->m_consoleRect.width () - 1, updateRect.right () / cw); + cy2 = qMin (d->m_consoleRect.height () - 1, updateRect.bottom () / ch); + + if (cx1 > d->m_consoleRect.width () - 1 + || cy1 > d->m_consoleRect.height () - 1) + return; + + p.setFont (d->m_font); + p.setPen (Qt::black); + + ascent = p.fontMetrics ().ascent (); + stride = d->m_consoleRect.width (); + + s.reserve (cx2 - cx1 + 1); + y = ascent + cy1 * ch;; + + for (int j = cy1; j <= cy2; j++, y += ch) + { + // Reset string buffer and starting X coordinate + s.clear (); + hasChar = false; + x = cx1 * cw; + + for (int i = cx1; i <= cx2; i++) + { + CHAR_INFO* ci = &(d->m_buffer[stride*j+i]); + + if ((ci->Attributes & 0x00ff) != attr) + { + // Character attributes changed + if (! s.isEmpty ()) + { + // String buffer not empty -> draw it + if (hasChar || (attr & 0x00f0)) + { + if (attr & 0x00f0) + p.fillRect (x, y-ascent, s.length () * cw, ch, + p.brush ()); + p.drawText (x, y, s); + } + x += (s.length () * cw); + s.clear (); + hasChar = false; + } + // Update current pen and store current attributes + // FIXME: what about background? + attr = (ci->Attributes & 0x00ff); + p.setPen (d->m_colors[attr & 0x000f]); + p.setBrush (d->m_colors[(attr >> 4) & 0x000f]); + } + + // Append current character to the string buffer + s.append (ci->Char.UnicodeChar); + if (ci->Char.UnicodeChar != L' ') + hasChar = true; + } + + if (! s.isEmpty () && (hasChar || (attr & 0x00f0))) + { + // Line end reached, but string buffer not empty -> draw it + // No need to update s or x, they will be reset on the next + // for-loop iteration + if (attr & 0x00f0) + p.fillRect (x, y-ascent, s.length () * cw, ch, p.brush ()); + p.drawText (x, y, s); + } + } + + // Draw cursor + p.setCompositionMode (QPainter::RasterOp_SourceXorDestination); + p.fillRect ((d->m_cursorPos.x () - d->m_consoleRect.x ()) * cw, + (d->m_cursorPos.y () - d->m_consoleRect.y ()) * ch, + cw, ch, d->m_colors[7]); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::wheelEvent (QWheelEvent* event) +{ + if (! d->m_inWheelEvent) + { + // Forward to the scrollbar (avoid recursion) + d->m_inWheelEvent = true; + QApplication::sendEvent (d->m_scrollBar, event); + d->m_inWheelEvent = false; + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +bool QConsole::winEvent (MSG* msg, long* result) +{ + switch (msg->message) + { + case WM_KEYDOWN: + case WM_KEYUP: + //case WM_CHAR: + // Forward Win32 message to the console window + PostMessage (d->m_consoleWindow, + msg->message, + msg->wParam, + msg->lParam); + result = 0; + return true; + default: + return false; + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::scrollValueChanged (int value) +{ + d->setScrollValue (value); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::monitorConsole (void) +{ + d->monitorConsole (); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::focusInEvent (QFocusEvent* event) +{ + QWidget::focusInEvent (event); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::start (void) +{ + d->startCommand (); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void QConsole::sendText (const QString& s) +{ + d->sendConsoleText (s); +} +
new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/libqterminal/win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + +Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul. + +This file is part of QConsole. + +Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Foobar. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +*/ + +#ifndef __QConsole_h__ +#define __QConsole_h__ 1 + +#include <QWidget> + +class QFocusEvent; +class QKeyEvent; +class QPaintEvent; +class QResizeEvent; +class QWheelEvent; + +class QConsolePrivate; +class QConsoleThread; +class QConsoleView; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class QConsole : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + friend class QConsolePrivate; + friend class QConsoleThread; + friend class QConsoleView; + +public: + QConsole (QWidget* parent = 0); + QConsole (const QString& cmd, QWidget* parent = 0); + ~QConsole (void); + + void sendText (const QString& s); + +signals: + void terminated (void); + void titleChanged (const QString&); + +protected: + void viewPaintEvent (QConsoleView*, QPaintEvent*); + void viewResizeEvent (QConsoleView*, QResizeEvent*); + void wheelEvent (QWheelEvent*); + void focusInEvent (QFocusEvent*); + bool winEvent (MSG*, long*); + virtual void start (void); + +private slots: + void scrollValueChanged (int value); + void monitorConsole (void); + +private: + QConsolePrivate* d; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#endif // __QConsole_h__